WO2020228735A1 - Method for displaying application, and electronic device - Google Patents

Method for displaying application, and electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020228735A1
WO2020228735A1 PCT/CN2020/090009 CN2020090009W WO2020228735A1 WO 2020228735 A1 WO2020228735 A1 WO 2020228735A1 CN 2020090009 W CN2020090009 W CN 2020090009W WO 2020228735 A1 WO2020228735 A1 WO 2020228735A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
screen
interface
display
state
application
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/090009
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
王波
文平
韩国辉
鞠华玮
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201910398758.8A external-priority patent/CN110286972A/en
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020228735A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020228735A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00—Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/16—Constructional details or arrangements
    • G06F1/1613—Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers
    • G06F1/1633—Constructional details or arrangements of portable computers not specific to the type of enclosures covered by groups G06F1/1615 - G06F1/1626
    • G06F1/1675—Miscellaneous details related to the relative movement between the different enclosures or enclosure parts
    • G06F1/1677—Miscellaneous details related to the relative movement between the different enclosures or enclosure parts for detecting open or closed state or particular intermediate positions assumed by movable parts of the enclosure, e.g. detection of display lid position with respect to main body in a laptop, detection of opening of the cover of battery compartment
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00—Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/16—Constructional details or arrangements
    • G06F1/1613—Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers
    • G06F1/1633—Constructional details or arrangements of portable computers not specific to the type of enclosures covered by groups G06F1/1615 - G06F1/1626
    • G06F1/1637—Details related to the display arrangement, including those related to the mounting of the display in the housing
    • G06F1/1652—Details related to the display arrangement, including those related to the mounting of the display in the housing the display being flexible, e.g. mimicking a sheet of paper, or rollable
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/44—Arrangements for executing specific programs
    • G06F9/451—Execution arrangements for user interfaces

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of electronic technology, and in particular, to a method and electronic device for displaying applications.
  • the display screen of the electronic device is too large, which will seriously affect its portability. Therefore, the folding screen electronic devices (such as folding screen mobile phones) proposed in recent years are the development direction of future electronic devices.
  • the folding screen can be folded into at least two screens (such as a first screen and a second screen). After the folding screen is folded, the electronic device can display the application interface on one screen (such as the first screen).
  • the aspect ratio that is, the aspect ratio
  • the aspect ratio can be 16:9, 18:9, 20:9, or 16:10 Normal proportions; and most of the current applications are designed for non-folding screens, and their interface layout is compatible with non-folding screens. Therefore, after the folding screen is folded, the first screen can display various application interfaces normally. That is, the folded screen (ie, the first screen) after folding is adapted to the interface layout of the application.
  • the display area of the folding screen includes the above-mentioned at least two screens, and the aspect ratio of the unfolded folding screen may be 1:1 or 16:18.
  • the interface layout of the application cannot fit the expanded folding screen. In this way, when the electronic device displays the application interface on the unfolded folding screen, the interface layout may be disordered.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a method and electronic device for displaying an application.
  • the electronic device can display the interface of the application on an expanded folding screen under the premise that the layout of the interface of the application does not change.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for displaying an application, which can be applied to an electronic device including a folding screen.
  • the folding screen can be folded to form at least two screens, and the at least two screens include a first screen and a second screen.
  • the first screen and the second screen are opposite to each other.
  • the method for displaying an application includes: when the folding screen is in the folded state, controlling the first screen to display the first interface; in response to the folding screen changing from the folded state to the unfolded state, controlling the first display area of the folding screen to display the first interface, and the folding screen
  • the second display area displays the second interface. Wherein, the second display area does not overlap with the first display area.
  • the second interface is different from the first interface.
  • the above-mentioned folded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is less than a preset angle threshold; the unfolded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is greater than or equal to the preset angle threshold.
  • the folded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is less than or equal to a preset angle threshold; the unfolded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is greater than the preset angle threshold.
  • the folding screen in response to the electronic device transitioning from the folded state to the unfolded state, can display the first interface and the second interface in a dual-window mode, that is, the folding screen simultaneously displays two interfaces in two display areas. Since the aspect ratio (i.e., aspect ratio) of the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen is similar to that of a normal non-folding screen; therefore, both the first screen and the second screen can adapt to the interface of the launched application layout. In this way, in response to the user's operation to expand the folding screen, the electronic device can display the application interface normally without restarting the application.
  • aspect ratio i.e., aspect ratio
  • the expanded folding screen can display the first interface and the second interface at the same time, which can enrich the display content of the folding screen, increase the utilization rate of the folding screen, and enhance the user's visual experience.
  • the electronic device in combination with the first aspect, in a possible design manner, can also be transformed from the unfolded state to the folded state.
  • the first screen In response to the folding screen transitioning from the unfolded state to the folded state, the first screen can be controlled to display the first interface or the second interface.
  • the first display area is a display area corresponding to the first screen
  • the second display area is a display area corresponding to the second screen.
  • the above-mentioned folding screen is folded along a folding edge or a folding axis to form a first screen and a second screen.
  • the first display area and the second display area are divided by the folding edge or the folding axis, and one side of the folding edge or the folding axis on the folding screen is the first display area, and the other side is the second display area.
  • the left side of the folding edge on the folding screen is the first display area
  • the right side of the folding edge on the folding screen is the second display Area
  • the right side of the folding edge on the folding screen is the first display area
  • the left side of the folding edge on the folding screen is the second display area.
  • the first display area and the second display area are pre-configured in the electronic device; or, the first display area and the second display area are set by the user in the electronic device.
  • the above-mentioned first interface and second interface are both interfaces of the first application.
  • the second interface is the home page of the first application; or, the second interface is an interface of a level above the first interface; or, the second interface is an interface of a level below the first interface.
  • the above-mentioned first interface may be the homepage of the first application, or may not be the homepage of the first application.
  • the second interface may be the homepage of the first application; or, the second interface may be the interface of the first application, an interface higher than the first interface; or , The second interface may be an interface corresponding to the previous record item of the record item corresponding to the first interface in the activity record of the first application.
  • the second interface can be any interface of the next level of the first application; or, the second interface can be the interface of the first application, except for the home page Any interface; or, the second interface may be an interface corresponding to the previous record item of the record item corresponding to the first interface in the activity record of the first application.
  • the activity record of the first application stores the record items of each interface according to the sequence in which the electronic device displays each interface of the first application.
  • the first interface is the interface of the first application
  • the second interface is the interface of the second application.
  • This second application is different from the first application.
  • the second application may be any one of one or more applications that the electronic device has recently run and has not closed except the first application.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present application may further include: receiving the first operation of the user on the first interface displayed in the first display area in the unfolded state of the folding screen; One operation is used to trigger the first display area to display the third interface; in response to the first operation, the first display area of the folding screen displays the third interface, and the interface displayed in the second display area remains unchanged, that is, the second display area still displays the third interface. Two interface.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present application may further include: in the unfolded state of the folding screen, receiving a second operation of the user on the second interface displayed in the second display area, and The second operation is used to trigger the second display area to display the fourth interface; in response to the second operation, the second display area of the folding screen is controlled to display the fourth interface, and the interface displayed in the first display area remains unchanged, that is, the first display area is still displayed The third interface.
  • the first display area and the second display area of the folding screen when the first display area and the second display area of the folding screen display different interfaces, the first display area and the second display area of the folding screen can respectively receive and respond to user operations.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for displaying an application, and the method can be applied to an electronic device including a folding screen.
  • the folding screen can be folded to form at least two screens, and the at least two screens include a first screen and a second screen.
  • the first screen and the second screen are opposite to each other.
  • the method for displaying the application includes: when the folding screen is in the folded state, controlling the first screen to display a first interface; and responding to the folding screen changing from the folded state In the unfolded state, the first display area and the second display area of the folding screen are taken as a whole, and the first interface is displayed in the center; wherein, the second display area does not overlap the first display area; the folding screen receives the user's first interface Operation, the first operation is used to trigger the folding screen to display the second interface; in response to the first operation, the first display area of the folding screen is controlled to display the first interface, and the second display area to display the second interface.
  • the folding screen described in the second aspect of the embodiment of the present application is an outward-folding folding screen.
  • the first display area and the second display area of the folding screen are controlled as a whole to display the first interface in the center. That is, in response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state to the expanded state, the folding screen can be controlled to display the first interface in a single window mode.
  • the interface layout of the first interface will not change. Therefore, the electronic device can display the application interface normally without restarting the application.
  • the folding screen may display the first interface and the second interface in a dual window mode, that is, the folding screen is in two Two display areas simultaneously display two interfaces. Since the aspect ratio (i.e., aspect ratio) of the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen is similar to that of a normal non-folding screen; therefore, both the first screen and the second screen can adapt to the interface of the launched application layout. In this way, in response to the user's operation to expand the folding screen, the electronic device can display the application interface normally without restarting the application.
  • the expanded folding screen can display the first interface and the second interface at the same time, which can enrich the display content of the folding screen, increase the utilization rate of the folding screen, and enhance the user's visual experience.
  • first interface and the second interface described in the second aspect and any possible design manners thereof are interfaces of the same application (such as the first application).
  • the method of the embodiment of the present application may further include: in response to the folding screen changing from the unfolded state to the folded state, controlling the first screen to display the first interface or the second interface.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present application may further include: in the unfolded state of the folding screen, receiving a second operation of the user on the first interface displayed in the first display area; The second operation is used to trigger the first display area to display the third interface; in response to the first operation, control the first display area of the folding screen to display the third interface, and the second display area to display the second interface.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present application may further include: in the unfolded state of the folding screen, receiving a user's third operation on the second interface displayed in the second display area, and first The second operation is used to trigger the second display area to display the fourth interface; in response to the third operation, the second display area of the folding screen is controlled to display the fourth interface, and the first display area displays the third interface.
  • the first display area and the second display area of the folding screen display different interfaces
  • the first display area and the second display area can respectively receive and respond to user operations.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a method for displaying applications, and the method can be applied to an electronic device including a folding screen.
  • the folding screen can be folded to form at least two screens, and the at least two screens include a first screen and a second screen.
  • the first screen is opposite to the second screen.
  • a third screen is provided on the back of the first screen.
  • the method for displaying the application includes: when the folding screen is in the folded state, controlling the third screen to display the first interface; in response to the folding screen changing from the folded state to the unfolded state, controlling the first display area of the folding screen to display the first interface, and the folding screen
  • the second display area displays the second interface; wherein the second display area does not overlap the first display area.
  • the second interface is different from the first interface.
  • the third screen is visible to the user, while the first and second screens are invisible to the user. Therefore, for an electronic device with such a folding screen, when the folding screen is in the folded state, the interface can be displayed on the third screen; when the folding screen is in the unfolded state, the interface can be displayed on the first and second screens.
  • the first interface in response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state to the expanded state, the first interface is displayed on the third screen, and the first interface and the second interface are displayed on the first and second screens in a dual-window mode. That is, the folding screen displays two interfaces in two display areas at the same time. Since the aspect ratio (i.e., aspect ratio) of the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen is similar to that of a normal non-folding screen; therefore, both the first screen and the second screen can adapt to the interface of the launched application layout. In this way, in response to the user's operation to expand the folding screen, the electronic device can display the application interface normally without restarting the application.
  • aspect ratio i.e., aspect ratio
  • the expanded folding screen can display the first interface and the second interface at the same time, which can enrich the display content of the folding screen, increase the utilization rate of the folding screen, and enhance the user's visual experience.
  • the third screen in response to the folding screen changing from the unfolded state to the folded state, is controlled to display the first interface or the second interface. It can be understood that after the above-mentioned folding screen is fully folded, the third screen is visible to the user, while the first and second screens are invisible to the user; therefore, after the folding screen is transformed from the unfolded state to the folded state, the third screen can be The first interface or the second interface is displayed.
  • first interface and the second interface described in the third aspect of this application and any of its possible design methods can refer to the second interface in the first aspect and any of its possible design methods.
  • the description of the embodiments of this application will not be repeated here.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present application may further include: receiving the first operation of the user on the first interface displayed in the first display area in the unfolded state of the folding screen; An operation is used to trigger the first display area to display the third interface; in response to the first operation, the first display area of the folding screen is controlled to display the third interface, and the interface displayed in the second display area remains unchanged, that is, the second display area is still displayed The second interface.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present application may further include: when the folding screen is in an expanded state, receiving a second operation of the user on the second interface displayed in the second display area; The second operation is used to trigger the second display area to display the fourth interface; in response to the second operation, the second display area of the folding screen is controlled to display the fourth interface, and the interface displayed in the first display area remains unchanged, that is, the first display area is still displayed The third interface.
  • the first display area and the second display area of the folding screen when the first display area and the second display area of the folding screen display different interfaces, the first display area and the second display area of the folding screen can respectively receive and respond to user operations.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, which includes a folding screen, a memory, and one or more processors.
  • the folding screen can be folded to form at least two screens, and the at least two screens include a first screen and a second screen. When the folding screen is in the folded state, the first screen and the second screen are opposite to each other. Folding screen, memory and processor are coupled.
  • the memory is used to store computer program code, and the computer program code includes computer instructions.
  • the electronic device executes: the processor is used for controlling the first screen to display the first interface when the folding screen is in the folded state; the processor is also used for responding to the folding screen changing from the folded state to the unfolded state , Controlling the first display area of the folding screen to display the first interface, and the second display area of the folding screen to display the second interface; wherein the second display area does not overlap the first display area; the second interface is different from the first interface.
  • the above-mentioned processor is further configured to control the first screen to display the first interface or the second interface in response to the folding screen changing from the unfolded state to the folded state.
  • first interface and the second interface described in the fourth aspect of this application and any of its possible design methods may refer to the second interface in the first aspect and any of its possible design methods.
  • the description of the embodiments of this application will not be repeated here.
  • the above-mentioned processor is also used for receiving the first operation of the user on the first interface displayed in the first display area when the folding screen is in the expanded state.
  • the first display area is triggered to display the third interface;
  • the processor is further configured to control the first display area of the folding screen to display the third interface, and the second display area to display the second interface in response to the first operation.
  • the above-mentioned processor is also used for receiving the second operation of the user on the second interface displayed in the second display area when the folding screen is in the expanded state.
  • the second display area is triggered to display the fourth interface;
  • the processor is further configured to, in response to the second operation, control the second display area of the folding screen to display the fourth interface, and the first display area to display the third interface.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, which includes a folding screen, a memory, and one or more processors.
  • the folding screen can be folded to form at least two screens, and the at least two screens include a first screen and a second screen. When the folding screen is in the folded state, the first screen and the second screen are opposite to each other. Folding screen, memory and processor are coupled.
  • the memory is used to store computer program code, and the computer program code includes computer instructions.
  • the electronic device executes: the processor is used for controlling the first screen to display the first interface when the folding screen is in the folded state; the processor is also used for responding to the folding screen changing from the folded state to the unfolded state , Controlling the first display area and the second display area of the folding screen as a whole to display the first interface in the center; wherein, the second display area does not overlap the first display area; the processor is also used to receive the user’s feedback on the first interface
  • the first operation the first operation is used to trigger the folding screen to display the second interface; the processor, in response to the first operation, controls the first display area of the folding screen to display the first interface, and the second display area displays the second interface .
  • the above-mentioned processor is further configured to control the first screen to display the first interface or the second interface in response to the folding screen changing from the unfolded state to the folded state.
  • the above-mentioned processor is also used for receiving the second operation of the user on the first interface displayed in the first display area when the folding screen is in the unfolded state.
  • the first display area is triggered to display the third interface;
  • the processor is further configured to control the first display area of the folding screen to display the third interface, and the second display area to display the second interface in response to the first operation.
  • the above-mentioned processor is also used for receiving the user's third operation on the second interface displayed in the second display area when the folding screen is in the unfolded state, and the second operation is used for The second display area is triggered to display the fourth interface; the processor is further configured to, in response to the third operation, control the second display area of the folding screen to display the fourth interface, and the first display area to display the third interface.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, which includes a folding screen, a memory, and one or more processors.
  • the folding screen can be folded to form at least two screens, and the at least two screens include a first screen and a second screen.
  • the first screen is opposite to the second screen.
  • a third screen is arranged on the back of the first screen; the folding screen, the third screen, the memory and the processor are coupled.
  • the memory is used to store computer program codes.
  • the computer program codes include computer instructions.
  • the electronic device executes: a processor for controlling the third screen to display the first interface when the folding screen is in the folded state; the processor , Is also used to control the first display area of the folding screen to display the first interface, and the second display area of the folding screen to display the second interface in response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state to the unfolded state; wherein, the second display area and the first The display area does not overlap; the second interface is different from the first interface.
  • the above-mentioned processor is further configured to control the third screen to display the first interface or the second interface in response to the folding screen changing from the unfolded state to the folded state.
  • first interface and the second interface described in the sixth aspect of this application and any of its possible design methods can refer to the second interface in the third aspect and any of its possible design methods.
  • the description of the embodiments of this application will not be repeated here.
  • first display area, the second display area, the unfolded state, and the folded state described in the second to sixth aspects of the present application and any of the possible design methods can refer to the first aspect and its Any possible design method is related to the introduction, which is not repeated here in the embodiment of the present application.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for displaying an application.
  • the method can be applied to an electronic device.
  • the method includes: when a display screen of the electronic device is in a first state, controlling the display screen to display the main interface of the electronic device, and The main interface includes the icon of the first application; the first operation of the user on the icon of the first application is received, and the first operation is used to trigger the display screen to display the first interface of the first application; in response to the first operation, if the first interface It is the preset homepage of the first application, controlling the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface, and controlling the second display area of the display screen to display the second interface of the first application.
  • the second interface is a related page configured in pairs with the preset homepage; the second display area does not overlap the first display area.
  • the above-mentioned first state is a landscape state.
  • the display screen is a folding screen
  • the first state is an expanded state.
  • the expanded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen is greater than or equal to a preset angle threshold;
  • the horizontal screen state is a state where the angle between the long side of the display screen and the horizontal plane is less than the preset value.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device can display the main interface in the horizontal screen state or the expanded state, in response to the user's first operation on the icon of the first application, it can be determined that the first operation triggers the first interface displayed by the electronic device Whether it is the default homepage of the first application (ie main Page). If the first interface is the main page of the first application, the electronic device can display the main page of the first application and related pages (ie related Pages) configured in pairs with the main Page in a dual window. In this way, the electronic device in the horizontal screen state or the expanded state can display the two interfaces of the first application on the display screen at the same time, which can make the display content of the display screen richer, improve the utilization rate of the display screen, and improve the user's Visual experience.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for displaying an application.
  • the method can be applied to an electronic device.
  • the method includes: when a display screen of the electronic device is in a first state, controlling the display screen to display a first interface of the first application ;
  • the first interface is the default homepage of the first application (ie main Page)
  • the first display area of the control display screen displays the first interface
  • the control display The second display area displays the second interface of the first application; wherein, the second interface is a related page configured as a pair with the preset homepage (ie related Page); the second display area does not overlap the first display area.
  • the first state is the vertical screen state
  • the second state is the horizontal screen state.
  • the horizontal screen state is a state where the angle between the long side of the display screen and the horizontal plane is less than a preset value
  • the vertical screen state is a state where the angle between the long side of the display screen and the horizontal plane is greater than or equal to the preset value.
  • the display screen is a folding screen
  • the first state is the folded state
  • the second state is the expanded state
  • the expanded state is the state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen is greater than or equal to the preset angle threshold
  • the folded state It is the state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is less than the preset angle threshold.
  • the electronic device displays the first interface of the first application in the first state.
  • the electronic device can determine that the first operation triggers the first display of the electronic device. Whether the interface is the main page of the first application. If the first interface is the main page of the first application, the electronic device can display the main page of the first application and the related page configured as a pair with the main page in dual windows. In this way, the electronic device in the horizontal screen state or the expanded state can display the two interfaces of the first application on the display screen at the same time, which can make the display content of the display screen richer, improve the utilization rate of the display screen, and improve the user's Visual experience.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for displaying an application, and the method can be applied to an electronic device.
  • the display screen of the electronic device is in a horizontal screen state, which is a state where the angle between the long side of the display screen and the horizontal plane is less than a preset value.
  • the display screen of the electronic device is a folding screen, the display screen is in an unfolded state, and the unfolded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen is greater than or equal to a preset angle threshold.
  • the method may include: controlling the display screen to display the interface of the second application; receiving a first operation of the user on the interface of the second application, the first operation being used to trigger the display screen to display the first interface of the first application; in response to the first operation If the first interface is the preset homepage (ie main Page) of the first application, the first display area of the control display screen is controlled to display the first interface, and the second display area of the control display screen is controlled to display the second interface of the first application.
  • the second interface is a related page (that is, related Page) configured as a pair with the preset homepage; the second display area does not overlap the first display area.
  • the electronic device displays the interface of the second application in the first state; in response to the first operation used to trigger the electronic device to invoke the first application to display the first interface, the electronic device can determine that the first operation triggers the electronic device Whether the displayed first interface is the main Page of the first application. If the first interface is the main page of the first application, the electronic device can display the main page of the first application and the related page configured as a pair with the main page in dual windows. In this way, the electronic device in the horizontal screen state or the expanded state can display the two interfaces of the first application on the display screen at the same time, which can make the display content of the display screen richer, improve the utilization rate of the display screen, and improve the user's Visual experience.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for displaying an application, and the method can be applied to an electronic device.
  • the display screen of the electronic device is in a horizontal screen state, which is a state where the angle between the long side of the display screen and the horizontal plane is less than a preset value.
  • the display screen of the electronic device is a folding screen, the display screen is in an unfolded state, and the unfolded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen is greater than or equal to a preset angle threshold.
  • the method may include: controlling the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface of the first application, and controlling the second display area of the display screen to display the interface of the second application; and receiving the first operation of the user, the first operation being used to trigger
  • the display screen exits the interface displaying the second application and only displays the first interface; in response to the first operation, if the first interface is the preset homepage (ie main Page) of the first application, the first display area of the control display is controlled to display the first interface.
  • the second interface is a related page (that is, related Page) configured as a pair with the preset homepage; the second display area does not overlap the first display area.
  • the electronic device displays the first interface of the first application and the interface of the second application in dual windows in the first state; in response to triggering the electronic device to exit the interface displaying the second application, only the first interface is displayed In the first operation, the electronic device can determine whether the first interface displayed by the electronic device triggered by the first operation is the main page of the first application. If the first interface is the main page of the first application, the electronic device can display the main page of the first application and the related page configured as a pair with the main page in dual windows.
  • the electronic device in the horizontal screen state or the expanded state can display the two interfaces of the first application on the display screen at the same time, which can make the display content of the display screen richer, improve the utilization rate of the display screen, and improve the user's Visual experience.
  • the preset homepage is pre-configured in the configuration file of the installation package of the first application.
  • the preset homepage is the homepage of the first application.
  • the preset homepage is an interface that meets a preset condition among the multiple interfaces of the first application, and the preset condition is: the preset interface feature is included, and the number of the preset interface feature is greater than the preset number threshold, the preset interface feature Including preset components or small programs.
  • the related page is pre-configured in the configuration file of the installation package of the first application.
  • the related page is the next level of interface on the home page.
  • the relevant page is set by the user in the electronic device.
  • the above method may further include: when the display screen is in the first state or the second state, displaying the third aspect of the first application Interface; where the first state is the horizontal screen state and the second state is the vertical screen state; or, the first state is the expanded state, and the second state is the folded state; the preset gestures input by the user on the third interface are received, and the preset The gesture is used to configure the related page of the first application; in response to the preset gesture, the configuration third interface is the related page of the first application.
  • the first interface is displayed in the first display area of the control display screen
  • the first application is displayed in the second display area of the control display screen
  • the above method may further include: in response to the user's second operation on the first interface, the second operation includes clicking the Back key in the navigation bar of the electronic device to control the display screen to display the main interface; , In response to the second operation on the first interface, the electronic device does not run the first application in the background; in response to the user’s second operation on the second interface, control the display screen to display the main interface; wherein, in response to the second interface In the second operation, the electronic device runs the first application in the background.
  • the first interface is displayed in the first display area of the control display screen
  • the first application is displayed in the second display area of the control display screen
  • the above method may further include: in response to a second operation of the user on the first interface or the second interface, the second operation includes clicking the Back key in the navigation bar of the electronic device to control the display Main interface.
  • the electronic device runs the first application in the background.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, which includes a display screen, a memory, and one or more processors.
  • the display screen, memory and processor are coupled.
  • the memory is used to store computer program code, and the computer program code includes computer instructions.
  • the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device performs the following operations: the processor is used for controlling the display screen to display the main interface of the electronic device when the display screen is in the first state.
  • the main interface includes the icon of the first application.
  • the processor is further configured to receive a user's first operation on the icon of the first application, where the first operation is used to trigger the display screen to display the first interface of the first application; the processor is also configured to respond to the first operation, if the first operation One interface is the preset homepage of the first application, the first display area of the control display screen displays the first interface, and the second display area of the control display screen displays the second interface of the first application; wherein, the second interface Related pages configured in pairs on the homepage; the second display area does not overlap the first display area;
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, which includes a display screen, a memory, and one or more processors.
  • the display screen, the memory, and the processor are coupled; the memory is used to store computer program codes, and the computer program codes include computer instructions.
  • the processor executes the computer instruction, the electronic device performs the following operations: the processor is used for controlling the display screen to display the first interface of the first application when the display screen is in the first state.
  • the processor is further configured to respond to the display screen changing from the first state to the second state, if the first interface is the preset homepage of the first application, control the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface, and control the display screen
  • the second display area displays the second interface of the first application.
  • the second interface is a related page configured in pairs with the preset homepage; the second display area does not overlap the first display area.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, which includes a display screen, a memory, and one or more processors.
  • the display screen, memory and processor are coupled.
  • the display screen of the electronic device is in a horizontal screen state or an expanded state.
  • the memory is used to store computer program code, and the computer program code includes computer instructions.
  • the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device performs the following operations: the processor is used to control the display screen to display the interface of the second application.
  • the processor is further configured to receive a user's first operation on the interface of the second application, where the first operation is used to trigger the display screen to display the first interface of the first application.
  • the processor is further configured to, in response to the first operation, if the first interface is the preset homepage of the first application, control the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface, and control the second display area of the display screen to display the first application
  • the second interface is a related page configured in pairs with the preset homepage; the second display area does not overlap the first display area.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, which includes a display screen, a memory, and one or more processors.
  • the display screen, memory and processor are coupled.
  • the display screen of the electronic device is in a horizontal screen state or an expanded state.
  • the memory is used to store computer program code, and the computer program code includes computer instructions.
  • the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device performs the following operations: the processor is used to control the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface of the first application, and control the second display area of the display screen to display the interface of the second application .
  • the processor is also configured to receive a user's first operation, where the first operation is used to trigger the display screen to exit the interface displaying the second application and only display the first interface.
  • the processor is further configured to, in response to the first operation, if the first interface is the preset homepage of the first application, control the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface, and control the second display area of the display screen to display the first application
  • the second interface is a related page configured in pairs with the preset homepage; the second display area does not overlap the first display area.
  • the above-mentioned processor is also used for controlling the display screen to display the first application when the display screen is in the first state or the second state
  • the third interface is further configured to receive a preset gesture input by the user on the third interface, and the preset gesture is used to configure a related page of the first application.
  • the processor is further configured to configure the third interface to be a related page of the first application in response to a preset gesture.
  • the above-mentioned processor is further configured to display a first interface in the first display area of the control display screen, and control the display screen After the second display area displays the second interface, in response to the user's second operation on the first interface or the second interface, the display screen is controlled to display the main interface.
  • the above-mentioned second operation includes a click operation on the Back key in the navigation bar of the electronic device.
  • the processor does not run the first application in the background.
  • the processor runs the first application in the background.
  • the above-mentioned processor is further configured to display a first interface in the first display area of the control display screen, and control the display screen After the second display area displays the second interface, in response to the user's second operation on the first interface or the second interface, the display screen is controlled to display the main interface.
  • the processor runs the first application in the background. The second operation includes clicking the Back key in the navigation bar of the electronic device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a device for displaying applications.
  • the device can be applied to an electronic device including a folding screen.
  • the device is used to perform aspects such as the first, second, third, and seventh aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, which is applied to an electronic device including a folding screen.
  • the chip system includes one or more interface circuits and one or more processors.
  • the interface circuit and the processor are interconnected by wires.
  • the interface circuit is used to receive a signal from the memory of the electronic device and send the signal to the processor, and the signal includes a computer instruction stored in the memory.
  • the processor executes the computer instructions
  • the electronic device executes the first, second, third, seventh, eighth, ninth or tenth aspects and any of its possible design methods The method described.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium, the computer storage medium includes computer instructions, when the computer instructions are executed on an electronic device, the electronic device is caused to perform operations such as the first and second aspects.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product, which when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute aspects such as the first aspect, the second aspect, the third aspect, the seventh aspect, The method described in the eighth aspect, the ninth aspect or the tenth aspect and any one of the possible design manners thereof.
  • the electronic device according to any one of the fourth, fifth, sixth, eleventh to fourteenth aspects and any possible design manners provided above, the fifteenth
  • the chip system described in the sixteenth aspect, the computer storage medium described in the seventeenth aspect, and the computer program product described in the eighteenth aspect please refer to the first aspect, The beneficial effects of the second aspect, the third aspect, the seventh aspect, the eighth aspect, the ninth aspect or the tenth aspect and any one of the possible design methods are not repeated here.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a folding screen provided by an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of another folding screen provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an example of a folding screen displaying an application interface in the prior art
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • 5A is a schematic diagram of the principle of calculating the included angle ⁇ between the A screen and the B screen according to an embodiment of the application;
  • 5B is a schematic diagram of an example of a geographic coordinate system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an example software architecture of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a method for displaying applications according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an example of an application interface displayed on a folding screen provided by an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another example of an application interface displayed on a folding screen according to an embodiment of the application.
  • 10A is a schematic diagram of an example of a display area provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • 10B is a schematic diagram of another example of an application interface displayed on a folding screen provided by an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of another example of an application interface displayed on a folding screen provided by an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an example of a first record stack provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of an example of another application interface displayed on a folding screen according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of another example of an application interface provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • 15 is a schematic diagram of another example of an application interface displayed on a folding screen provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • 16 is a schematic diagram of another example of an application interface displayed on a folding screen provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of another example of an application interface displayed on a folding screen according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of an example of another application interface displayed on a folding screen provided by an embodiment of the application;
  • 19 is a schematic diagram of an example of a display area setting interface provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • 20 is a schematic diagram of an example of a display area setting interface provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • 21 is a schematic diagram of an example of a display area setting interface provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • 22A is a schematic diagram of another example of an application interface displayed on a folding screen provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • 22B is a schematic diagram of an example of an application interface displayed on a non-folding screen according to an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 23A is a schematic diagram of a software architecture example of another electronic device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 23B is a schematic diagram of a calling principle of a preset page and related pages provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a horizontal screen state and a vertical screen state according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 25 is a flowchart of another method for displaying applications according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram of an example of an application interface displayed by an electronic device in a landscape state according to an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of an example of an application interface displayed on a folding screen in an expanded state according to an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 28 is a flowchart of another method for displaying applications according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram of an example of an application interface displayed by an electronic device that changes from a vertical screen state to a horizontal screen state according to an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram of an example of an application interface displayed on a folding screen that changes from a folded state to an expanded state according to an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 31A is a flowchart of another method for displaying applications according to an embodiment of the application.
  • 31B is a schematic diagram of an example of an application interface displayed on a folding screen in an expanded state according to an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 32 is a flowchart of another method for displaying applications according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic diagram of an example of an application interface displayed on a folding screen in an expanded state according to an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 34A is a flowchart of a method for displaying applications according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 34B is a functional block diagram of a method for displaying applications according to an embodiment of this application.
  • 35 is a schematic diagram of an example of an application interface displayed on a folding screen in an expanded state according to an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 36 is a schematic diagram of an interface example of a related page of a setting application provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 37 is a schematic diagram of an interface example of another setting application related page provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 38 is a schematic diagram of an interface example of another setting application related page provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 39 is a schematic diagram of a chip system provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • first and second are only used for descriptive purposes, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of indicated technical features. Thus, the features defined with “first” and “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features. In the description of this embodiment, unless otherwise specified, “plurality” means two or more.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for displaying an application, and the method can be applied to an electronic device with a folding screen.
  • the folding screen can be folded to form at least two screens.
  • the folding screen can be folded along a folding edge or a folding axis to form a first screen and a second screen. That is, the at least two screens include the first screen and the second screen.
  • the folding screens in the embodiments of the present application can be divided into two types.
  • One type is the folding screen that is turned outwards (referred to as the outer folding screen), and the other is the folding screen that is turned inward (referred to as the inner folding screen).
  • the folding screen can be folded to form the first screen and the second screen as an example. After the outward folding screen is folded, the first screen and the second screen are opposite. After the inner folding folding screen is folded, the first screen and the second screen are opposite.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a product form of an electronic device 100 with an outward-folding folding screen provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the shape of the outward folding folding screen when it is fully unfolded.
  • the outward-folding folding screen can be folded along the folding edge in the directions 101a and 101b shown in Figure 1 (a) to form the A screen (that is, the first screen) and B shown in Figure 1 (b) Screen (ie the second screen).
  • the outward-folding folding screen can continue to be folded along the folding edges in the directions 102a and 102b shown in (b) of FIG.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic diagram of a product form of an electronic device 100 with an in-folding folding screen provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the shape of the inward folding folding screen when it is fully unfolded.
  • the inward-folding folding screen can be folded along the folding edges in the directions 201a and 201b shown in Figure 2(a) to form the A screen (ie the first screen) and B shown in Figure 2(b) Screen (ie the second screen).
  • the inward-folding folding screen can continue to be folded along the folding edges in the directions 202a and 202b shown in (b) in FIG.
  • a display screen may also be provided on the back of the first screen or the second screen of the in-folding folding screen provided in the embodiment of the present application, which may be called the third screen.
  • the back of the A screen ie the first screen
  • the C screen ie the third screen
  • the C screen faces away and is visible to the user.
  • the value range of the angle ⁇ between the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen is [0°, 180°].
  • the electronic device can determine that the folding screen is in the folded state; if ⁇ (P, 180°], the electronic device can determine that the folding screen is in the unfolded state.
  • the electronic device can determine that the folding screen is in the folded state; if ⁇ [P, 180°], the electronic device can determine that the folding screen is in the unfolded state.
  • P is the preset angle threshold. P may be determined according to the usage habits of a large number of users using the folding screen; or, P may be set by the user in the electronic device.
  • the preset angle threshold P in the embodiment of the present application may be greater than 90°.
  • the value range of the preset angle threshold P may be (90°, 180°).
  • the preset angle threshold P may be 100°, 120°, 135°, 140°, 145°, or 150°.
  • the at least two screens formed by folding the folding screens may be multiple independent screens, or they may be of an integrated structure. A complete screen is just folded to form at least two parts.
  • the folding screen may be a flexible folding screen.
  • the flexible folding screen includes folding edges made of flexible materials. Part or all of the flexible folding screen is made of flexible materials.
  • the at least two screens formed after the flexible folding screen is folded are a complete screen with an integrated structure, but are folded to form at least two parts.
  • the aforementioned folding screen may be a multi-screen folding screen.
  • the multi-screen folding screen may include multiple (two or more) screens.
  • the multiple screens are multiple individual display screens. These multiple screens can be connected by folding shafts in sequence. Each screen can be rotated around a folding axis connected to it to realize the folding of multi-screen folding screens.
  • the folding screen is a flexible folding screen as an example to illustrate the folding screen in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the folding screen is a flexible folding screen as an example to describe the method provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the interface layout may be disordered.
  • the electronic device may not change the interface layout of the application, and display the application interface in a partial area of the expanded folding screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the home page 301 of the "Taobao" application in the display manner shown in FIG. 3. As shown in Figure 3, the home page of the "Taobao” application is displayed in the left half of the folding screen.
  • the interface layout of the application is not required to be adapted to the expanded folding screen, which can avoid the interface layout disorder.
  • the display area of the unfolded folding screen is larger, and the display area occupied by the application interface is smaller, the display content of the folding screen is relatively single, and the display area of the folding screen cannot be fully utilized. And, it will also affect the user's visual experience.
  • application 1 may include: an interface layout adapted to a display screen with an aspect ratio of 18:9, and an interface layout adapted to a display screen with an aspect ratio of 1:1.
  • the application needs to be restarted when switching the interface layout. For example, suppose that when the folding screen is folded, the aspect ratio of the first screen is 18:9, and the aspect ratio of the expanded folding screen is 1:1.
  • the first screen displays the interface 1 of application 1 (not application 1 is the home page), and the interface layout of application 1 adapts to the aspect ratio of 18:9.
  • the electronic device needs to restart the application 1 in order to adapt the interface layout of the application 1 to the aspect ratio of 1:1.
  • the electronic device displays the home page of the application instead of the interface (such as interface 1) displayed by the electronic device when the folding screen is folded, which affects the user experience.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for displaying an application.
  • the first screen can display the first interface of the first application; in response to the user's operation to expand the folding screen (that is, the folding screen changes from the folded state to the expanded state), the first display area of the folding screen (such as The display area corresponding to the first screen can display the first interface, and the second display area (such as the display area corresponding to the second screen) can display the second interface.
  • the second interface may be an interface of the first application or an interface of other applications.
  • the aspect ratio ie, the aspect ratio of the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen is similar to that of the ordinary non-folding screen; therefore, both the first screen and the second screen can be adapted to the activated The interface layout of the application. In this way, in response to the user's operation to expand the folding screen, the electronic device can display the application interface normally without restarting the application.
  • the expanded folding screen can display the first interface and the second interface at the same time, which can enrich the display content of the folding screen, increase the utilization rate of the folding screen, and enhance the user's visual experience.
  • the electronic devices in the embodiments of the present application may be mobile phones, tablet computers, desktops, laptops, handheld computers, notebook computers, ultra-mobile personal computers (UMPC), netbooks, and cellular computers.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 100 provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the electronic device 100 may include a processor 410, an external memory interface 420, an internal memory 421, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 430, a charging management module 440, a power management module 441, and a battery 442 , Antenna 1, antenna 2, mobile communication module 450, wireless communication module 460, audio module 470, speaker 470A, receiver 470B, microphone 470C, earphone interface 470D, sensor module 480, buttons 490, motor 491, indicator 492, camera 493 , The display screen 494, and the subscriber identification module (SIM) card interface 495, etc.
  • SIM subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 480 may include pressure sensor 480A, gyroscope sensor 480B, air pressure sensor 480C, magnetic sensor 480D, acceleration sensor 480E, distance sensor 480F, proximity light sensor 480G, fingerprint sensor 480H, temperature sensor 480J, touch sensor 480K, environment Light sensor 480L, bone conduction sensor 480M, etc.
  • the structure illustrated in this embodiment does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than shown, or combine certain components, or split certain components, or arrange different components.
  • the illustrated components can be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the processor 410 may include one or more processing units.
  • the processor 410 may include an application processor (AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor. (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU) Wait.
  • AP application processor
  • modem processor modem processor
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • image signal processor image signal processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller memory
  • video codec digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • NPU neural-network processing unit
  • the different processing units may be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
  • the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device 100.
  • the controller can generate operation control signals according to the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
  • a memory may also be provided in the processor 410 for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory in the processor 410 is a cache memory.
  • the memory can store instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 410. If the processor 410 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be directly called from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided, the waiting time of the processor 410 is reduced, and the efficiency of the system is improved.
  • the processor 410 may include one or more interfaces.
  • the interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, and a universal asynchronous transmitter (universal asynchronous transmitter) interface.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous transmitter
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input/output
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB Universal Serial Bus
  • the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in this embodiment is merely a schematic description, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 may also adopt different interface connection modes in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection modes.
  • the charging management module 440 is used to receive charging input from the charger.
  • the charger can be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
  • the charging management module 440 may receive the charging input of the wired charger through the USB interface 430.
  • the charging management module 440 may receive the wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100. While the charging management module 440 charges the battery 442, it can also supply power to the electronic device through the power management module 441.
  • the power management module 441 is used to connect the battery 442, the charging management module 440 and the processor 410.
  • the power management module 441 receives input from the battery 442 and/or the charging management module 440, and supplies power to the processor 410, the internal memory 421, the external memory, the display screen 494, the camera 493, and the wireless communication module 460.
  • the power management module 441 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance).
  • the power management module 441 may also be provided in the processor 410.
  • the power management module 441 and the charging management module 440 may also be provided in the same device.
  • the wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be implemented by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 450, the wireless communication module 460, the modem processor, and the baseband processor.
  • the antenna 1 and the antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in the electronic device 100 can be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization.
  • antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network.
  • the antenna can be used in combination with a tuning switch.
  • the mobile communication module 450 can provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G and the like applied to the electronic device 100.
  • the mobile communication module 450 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), etc.
  • the mobile communication module 450 may receive electromagnetic waves by the antenna 1, and perform processing such as filtering, amplifying and transmitting the received electromagnetic waves to the modem processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 450 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor, and convert it into electromagnetic wave radiation via the antenna 1.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 450 may be provided in the processor 410.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 450 and at least part of the modules of the processor 410 may be provided in the same device.
  • the modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
  • the modulator is used to modulate the low frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium and high frequency signal.
  • the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
  • the low-frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor and then passed to the application processor.
  • the application processor outputs a sound signal through an audio device (not limited to a speaker 470A, a receiver 470B, etc.), or displays an image or video through a display screen 494.
  • the modem processor may be an independent device.
  • the modem processor may be independent of the processor 410 and be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 450 or other functional modules.
  • the wireless communication module 460 can provide applications on the electronic device 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), bluetooth (BT), and global navigation satellites.
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • BT wireless fidelity
  • GNSS global navigation satellite system
  • FM frequency modulation
  • NFC near field communication technology
  • infrared technology infrared, IR
  • the wireless communication module 460 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 460 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2, frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 410.
  • the wireless communication module 460 may also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 410, perform frequency modulation, amplify, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 and radiate it out.
  • the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled with the mobile communication module 450, and the antenna 2 is coupled with the wireless communication module 460, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • the wireless communication technologies may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc.
  • the GNSS may include global positioning system (GPS), global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system, QZSS) and/or satellite-based augmentation systems (SBAS).
  • GPS global positioning system
  • GLONASS global navigation satellite system
  • BDS Beidou navigation satellite system
  • QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
  • SBAS satellite-based augmentation systems
  • the electronic device 100 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 494, and an application processor.
  • the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, connected to the display 494 and the application processor.
  • the GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
  • the processor 410 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
  • the display screen 494 is used to display images, videos, etc.
  • the display screen 494 is the above-mentioned outward folding folding screen.
  • the display screen 494 may include the aforementioned foldable first screen (for example, the A screen shown in (b) in FIG. 2) and a second screen (for example, the B screen shown in (b) in FIG. 2). ) And the third screen (for example, the C screen shown in (c) in Figure 2).
  • the display screen 494 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can adopt liquid crystal display (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (OLED), active-matrix organic light-emitting diode or active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light-emitting diode).
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • OLED organic light-emitting diode
  • active-matrix organic light-emitting diode active-matrix organic light-emitting diode
  • emitting diode AMOLED, flexible light-emitting diode (FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (QLED), etc.
  • the electronic device 100 can realize a shooting function through an ISP, a camera 493, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 494, and an application processor.
  • the ISP is used to process the data fed back from the camera 493. For example, when taking a picture, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transfers the electrical signal to the ISP for processing and is converted into an image visible to the naked eye.
  • ISP can also optimize the image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene.
  • the ISP may be provided in the camera 493.
  • the camera 493 is used to capture still images or videos.
  • the object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it to the photosensitive element.
  • the photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • the photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other formats.
  • the electronic device 100 may include one or N cameras 493, and N is a positive integer greater than one.
  • Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects the frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
  • Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
  • the electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the electronic device 100 can play or record videos in a variety of encoding formats, such as: moving picture experts group (MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, and so on.
  • MPEG moving picture experts group
  • NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor.
  • NN neural-network
  • the NPU can realize applications such as intelligent cognition of the electronic device 100, such as image recognition, face recognition, voice recognition, text understanding, and so on.
  • the external memory interface 420 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100.
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 410 through the external memory interface 420 to realize the data storage function. For example, save music, video and other files in an external memory card.
  • the internal memory 421 may be used to store computer executable program code, where the executable program code includes instructions.
  • the processor 410 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 by running instructions stored in the internal memory 421.
  • the processor 410 may execute the instructions stored in the internal memory 421 to respond to the user's first operation or second operation on the display screen 494 (ie, the folding screen), in the display screen 484 ( That is, the folding screen) displays the corresponding display content.
  • the internal memory 421 may include a program storage area and a data storage area. Among them, the storage program area can store an operating system, at least one application program (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) required by at least one function.
  • the data storage area can store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the electronic device 100.
  • the internal memory 421 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, a universal flash storage (UFS), etc.
  • the electronic device 100 can implement audio functions through an audio module 470, a speaker 470A, a receiver 470B, a microphone 470C, a headphone interface 470D, and an application processor. For example, music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 470 is used to convert digital audio information into an analog audio signal for output, and also used to convert an analog audio input into a digital audio signal.
  • the audio module 470 can also be used to encode and decode audio signals.
  • the audio module 470 may be disposed in the processor 410, or some functional modules of the audio module 470 may be disposed in the processor 410.
  • the speaker 470A also called a "speaker” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the electronic device 100 can listen to music through the speaker 470A, or listen to a hands-free call.
  • the receiver 470B also called “earpiece”, is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the electronic device 100 When the electronic device 100 answers a call or voice message, it can receive the voice by bringing the receiver 470B close to the human ear.
  • Microphone 470C also called “microphone”, “microphone”, is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals.
  • the user When making a call or sending voice information or when the electronic device 100 needs to be triggered to perform certain functions through a voice assistant, the user can approach the microphone 470C through the mouth to make a sound, and input a sound signal into the microphone 470C.
  • the electronic device 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 470C. In some other embodiments, the electronic device 100 can be provided with two microphones 470C, which can implement noise reduction functions in addition to collecting sound signals. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may also be provided with three, four or more microphones 470C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and realize directional recording functions.
  • the earphone interface 470D is used to connect wired earphones.
  • the earphone interface 470D may be a USB interface 430, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, and a cellular telecommunications industry association (cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA, CTIA) standard interface.
  • OMTP open mobile terminal platform
  • CTIA cellular telecommunications industry association
  • the pressure sensor 480A is used to sense the pressure signal and can convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal.
  • the pressure sensor 480A may be provided on the display screen 494.
  • the capacitive pressure sensor may include at least two parallel plates with conductive material. When a force is applied to the pressure sensor 480A, the capacitance between the electrodes changes. The electronic device 100 determines the intensity of the pressure according to the change in capacitance. When a touch operation acts on the display screen 494, the electronic device 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 480A.
  • the electronic device 100 may also calculate the touched position based on the detection signal of the pressure sensor 480A.
  • touch operations that act on the same touch location but have different touch operation strengths may correspond to different operation instructions. For example: when a touch operation whose intensity of the touch operation is less than the first pressure threshold is applied to the short message application icon, an instruction to view the short message is executed. When a touch operation with a touch operation intensity greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, an instruction to create a new short message is executed.
  • the gyro sensor 480B may be used to determine the movement posture of the electronic device 100.
  • the angular velocity of the electronic device 100 around three axes ie, x, y, and z axes
  • the gyro sensor 480B can be used for image stabilization.
  • the gyroscope sensor 480B detects the shake angle of the electronic device 100, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate according to the angle, and allows the lens to counteract the shake of the electronic device 100 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake.
  • the gyro sensor 480B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
  • the display screen 494 of the electronic device 100 can be folded to form multiple screens.
  • Each screen may include a gyro sensor 480B for measuring the orientation of the corresponding screen (ie, the direction vector of the orientation).
  • the electronic device 100 can determine the angle between adjacent screens according to the measured angle change of the orientation of each screen.
  • the folding screen of the electronic device 100 can be folded to form multiple screens.
  • Each screen may include a gyroscope sensor (such as the aforementioned gyroscope sensor 480B) for measuring the orientation of the corresponding screen (that is, the direction vector of the orientation).
  • the display screen 494 of the electronic device 100 can be folded to form A screen and B screen, then both the A screen and the B screen include a gyroscope sensor 480B, which is used to measure the A screen and the B screen respectively.
  • the electronic device 100 can determine the angle between adjacent screens according to the measured angle change of the orientation of each screen.
  • the folding screen of the electronic device 100 can be folded to form the A screen and the B screen shown in FIG. 5A.
  • a gyro sensor A is set in the A screen
  • a gyro sensor B is set in the B screen.
  • the principle of measuring the orientation of screen A that is, the direction vector of orientation
  • the principle of measuring the orientation of screen B that is, the direction vector of orientation
  • the electronic device 100 according to the principle of screen A
  • the principle of calculating the angle ⁇ between the A screen and the B screen is explained.
  • the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor is the geographic coordinate system.
  • the origin O of the geographic coordinate system is located at the point where the carrier (ie, the device containing the gyroscope sensor, such as the electronic device 100) is located, the x-axis points to the east (E) along the local latitude, and the y-axis is along the local meridian.
  • Pointing north (N) the z-axis points upward along the local geographic vertical, and forms a right-handed rectangular coordinate system with the x-axis and y-axis.
  • the plane formed by the x-axis and the y-axis is the local horizontal plane
  • the plane formed by the y-axis and the z-axis is the local meridian. Therefore, it is understandable that the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor is: taking the gyroscope sensor as the origin O, pointing east along the local latitude line as the x-axis, pointing north along the local meridian line as the y-axis, and pointing upward along the local geographic vertical line ( That is, the opposite direction of the geographic vertical) is the z-axis.
  • the electronic device uses the gyroscope sensor set in each screen to measure the direction vector of the orientation of each screen in the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor set in it.
  • the direction vector of the orientation of screen A in the coordinate system of gyro sensor A measured by the electronic device is vector z1
  • screen B is in the coordinate system of gyro sensor B
  • the direction vector of the direction in is the vector z2.
  • one or more other sensors can also be used to measure the angle ⁇ between the A screen and the B screen.
  • each screen of the folding screen can be provided with an acceleration sensor.
  • the electronic device 100 (such as the processor 410) can use an acceleration sensor to measure the motion acceleration of each screen when it is rotated; then, according to the measured motion acceleration, calculate the angle of rotation of one screen relative to the other screen, that is, the difference between the A screen and the B screen. Angle ⁇ .
  • the above-mentioned gyroscope sensor may be a virtual gyroscope sensor formed by cooperation of multiple other sensors.
  • the virtual gyro sensor can be used to calculate the angle between adjacent screens of the folding screen, that is, the angle ⁇ between the A screen and the B screen.
  • the air pressure sensor 480C is used to measure air pressure.
  • the electronic device 100 calculates the altitude based on the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 480C, and assists positioning and navigation.
  • the magnetic sensor 480D includes a Hall sensor.
  • the electronic device 100 can use the magnetic sensor 480D to detect the opening and closing of the flip holster.
  • the electronic device 100 when the electronic device 100 is a flip machine, the electronic device 100 can detect the opening and closing of the flip according to the magnetic sensor 480D.
  • features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
  • the acceleration sensor 480E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three-axis). When the electronic device 100 is stationary, the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices, and used in applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers, etc. It should be noted that in this embodiment of the present application, the display screen 494 of the electronic device 100 can be folded to form multiple screens. Each screen may include an acceleration sensor 480E for measuring the orientation of the corresponding screen (that is, the direction vector of the orientation).
  • the electronic device 100 can measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the electronic device 100 may use the distance sensor 480F to measure the distance to achieve fast focusing.
  • the proximity light sensor 480G may include, for example, a light emitting diode (LED) and a light detector, such as a photodiode.
  • the light emitting diode may be an infrared light emitting diode.
  • the electronic device 100 emits infrared light to the outside through the light emitting diode.
  • the electronic device 100 uses a photodiode to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it can be determined that there is an object near the electronic device 100. When insufficient reflected light is detected, the electronic device 100 can determine that there is no object near the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 can use the proximity light sensor 480G to detect that the user holds the electronic device 100 close to the ear to talk, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power.
  • the proximity light sensor 480G can also be used in leather case mode, and the pocket mode will automatically unlock and lock the screen.
  • the ambient light sensor 480L is used to sense the brightness of the ambient light.
  • the electronic device 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 494 according to the perceived brightness of the ambient light.
  • the ambient light sensor 480L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures.
  • the ambient light sensor 480L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 480G to detect whether the electronic device 100 is in the pocket to prevent accidental touch.
  • the fingerprint sensor 480H is used to collect fingerprints.
  • the electronic device 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to realize fingerprint unlocking, access application locks, fingerprint photographs, fingerprint answering calls, etc.
  • the temperature sensor 480J is used to detect temperature.
  • the electronic device 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 480J to execute a temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 480J exceeds a threshold value, the electronic device 100 executes to reduce the performance of the processor located near the temperature sensor 480J, so as to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection.
  • the electronic device 100 when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 100 heats the battery 442 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the electronic device 100 due to low temperature.
  • the electronic device 100 boosts the output voltage of the battery 442 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
  • Touch sensor 480K also called “touch panel”.
  • the touch sensor 480K can be arranged on the display screen 494, and the touch screen is composed of the touch sensor 480K and the display screen 494, which is also called a “touch screen”.
  • the touch sensor 480K is used to detect touch operations acting on or near it.
  • the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event.
  • the visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 494.
  • the touch sensor 480K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100, which is different from the position of the display screen 494.
  • the bone conduction sensor 480M can acquire vibration signals.
  • the bone conduction sensor 480M can acquire the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice.
  • the bone conduction sensor 480M can also contact the human pulse and receive blood pressure beating signals.
  • the bone conduction sensor 480M may also be provided in the earphone, combined with the bone conduction earphone.
  • the audio module 470 can parse the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vibrating bone block of the voice obtained by the bone conduction sensor 480M, and realize the voice function.
  • the application processor may analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beating signal obtained by the bone conduction sensor 480M, and realize the heart rate detection function.
  • the button 490 includes a power button, a volume button, and so on.
  • the button 490 may be a mechanical button. It can also be a touch button.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive key input, and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 100.
  • the motor 491 can generate vibration prompts.
  • the motor 491 can be used for incoming call vibration notification, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback.
  • touch operations applied to different applications can correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
  • Acting on touch operations in different areas of the display screen 494, the motor 491 can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
  • Different application scenarios for example: time reminding, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.
  • the touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
  • the indicator 492 can be an indicator light, which can be used to indicate the charging status, power change, and can also be used to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and so on.
  • the SIM card interface 495 is used to connect to the SIM card.
  • the SIM card can be connected to and separated from the electronic device 100 by inserting into the SIM card interface 495 or pulling out from the SIM card interface 495.
  • the electronic device 100 may support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the SIM card interface 495 can support Nano SIM cards, Micro SIM cards, SIM cards, etc.
  • the same SIM card interface 495 can insert multiple cards at the same time. The types of the multiple cards can be the same or different.
  • the SIM card interface 495 can also be compatible with different types of SIM cards.
  • the SIM card interface 495 may also be compatible with external memory cards.
  • the electronic device 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as call and data communication.
  • the electronic device 100 adopts an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card.
  • the eSIM card can be embedded in the electronic device 100 and cannot be separated from the electronic device 100.
  • the software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a microkernel architecture, a microservice architecture, or a cloud architecture.
  • the embodiment of the present application takes a layered Android system as an example to illustrate the software structure of the electronic device 100.
  • FIG. 6 is a software structure block diagram of the electronic device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the layered architecture can divide the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Communication between layers through software interface.
  • the Android system is divided into three layers, from top to bottom, the application layer (referred to as the application layer), the application framework layer (referred to as the framework layer), and the kernel layer (also referred to as the driver layer).
  • the application layer can include a series of application packages. As shown in Figure 6, the application layer may include multiple application packages such as application 1 and application 2.
  • the application package can be applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, short message, and launcher.
  • the framework layer (that is, the Framework layer) provides an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer.
  • the application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
  • the framework layer may include a window manager (WMS) and an activity manager (AMS).
  • WMS window manager
  • AMS activity manager
  • the framework layer may also include a content provider, a view system, a phone manager, a resource manager, a notification manager, etc. (not shown in the drawings).
  • the window manager WMS is used to manage window programs.
  • the window manager can obtain the size of the display, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, take a screenshot, etc.
  • the activity manager AMS is used to manage the Activity, and is responsible for the startup, switching, scheduling of various components in the system, and the management and scheduling of applications.
  • the kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software.
  • the kernel layer contains at least display driver, camera driver, audio driver, and sensor driver.
  • the kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software.
  • the kernel layer can include display drivers, input/output device drivers (for example, keyboards, touch screens, headphones, speakers, microphones, etc.), camera drivers, audio drivers, and sensor drivers.
  • the kernel layer can generate a corresponding input event (such as a folding screen expansion event) according to the input operation, and report the event to the application framework layer.
  • the activity management server AMS of the application framework layer sets the window mode (such as multi-window mode, single-window mode or full-screen mode) and window position and size of the application.
  • the window management server WMS of the application framework layer draws the window according to the settings of the AMS, and then sends the window data to the display driver of the kernel layer, and the display driver displays the corresponding application interface on the folding screen.
  • the electronic device 100 when the folding screen of the electronic device 100 is in a folded state, the electronic device 100 adopts a full-screen mode to display the application interface.
  • the interface of the "Taobao” application when the folding screen is in the folded state, the interface of the "Taobao" application is displayed in full screen mode.
  • the electronic device 100 adopts a multi-window mode or a single-window mode to display the application interface.
  • the two interfaces of the "Taobao" application when the folding screen is in an expanded state, the two interfaces of the "Taobao" application are displayed in a dual window mode.
  • the homepage of the "Taobao" application is displayed in a single window mode.
  • the display solution provided by the embodiment of the present application is implemented based on the freeform feature of Google and the multi-window and multi-task infrastructure.
  • the activity manager AMS may include an Activity native management module and an Activity extension module.
  • the Activity native management module is used to manage the Activity, and is responsible for the startup, switching, scheduling of various components in the system, and the management and scheduling of applications.
  • the Activity extension module is used to set the window mode and window attributes according to the folding or unfolding state of the folding screen.
  • the properties of the window may include the position and size of the Activity window, and the visible properties of the Activity window (that is, the state of the Activity window).
  • the position of the Activity window is when the Activity window is displayed on the folding screen
  • the position of the Activity window on the folding screen and the size of the Activity window can be information such as width and height in the application startup config.
  • the visible attribute of the Activity window can be true or false.
  • the visible property of the Activity window is true, it means that the Activity window is visible to the user, that is, the display driver will display the content of the Activity window.
  • the visible property of the Activity window of the Activity window is false, it means that the Activity window is invisible to the user, that is, the display driver will not display the content of the Activity window.
  • an application (such as application 1 or application 2) can call the start Activity interface to start the corresponding activity.
  • the activity manager AMS can request the window manager WMS to draw the window corresponding to the Activity and call the display driver to display the interface.
  • the folding screen of the electronic device 100 may switch from the folded state to the unfolded state, or from the unfolded state to the folded state.
  • the folding driver input/output device driver
  • the folding event may be triggered by the user's operation of controlling the folding screen to change from the above-mentioned folded state to the unfolded state, which is called folding event 1.
  • the folding event may be triggered by an operation that the user controls the folding screen to change from the unfolded state to the folded state, which is called folding event 2.
  • the folding driver can report folding events to the window manager WMS of the framework layer (ie, application framework layer).
  • the window manager WMS can monitor the folding event, and after listening to the folding event, it can determine the size of the display screen (display).
  • the window manager WMS sends a display change event to the activity manager AMS, and the activity manager AMS sets the window mode and window properties.
  • the window manager WMS monitors the folding event 1, it can determine that the display becomes larger, and send the display change event 1 to the activity manager AMS.
  • the display change event 1 is used to trigger the activity manager AMS to switch the window mode from full-screen mode to multi-window mode or single-window mode, and to adjust the properties of the window.
  • the window manager WMS listens to the collapse event 2, it can determine that the display becomes smaller and send the display change event 2 to the activity manager AMS.
  • the display change event 2 is used to trigger the activity manager AMS to switch the window mode from multi-window mode or single-window mode to full-screen mode, and adjust the properties of the window.
  • the activity manager AMS After the activity manager AMS sets the Activity window mode and properties, it can request the window manager WMS to draw the window, call the display driver to display the drawn window content, and then show the interface to the user.
  • the activity manager AMS requests the window manager WMS to draw a window, and calls the display driver to display the interface: the folding screen expands, and an application interface (corresponding to the single window mode) is displayed in the center.
  • the size of the interface is the same as the size of the application interface displayed when the folding screen is in the folded state.
  • the display-driven display interface may be: the folding screen expands, and the folding screen displays two application interfaces (corresponding to a multi-window mode, such as a dual-window mode).
  • the two application interfaces include an application interface displayed when the folding screen is in a folded state, and the size of the one application interface remains unchanged.
  • the activity manager AMS requests the window manager WMS to draw the window, and calls the display driver to display the interface, which may be: the electronic device displays an application interface (corresponding to the full screen mode) in a full screen in the folded state.
  • the folding screen of the mobile phone is the above-mentioned outward-folding folding screen, which can be folded to form a first screen (such as A screen) and a second screen (such as B screen) as an example.
  • a first screen such as A screen
  • a second screen such as B screen
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments are described in detail.
  • the method for displaying applications may include S701-S702:
  • the mobile phone controls the first screen to display the first interface.
  • the first screen when the folding screen is in the folded state, the first screen is used as the main screen to display the main interface or application interface (such as the first interface) of the mobile phone, and the second screen may be black.
  • the angle between the A screen and the B screen of the folding screen is ⁇ (P, 180°].
  • the included angle ⁇ [0°, P) between the first screen (such as screen A) and the second screen (such as screen B) of the mobile phone is ⁇ [P, 180°].
  • P is a preset angle threshold.
  • P can be determined according to the usage habits of a large number of users using the folding screen; or, P can be set by the user in the mobile phone.
  • the preset angle threshold P in the embodiment of the present application may be greater than 90°.
  • the value range of the preset angle threshold P may be (90°, 180°). The larger the P, the higher the possibility that the user will use the first screen and the second screen as a whole.
  • the preset angle threshold P may be 100°, 120°, 135°, 140°, 145°, or 150°.
  • the mobile phone can calculate the angle ⁇ between the A screen and the B screen in real time, and detect the change of the angle ⁇ .
  • the mobile phone can determine that the folding screen changes from the folded state to the unfolded state.
  • the aforementioned first interface may be an interface of the first application.
  • the first interface may be the product detail page of the "Taobao” application.
  • FIG. 8 shows the main view of the mobile phone when the folding screen is in the folded state, that is, the first screen of the mobile phone.
  • Fig. 8(b) shows the rear view of the mobile phone when the folding screen is in the folded state, that is, the second screen of the mobile phone.
  • the first screen displays the first interface 801 of the "Taobao" application, that is, the product details page.
  • the second screen is black.
  • the above-mentioned first interface is the interface of the first application.
  • the first interface may be the homepage of the first application; or, the first interface may not be the homepage of the first application.
  • the above-mentioned first interface is not the home page of the first application.
  • the first interface is any interface of the first application except the home page of the first application.
  • the first interface may be the product details page 801 shown in (a) of FIG. 8, which is not the home page of the "Taobao" application.
  • the above-mentioned first interface may be the homepage of the first application.
  • the first interface may be the first interface 901 shown in (a) of FIG. 9.
  • the first interface 901 is the home page of the "Taobao" application.
  • the first interface of the first application displayed by the mobile phone may include the following cases (1) and (2).
  • the homepage of the first application mentioned above is that after the mobile phone exits the first application (that is, stops displaying the interface of the first application on the mobile phone, and stops running the first application in the background), it responds to the user's main interface of the mobile phone ( That is, the click operation (such as the click operation) of the icon of the first application in the desktop) is displayed.
  • the homepage of the first application is displayed for the first time in response to a user's click operation (such as a single click operation) on the icon of the first application in the main interface (ie desktop) of the mobile phone after the mobile phone is turned on.
  • the mobile phone can respond to the user's click operation (such as a single click operation) on the icon of the "Taobao" application in the main interface (ie desktop) of the mobile phone, and display the information of the "Taobao” application shown in (a) in Figure 9
  • the home page 901 is the first interface.
  • Case (2) The mobile phone can display the home page of the first application in response to the user's return operation on the next level interface of the home page of the first application.
  • the home page 901 of the "Taobao” application shown in (a) in FIG. 9, that is, the first interface can be a mobile phone in response to the user's return operation on the search result page 903 shown in (b) in FIG. 9 ( As shown in the user's click operation on the "return” button 904).
  • the mobile phone can display a search result page 903 in response to a user's click operation (such as a single click operation) on the search button 902 on the home page 901 of the "Taobao” application.
  • the product details page 903 is the next level interface of the home page 901 of the "Taobao" application.
  • the mobile phone controls the first display area of the folding screen to display the first interface, and the second display area to display the second interface.
  • first display area and the second display area are both part of the display area of the folding screen.
  • the first display area and the second display area do not overlap.
  • the first display area is a display area corresponding to the first screen
  • the second display area is a display area corresponding to the second screen.
  • the dividing line L1 between the first display area and the second display area coincides with the folding edge of the folding screen.
  • the first display area corresponds to the first screen
  • the second display area corresponds to the second screen.
  • the dividing line L between the first display area 803 and the second display area 804 coincides with the folding edge of the folding screen.
  • the first display area 803 corresponds to the first screen
  • the second display area 804 corresponds to the second screen.
  • the sizes (including width and height) of the first display area and the second display area may be pre-configured in the mobile phone.
  • the width and height of the first display area and the second display area may be set by the user in the mobile phone.
  • the size of the first display area and the size of the second display area may be the same or different.
  • the size of the first display area and the size of the second display area are the same.
  • the first display area and the second display area are bounded by the dividing line L2
  • the height of the first display area and the height of the second display area are the same
  • the width of the first display area is the same as that of the second display area.
  • the width of the display area is the length x.
  • the size of the first display area and the size of the second display area are different.
  • the first display area and the second display area are bounded by a dividing line L3, and the first display area is smaller than the second display area.
  • the size of the first display area and the size of the second display area are different.
  • the first display area and the second display area are bounded by a dividing line L4, and the first display area is larger than the second display area.
  • the dividing line between the first display area and the second display area is the folding side
  • the right side of the folding side is the second display area
  • the left side of the folding side is the first display area as an example
  • the method of the embodiment of the present application is described.
  • the first display area corresponds to the first screen
  • the second display area corresponds to the second screen.
  • the foregoing second interface may be an interface of the first application, and the second interface is different from the first interface.
  • the second interface may be an interface of a second application, and the second application is different from the first application.
  • the second interface may be an interface of the first application, and the second interface is different from the first interface.
  • the mobile phone can determine the second interface in the following manner.
  • the first interface is not the home page of the first application.
  • the second interface may be the homepage of the first application.
  • the home page of the "Taobao” application is the interface 802 shown in (c) in FIG. 8.
  • the mobile phone displays the product details page 801 shown in (a) in FIG. 8, which is the first interface.
  • the mobile phone controls the first display area 803 of the folding screen to display the first interface 801, and the second display area 804 displays the second interface 802.
  • the second interface 802 is the home page of the "Taobao" application.
  • the second interface may be an interface higher than the first interface.
  • the embodiment of the application here illustrates the hierarchical relationship between different interfaces:
  • different interfaces of the same application can be divided into upper and lower levels.
  • the mobile phone can display the interface to be displayed in the display area of the display screen according to the hierarchical relationship between the interface to be displayed and the displayed interface.
  • different interfaces of the same application may correspond to the same activity (Activity), or may correspond to different activities.
  • these interfaces can correspond to the same level.
  • different interfaces correspond to different activity activities, these interfaces correspond to different levels.
  • the interface can call another interface.
  • the actively called interface and the called interface can correspond to the same level.
  • the actively called interface may be the "hotspot" interface 1001 shown in FIG. 10B, and the called interface may be the "video" interface displayed by the mobile phone after the user clicks the "video” button shown in FIG. 10B.
  • the "video" interface and the "hotspot” interface 1001 correspond to the same Activity and correspond to the same level.
  • the called interface is the next level of the actively called interface.
  • the active calling interface may be the search result page 903 shown in (b) in FIG. 9.
  • the mobile phone can display the product details page 801 shown in (a) of FIG. 8.
  • the product details page 801 is the called interface.
  • the search result page 903 and the product detail page 801 correspond to different activities, and the search result page 903 is an upper level interface of the product detail page 801.
  • the process of calling between interfaces by the mobile phone can be implemented through a first-in-last-out stack. For example, when the mobile phone calls and displays interface 1, interface 1 is pushed into the stack; when interface 1 calls interface 2, interface 2 is pushed into the stack; when the user returns from the current interface 2 to interface 1, the current interface 2 is pushed out of the stack.
  • the mobile phone detects the user's return operation on the current interface, in response to the operation, it returns to the interface that previously actively called the current interface.
  • the mobile phone presets the hierarchical relationship between different activities, the level of the interface corresponding to the activity with a high level is also high, and the level of the interface corresponding to the activity with a low level is also low.
  • the activity level corresponding to the homepage is the highest, and the activity level corresponding to the search result page is higher than the activity level corresponding to the product detail page.
  • the search result page 903 shown in (b) of FIG. 9 is the upper level interface of the product details page 801 shown in (a) of FIG. 8.
  • the mobile phone displays 1101 (ie, the product details page) of the first interface shown in (a) of FIG. 11.
  • the mobile phone controls the first display area 1103 of the folding screen to display the first interface 1101 and the second
  • the display area 1104 displays the second interface 1102 (that is, the search result page, the upper level interface of the product detail page).
  • the second interface may be an interface corresponding to the previous record item of the record item corresponding to the first interface in the activity record of the first application.
  • the mobile phone responds to the user's click operation on the icon of the first application in the main interface (ie desktop) of the mobile phone, and after displaying the home page of the first application, the activity record (Activity record) of the first application can be generated. , And save the record items for the homepage in the activity record.
  • the record items of the other interface can be saved in the activity record of the first application.
  • the mobile phone can record the activity record of the application through a first-in-last-out stack (called the first record stack).
  • the pointer of the first record stack of the first application points to the record item on the top of the stack.
  • the mobile phone responds to the user's click operation on the icon of the first application in the main interface (ie desktop) of the mobile phone, and after displaying the home page of the first application, the mobile phone can generate the first application shown in Figure 12(a). Record the stack.
  • the first record stack shown in (a) in FIG. 12 includes record items of interface 1 (that is, the home page of the first application), and the pointer points to the record items of interface 1.
  • the mobile phone can display the interface 2, and press the record item corresponding to the interface 2 in the first record stack to obtain the first record stack shown in (b) in FIG. 12.
  • the pointer points to the record item of interface 2.
  • the mobile phone can display the interface 1, and press the record item corresponding to the interface 1 in the first record stack to obtain the first record stack shown in (c) in FIG. 12.
  • the pointer points to the record item of interface 1 at the top of the stack.
  • the mobile phone can display the interface 3 and press the record item corresponding to the interface 3 in the first record stack to obtain the first record stack shown in (d) in FIG. 12.
  • the pointer points to the record item of interface 3 at the top of the stack.
  • the mobile phone can display the interface 4, and press the record item corresponding to the interface 4 in the first record stack to obtain the first record stack shown in (e) in FIG. 12.
  • the pointer points to the record item of the interface 4 at the top of the stack.
  • the mobile phone in response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state to the expanded state, can move the pointer of the top of the first record stack downward so that the pointer points to the next record item on the top of the stack.
  • the interface corresponding to the record item pointed to by the pointer is the second interface
  • the record item at the top of the stack is the first interface.
  • the mobile phone can display the first interface corresponding to the record item on the top of the stack in the first display area of the folding screen, and display the second interface corresponding to the record item pointed to by the pointer in the second display area.
  • the mobile phone may display the first interface corresponding to the record item on the top of the stack in the second display area of the folding screen, and display the second interface corresponding to the record item pointed to by the pointer in the first display area.
  • the identification of the corresponding interface may be stored in the record item of the first record stack.
  • the first interface is the home page of the first application, and only the record items of the home page of the first application are saved in the first activity record of the first application.
  • the first record stack includes only the record items of interface 1.
  • the mobile phone in response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state to the expanded state, the mobile phone cannot find the record items of other interfaces except the first interface from the activity record of the first application.
  • the mobile phone in response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state to the unfolded state, controls the first display area and the second display area of the folding screen as a whole to center the first interface, That is, the folding screen displays the first interface in a single window.
  • the first screen displays 1301 of the first interface shown in (a) in FIG. 13 (that is, the home page of the "Taobao” application).
  • the mobile phone in response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state shown in Figure 13 (a) to the expanded state shown in Figure 13 (b), the mobile phone can control the folding screen to display the first Interface 1301.
  • the mobile phone may display the first interface 1301 shown in (b) in FIG. 13.
  • the second interface may be any interface on the next level of the home page of the first application.
  • the mobile phone may be preset in the above case (1), and the second interface may be any interface of the first application except the homepage.
  • the mobile phone saves record items of other interfaces of the first application in the activity record of the first application.
  • the aforementioned second interface may be an interface corresponding to the previous record item of the record item corresponding to the first interface in the activity record of the first application.
  • the left side of the folding side on the folding screen is the first display area
  • the right side of the folding side on the folding screen is the second display area.
  • the mobile phone controls the first display area of the folding screen to display the first interface
  • the second display area to display the second interface.
  • the display mode conforms to the usage habits of most users, and the user experience is improved.
  • the mobile phone can control the first display area of the folding screen (that is, the display area on the left) to display the first interface.
  • the second display area (that is, the display area on the right) displays the second interface; if the level of the second interface is higher than that of the first interface, the mobile phone can control the first display area of the folding screen to display the second interface, and the second display area displays The first interface; if the second interface and the first interface are the same level of interface, the mobile phone can control the first display area of the folding screen to display the first interface, and the second display area to display the second interface. In this way, when the level of the interface displayed in the second display area on the right is lower than or equal to the interface displayed in the first display on the left, user comparison and operation can be made, which is more in line with the usage habits of most users.
  • the second interface is an interface of a second application, and the second application is different from the first application.
  • the second application is any application of one or more applications that have been recently run and not closed by the mobile phone except the first application. Among them, the mobile phone does not close the second application means that the mobile phone runs the second application in the background.
  • the mobile phone can display the application task window interface 401 shown in FIG. 14 in response to the user's preset operation on the mobile phone (such as a double-click operation on the Home button).
  • the application task window interface 401 includes task windows of applications that have been recently run and not closed by the mobile phone, such as the task window 402 of the "Dial” application, the task window 403 of the "Settings” application and the task window 404 of the "WeChat” application.
  • the first application is the "WeChat” application.
  • the second application can be a "dial” application or a "settings” application.
  • the mobile phone displays a first interface 1501 of the first application, that is, an interface of the "WeChat” application.
  • the mobile phone can control the first display area 1503 of the folding screen to display the first interface 1501.
  • the second display area 1504 displays the second interface 1502.
  • the second interface 1502 is the interface of the aforementioned "Settings" application.
  • the second interface is an interface of a second application.
  • the mobile phone in response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state to the unfolded state, can control the first display area (that is, the display area on the left) to display the first interface, and in the second display area (that is, the display area on the right) ) Display the second interface.
  • the first interface of the first application is first displayed in the first display area on the left, and the second interface of the second application is then displayed in the second display area on the right, which is more in line with the usage habits of most users.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present application may further include S703:
  • the mobile phone controls the first screen to display the first interface or the second interface.
  • the first screen may display the first screen shown in FIG. 15(a) One interface 1501.
  • the first interface 1501 shown in (a) in FIG. 15 can also be replaced with the second interface 1502 shown in (b) in FIG. 15.
  • the mobile phone can calculate the angle ⁇ between the A screen and the B screen in real time, and detect the change of the angle ⁇ .
  • the mobile phone can determine that the folding screen has changed from the unfolded state to the folded state.
  • the mobile phone in response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state to the unfolded state, can control the folding screen to display the first interface and the second interface in a dual-window mode, that is, the folding screen simultaneously displays two interfaces in two display areas. Since the aspect ratio (i.e., aspect ratio) of the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen is similar to that of a normal non-folding screen; therefore, both the first screen and the second screen can adapt to the interface of the launched application layout. In this way, in response to the user's operation to expand the folding screen, the mobile phone can display the application interface normally without restarting the application.
  • aspect ratio i.e., aspect ratio
  • the expanded folding screen can display the first interface and the second interface at the same time, which can enrich the display content of the folding screen, increase the utilization rate of the folding screen, and enhance the user's visual experience.
  • the mobile phone may control the folding screen to display the first interface in a single window.
  • the folding screen when the folding screen is in the expanded state, the folding screen displays the first interface in a single window, which can be specifically: the first display area and the second display area of the folding screen as a whole, and the above first interface is displayed in the center.
  • the mobile phone displays 1301 of the first interface shown in (a) in FIG. 13 (that is, the home page of the "Taobao" application).
  • the mobile phone can control the folding screen to display the above-mentioned first interface 1301 in a single window.
  • the folding screen may display the first interface 1301 shown in (b) in FIG. 13.
  • the first interface in this embodiment can be any interface of the first application, and is not limited to the homepage of the first application.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present application may further include: in response to the folding screen changing from the expanded state to the folded state, the mobile phone may control the first screen to display the first interface.
  • the mobile phone in response to the folding screen from the unfolded state shown in Figure 13 (b) to the folded state shown in Figure 13 (a), the mobile phone can control the first screen to display as shown in Figure 13 (a) 1301 of the first interface.
  • the mobile phone in response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state to the expanded state, can control the folding screen to display the first interface in a single window mode.
  • the interface layout of the first interface will not change. Therefore, the mobile phone can display the application interface normally without restarting the application.
  • the mobile phone can receive the user's first operation on the first interface displayed in the first display area.
  • the first operation is used to trigger the first display area to display the third interface of the first application.
  • the mobile phone can control the first display area of the folding screen to display the first interface, and the second display area to display the third interface.
  • the mobile phone displays the first interface 1601 shown in (a) in FIG. 16 in a single window, such as the homepage of the "Taobao" application.
  • the search result interface can be displayed in a single window, that is, the third interface.
  • the mobile phone in response to a user's click operation (such as a single click operation) on the "search" button 1602 in the first interface 1601, the mobile phone can control the folding screen to simultaneously display the above-mentioned first interface and the third interface in dual windows.
  • the first display area 1604 of the folding screen displays the first interface
  • the second display area displays the third interface 1603, which is the search result interface.
  • the mobile phone can control the first display area of the folding screen (that is, the display area on the left). ) The first interface is displayed, and the second display area (that is, the display area on the right) displays the third interface; if the level of the third interface is higher than that of the first interface, the mobile phone can control the first display area of the folding screen to display the third interface. Interface, the second display area displays the first interface; if the third interface is an interface of the same level as the first interface, the mobile phone can control the first display area of the folding screen to display the first interface, and the second display area displays the third interface. In this way, when the level of the interface displayed in the second display area on the right is lower than or equal to the interface displayed in the first display on the left, user comparison and operation can be made, which is more in line with the usage habits of most users.
  • the first display area of the folding screen displays the first interface
  • the second display area displays the second interface
  • the folding screen The first display area displays the fourth interface corresponding to the second operation, and the second interface displayed in the second display area remains unchanged; in response to the user's third operation on the second interface displayed in the second display area, the second display of the folding screen The area displays the fifth interface corresponding to the third operation, and the fourth interface displayed in the first display area remains unchanged.
  • the second interface and the first interface may both be interfaces of the first application (such as the "Taobao" application).
  • the first display area 1701 of the folding screen displays the home page 1703 of the "Taobao” application, which is the first interface; the second display area 1702 of the folding screen displays the search result page of "hats" 1704, the second interface.
  • the mobile phone can receive the user's third operation on the first interface (for example, the user's clicking operation on the "search” button 1705 shown in (a) in FIG. 17).
  • the user's third operation on the home page 1703 of the "Taobao" application as shown in (b) in FIG.
  • the first display area 1701 of the folding screen displays the "milk” search result page 1706 (ie, the fourth interface).
  • the second interface displayed in the second display area remains unchanged.
  • the second display area 1702 still displays the "hat” search result page 1704, that is, the second interface.
  • the mobile phone can receive the user's fourth operation on the second interface (for example, the user's click operation on the "baseball cap” search item in the "hat” search result page 1704 shown in (b) in FIG. 17).
  • the second display area 1702 of the folding screen displays the product details page 1708 (ie, the fifth interface).
  • the fourth interface displayed in the first display area remains unchanged.
  • the mobile phone may still display the search result page 1706 of "milk" in the first display area 1701, that is, the fourth interface.
  • the second interface may be an interface of the second application, and the first interface is an interface of the first application.
  • the second application is different from the first application.
  • the first application is the "Settings” application
  • the second application is the "Taobao” application.
  • the first display area 1801 of the folding screen displays the WLAN (i.e. WiFi) setting interface 1803 of the "Settings” application, which is the first interface;
  • the second display area 1802 displays the "Taobao” application "Hat” search result page 1804, the second interface.
  • the mobile phone can receive the user's third operation on the first interface (for example, the user's clicking operation on the "return” button 1805 in the WLAN setting interface 1803 shown in (a) of FIG.
  • the first display area 1801 of the folding screen displays the home page 1806 of the "Settings” application, that is, the fourth interface.
  • the second interface displayed in the second display area remains unchanged.
  • the mobile phone may still display the "hat” search result page 1804 in the second display area 1802, that is, the second interface.
  • the mobile phone can receive the user's fourth operation on the second interface (for example, the user's click operation on the "baseball cap” search item in the "hat” search result page 1804 shown in (b) in FIG. 18).
  • the second display area 1802 of the folding screen displays the product details page 1808 (ie, the fifth interface).
  • the fourth interface displayed in the first display area remains unchanged.
  • the mobile phone may still display the home page 1806 of the "Settings" application in the first display area 1801, that is, the fourth interface.
  • the first display area of the folding screen displays the first interface
  • the second display area displays the second interface
  • the interfaces displayed in the first display area and the second display area do not affect each other. In this way, the user can open different interfaces in the first display area and the second display area, and control the mobile phone to execute different events in parallel.
  • the display content of the mobile phone is frequently switched.
  • the mobile phone detects that the angle ⁇ between screen A and screen B changes from small to large, and the angle ⁇ is greater than P after the change, the first display area of the folding screen will not immediately display the first interface, and the second The display area does not immediately display the second interface, but continues to display the first interface on the first screen, and the second screen is black.
  • the mobile phone can start a timer, and when the angle ⁇ between the A screen and the B screen is greater than P within the preset time, the first display area of the folding screen displays the first interface, and the second display area displays the second interface.
  • the multiple display areas included in the folding screen in the unfolded state or the non-folding screen in the landscape state of the electronic device may be set by the user.
  • the setting interface 1901 of the electronic device displays the setting controls of the display area, and the user can set the aspect ratio of the first display area (that is, the aspect ratio) and the aspect ratio of the second display area, or The user can select the aspect ratio of the first display area and the aspect ratio of the second display area from the setting interface.
  • the setting interface 2001 of the mobile phone displays a display area quantity setting control 2002 and a display area range setting control 2003.
  • the mobile phone can prompt the user to set the range of the first display area, and the user can drag on the display to set the first display area. A range of the display area.
  • the mobile phone can display a control 2004 for determining the range of the first display area and a control 2005 for canceling the setting.
  • the mobile phone can determine the range of the first display area and the second display area set by the user.
  • a dividing line 2101 is displayed on the setting interface of the mobile phone, and the user can drag the dividing line 2101 to set Determine the size and aspect ratio of the first display area and the second display area.
  • the user can also set the display area included in the display screen of the mobile phone in other ways, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device is a mobile phone.
  • the folding screen of the mobile phone may be the above-mentioned in-folding folding screen, which can be folded to form a first screen (screen A as shown in FIG. 2) and a second screen (screen B as shown in FIG. 2).
  • a third screen (C screen as shown in Figure 2) is provided on the back of one screen.
  • the third screen i.e., screen C
  • the first and second screens are invisible to the user; therefore, for those with such inward-folding folding screens
  • the interface can be displayed on the third screen; when the folding screen is in the expanded state, the interface can be displayed on the first and second screens.
  • the first interface may be the product detail page of the "Taobao” application.
  • FIG. 22A shows the main view of the mobile phone when the folding screen is in the folded state, that is, the third screen of the mobile phone.
  • the third screen of the mobile phone displays the first interface 2201 of the "Taobao” application, that is, the product details page.
  • the mobile phone can display the first interface 2201 in the first display area 2202 and the second interface 2204 in the second display area 2203.
  • the third screen when the mobile phone is in the folded state, the third screen can be controlled to display the first interface; in response to the folding screen changing from the folded state to the unfolded state, the mobile phone can control the folding screen in a dual-window mode
  • the first interface and the second interface are displayed on the folding screen (that is, the first screen and the second screen), that is, the folding screen simultaneously displays two interfaces in the two display areas. Since the aspect ratio (i.e., aspect ratio) of the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen is similar to that of a normal non-folding screen; therefore, both the first screen and the second screen can adapt to the interface of the launched application layout. In this way, in response to the user's operation to expand the folding screen, the mobile phone can display the application interface normally without restarting the application.
  • the expanded folding screen can display the first interface and the second interface at the same time, which can enrich the display content of the folding screen, increase the utilization rate of the folding screen, and enhance the user's visual experience.
  • a non-folding screen electronic device or a folding screen electronic device in a folded state when the electronic device changes from a vertical screen state to a horizontal screen state, there may also be cases where the display area of the display screen of the electronic device cannot be fully utilized.
  • problem For example, take a mobile phone displaying a video playback interface as an example. As shown in (a) of FIG. 22B, the mobile phone is in a vertical screen state, and the mobile phone displays a video playback interface 2205. As shown in (b) of FIG. 22B, the mobile phone is in a horizontal screen state, and the mobile phone displays a video playback interface 2205 in the center. However, in the horizontal screen state shown in (b) of FIG. 22B, a part of the display area of the display screen of the mobile phone does not display specific content, and the display area of the display screen is not fully utilized.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for displaying applications. If the electronic device enters the preset scene, and the interface displayed before the electronic device enters the preset scene is the default homepage (ie main Page) of the first application, or the interface to be displayed after the electronic device enters the preset scene is the first application
  • the electronic device can control the first display area of the display screen to display the preset homepage of the first application, and control the second display area of the display screen to display related pages configured in pairs with the preset homepage (ie related Page).
  • the electronic device in the preset scene can simultaneously display the preset homepage and related pages of the first application on the display screen, which can enrich the display content of the display screen, improve the utilization rate of the display screen, and enhance the user's vision Experience.
  • FIG. 23A is another software structure block diagram of the electronic device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the layered architecture can divide the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Communication between layers through software interface.
  • the Android system is divided into three layers, from top to bottom, the application layer (referred to as the application layer), the application framework layer (referred to as the framework layer), and the kernel layer (also referred to as the driver layer).
  • the application layer can include a series of application packages. As shown in FIG. 23A, the application layer may include multiple application packages such as application 1 and application 2.
  • the application package can be applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, short message, and Launcher.
  • the aforementioned applications such as application 1 and application 2 refer to applications that support dual-window display.
  • the application layer may also include a system (System) user interface (User Interface, UI).
  • the system UI ie System UI
  • the system UI is responsible for the display of the system interface and is a system installation package (Android Package, APK) .
  • APK system installation package
  • the interface function that interacts with the user in the system is also implemented in this APK.
  • the user-defined interaction interface and preset gestures for selecting the related page of the first application ie related Page
  • the framework layer (ie Framework layer) provides API and programming framework for applications (ie applications) in the application layer.
  • the application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
  • the framework layer may include a configuration module, an Activity management module (equivalent to the activity manager AMS shown in FIG. 6), and a window display module (equivalent to the window manager WMS shown in FIG. 6).
  • the configuration module is used to manage the default main page (main Page) and related pages (related Page) of the application in the application layer.
  • the configuration file in the installation package (APK) of the application includes the above-mentioned main Page and related Page.
  • the configuration module can parse the configuration file in the application installation package to obtain and save the main Page and the related Page.
  • the configuration module can configure the main page for the application.
  • the configuration module may configure the home page of the first application as the main page of the application.
  • the configuration module may also determine the main page of the first application from multiple interfaces of the application according to the interface characteristics of each interface of the application.
  • the configuration module may determine the interface that meets preset conditions among multiple interfaces of the application as the main page of the application.
  • the preset condition is that the preset interface features are included, and the number of preset interface features is greater than the preset number threshold.
  • the preset interface feature may include a preset component or an applet.
  • the configuration module can call the interface to receive related pages of the application customized by the user through the interactive interface provided by the system UI.
  • the configuration module can also save user-defined related Pages.
  • the configuration module may also configure or identify the next level interface of the main Page as the related Page of the first application.
  • the configuration module can parse, configure or identify the main Page and related Page of the application in response to the installation or update of the application, and save the main Page and related Page of the application.
  • the configuration module can delete the main Page and related Page of the application saved in the configuration module.
  • the Activity management module (such as activity manager AMS), used to manage Activity, responsible for the startup, switching, scheduling of various components in the system, and application management and scheduling.
  • the window display module (window manager WMS) is used to manage window programs.
  • the kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software.
  • the kernel layer can include display drivers, input/output device drivers (for example, keyboards, touch screens, headphones, speakers, microphones, etc.), camera drivers, audio drivers, and sensor drivers.
  • the core layer of the folding screen electronic device may also include a folding driver. The folding driver is used to detect the unfolding and folding of the folding screen.
  • the kernel layer can generate a corresponding input event (such as a folding screen expansion event) according to the input operation, and report the event to the framework layer.
  • the sensor driver can drive the sensor to detect the switching of the motion state of the electronic device (such as the horizontal screen state and the vertical screen state), and the kernel layer can generate corresponding input events according to the state switching (such as the vertical screen state changes to the horizontal screen state event ), and report the event to the framework layer.
  • the Activity management module of the framework layer responds to the above time and can monitor listening scene switching (that is, judging whether the electronic device enters a preset scene) and application startup (that is, judging whether the electronic device has started the application). If the electronic device enters the preset scene and starts the application, the main Page and related Page of the application can be obtained from the configuration module.
  • the Activity management module can determine whether the current interface of the application is the main Page; if the current interface of the application is the main Page of the application, it can determine to fill the related Page on the display screen.
  • the application (such as application 1 or application 2) can call the start Activity interface to start the corresponding Activity.
  • A is the main Page Activity of the application
  • B is the related Page Activity of the application.
  • the electronic device enters the preset scene as "When the electronic device is in the first state (such as the non-folding screen electronic device is in the horizontal screen state or the folding screen is in the expanded state), when the main interface is displayed, respond to the user's click on the icon of the first application Operation, display the scene of the interface of the first application" as an example.
  • the application (such as the APK of the application) can call the startActivity() interface of the framework layer (ie, FWK) to start the main Page Activity (ie, startActivity(A) shown in FIG. 23B).
  • FWK (such as the Activity management module) detects that the currently started Activity is the main Page Activity, and the main Page has a related related Page
  • FWK can automatically call startActivity() to start the related Page Activity (ie StartActivity (B) shown in Fig. 23B).
  • the activity management module may request the window display module (that is, the window management server WMS) to draw the windows corresponding to the main Page Activity and the related Page Activity, and call the display driver to display the interface.
  • the window display module can draw the main Page Activity and related Page Activity windows according to the request of AMS, and then send the drawn window data to the display driver of the kernel layer, and the display driver will display the above preset homepage in dual windows on the display screen (such as a folding screen) And related pages.
  • the embodiment of the present application describes the horizontal screen state and the vertical screen state described in the embodiment of the present application here.
  • the electronic device when a user uses a non-folding screen electronic device or a folding screen electronic device in a folded state, the electronic device may be in a horizontal screen state or a vertical screen state.
  • the display screen of the electronic device (including the folding screen in the folded state) may include four sides, and the four sides include two longer sides that are parallel and equal to each other, which may be called the long sides of the display; It includes two shorter sides that are parallel and equal to each other, which can be called the short sides of the display screen.
  • the long side of the display screen of the electronic device is parallel to the horizontal plane (for example, as shown in (a) in Figure 24), that is, the angle between the long side of the display screen and the horizontal plane is 0; or
  • the angle 03 between the long side 01 and the horizontal plane 02 is less than or equal to the preset value 1 (for example, as shown in (b) in FIG. 24).
  • the preset value 1 is less than or equal to 45°, and the specific value of the preset value 1 may be set according to actual application scenarios.
  • the preset value 1 may be 20°.
  • the display screen of the electronic device is basically a horizontal bar.
  • the height of the display screen of the electronic device is smaller than the width, and the aspect ratio (that is, the ratio of height to width) of the display screen is less than 1.
  • the height of the display is the length of the side with the smaller angle between the display and the vertical plane
  • the width of the display is the length of the side with the smaller angle between the display and the horizontal plane.
  • the height of the display can also be understood as the vertical length of the display
  • the width of the display can also be understood as the horizontal length of the display
  • the aspect ratio of the display can also be understood as the aspect ratio of the display (ie, the vertical length and The ratio of lateral length).
  • the embodiment of the present application also introduces the vertical screen state here.
  • the long side of the display screen of the electronic device is perpendicular to the horizontal plane (for example, as shown in (c) in Figure 24); or the angle 04 between the long side 01 of the display screen and the horizontal plane 02 is greater than the preset value 1 (for example, as shown in (d) of FIG. 24, the preset value 1 is greater than or equal to 45°).
  • the height of the display screen of the electronic device is greater than the width, and the aspect ratio of the display screen is greater than 1, and the display screen of the electronic device is basically a vertical bar.
  • the electronic device in the embodiment of the present application may be a non-folding screen electronic device or a folding screen electronic device.
  • a non-folding screen electronic device or a folding screen electronic device is a mobile phone.
  • the above preset scene is scene 1.
  • the mobile phone enters scenario 1 refers to a scenario where the user's click operation on the icon of the first application is received when the non-folding screen mobile phone displays the main interface in the landscape state, and the interface of the first application is displayed.
  • the mobile phone entering the preset scene refers to a scene in which the user's click operation on the icon of the first application is received when the main interface of the mobile phone is displayed in an expanded state and the interface of the first application is displayed.
  • the method of displaying the application may include S2501-S2505.
  • the control display screen displays the main interface of the mobile phone.
  • the main interface includes the icon of the first application.
  • the first state is a horizontal screen state; or, the display screen is a folding screen, and the first state is an expanded state.
  • the mobile phone is a non-folding screen mobile phone
  • the first state is a horizontal screen state.
  • the mobile phone 2600 is a non-folding screen mobile phone, and the mobile phone 2600 is in a horizontal screen state.
  • the mobile phone 2600 displays a main interface 2601, and the main interface 2601 includes an icon 2602 of the first application.
  • the aforementioned mobile phone is a folding screen mobile phone, that is, the display screen is a folding screen.
  • the fact that the display screen is in the first state is specifically: the folding screen is in the folded state and in the horizontal screen state.
  • the fact that the display screen is in the first state is specifically: the folding screen is in the unfolded state.
  • take a folding screen mobile phone in an unfolded state as an example.
  • the folding screen mobile phone 2700 is in an unfolded state
  • the folding screen mobile phone 2700 displays a main interface 2701, and the main interface 2701 includes an icon 2702 of the first application.
  • the mobile phone receives a user's first operation on the icon of the first application, where the first operation is used to trigger the display screen to display the first interface of the first application.
  • the above-mentioned first operation may be a single-click operation. If the mobile phone is not running (including running in the background) the first application when the mobile phone receives the user's first operation on the icon of the first application; then, in response to the first operation, the mobile phone can start the first application. At this time, the first operation is used to trigger the mobile phone to start the first application and display the homepage of the first application, that is, the first interface mentioned above is the homepage of the first application.
  • the mobile phone starts the first application in response to the above first operation when the first application is not running is referred to as: the mobile phone cold starts the first application from the main interface (ie desktop).
  • the mobile phone in response to the operation of starting the first application (ie the first operation), the mobile phone can display the home page of the first application (ie the preset home page), that is, the first The interface is the default homepage.
  • the mobile phone If the mobile phone receives the user's first operation on the icon of the first application, the mobile phone runs the first application in the background; then, in response to the first operation, the mobile phone can display when the mobile phone switches the first application from the foreground to the background , The interface of the first application displayed on the phone.
  • the first interface may be the homepage of the first application, or it may not be the homepage of the first application.
  • the mobile phone determines whether the first interface is a preset homepage of the first application.
  • the mobile phone can determine the default main page of the first application through any one of the following implementation manners (I)-implementation manner (III).
  • the main page of the first application is pre-configured in the configuration file of the installation package of the first application.
  • the configuration file of the installation package of the first application can be parsed to obtain and save the preset homepage of the first application.
  • the main page configured in the configuration file of the installation package of the first application is the home page of the first application.
  • the configuration file of the installation package of some applications may not include the main page of the first application.
  • the mobile phone can determine the main page of the first application through implementation (II) or implementation (III).
  • the mobile phone can configure the main page for the first application.
  • the mobile phone can configure the home page of the first application as the main page of the first application. That is, the main Page is the home page of the first application.
  • the mobile phone can identify multiple interfaces of the first application, and determine the main page of the first application from the multiple interfaces.
  • the preset homepage may be an interface that meets a preset condition among the multiple interfaces of the first application.
  • the preset condition is: the preset interface features are included, and the number of the preset interface features is greater than the preset number threshold.
  • the preset interface features may include preset components or applets.
  • the priority of the main page described in the foregoing implementation (I)-implementation (III) is different. Specifically, the priority of the main page described in the implementation manner (I) is higher than the priority of the main page described in the implementation manner (II), and the priority of the main page described in the implementation manner (II) is higher than that of the implementation manner ( III) The priority of the main page described in the above. In other words, if the configuration file of the installation package of the first application includes the main page, the mobile phone can preferentially use the main page as the preset homepage of the first application.
  • the mobile phone responds to the user's first operation on the icon of the first application, and the first interface of the first application to be displayed by the mobile phone may be the homepage of the first application (ie, the preset homepage), or it may not be the first interface.
  • the home page of the application may be the homepage of the first application (ie, the preset homepage), or it may not be the first interface.
  • the mobile phone can determine whether to display the default homepage and the default homepage of the first application in a dual-window manner by judging whether the first interface is the default homepage of the first application (ie main Page) Related pages configured in pairs. Specifically, if the first interface is the preset homepage of the first application, the mobile phone can execute S2504; if the first interface is not the preset homepage of the first application, the mobile phone can execute S2505.
  • the mobile phone controls the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface, and controls the second display area of the display screen to display the second interface of the first application.
  • the second interface is a related page configured in pairs with the preset homepage.
  • the second display area does not overlap with the first display area. It should be noted that the above related pages and the preset homepage are configured in pairs. Wherein, the mobile phone can determine the related page of the first application through any one of the following implementation manners (i) to implementation manner (iii).
  • the related Page of the first application is pre-configured in the configuration file of the installation package of the first application.
  • the mobile phone installs the first application, it can parse the configuration file of the installation package of the first application to obtain and save the relevant page of the first application.
  • the related Page configured in the configuration file of the installation package of the first application may be any next-level interface on the homepage of the first application.
  • the mobile phone can configure related pages for the first application.
  • the mobile phone may configure any next-level interface on the homepage of the first application as the related Page of the first application. That is, the relevant page of the first application is the next level interface of the homepage.
  • the mobile phone can set a blank page as the related page of the first application.
  • the mobile phone may set a preset page (for example, an interface including a preset logo) as a related page of the first application.
  • the related Page of the first application can be set by the user in the mobile phone.
  • the mobile phone can receive the user's settings, and set any interface of the first application as the related Page of the first application.
  • the method for the mobile phone to receive the user's settings and set related Pages for the first application please refer to the subsequent related descriptions in the embodiments of this application, which will not be repeated here.
  • the priority of related Pages described in the foregoing implementation (i)-implementation (iii) is different. Specifically, the priority of related Page in implementation (ii) is higher than the priority of related Page in implementation (i), and the priority of related Page in implementation (i) is higher than that in implementation ( ii) Priority of related Pages mentioned in the above. That is to say, if the user customizes the related Page of the first application in the mobile phone, the mobile phone can preferentially use the related Page as the related page of the first application.
  • the mobile phone controls the display screen to display the first interface of the first application in a single window.
  • the mobile phone 2600 may display the first interface 2603 shown in (b) in FIG. 26.
  • the mobile phone 2600 in response to the first operation, does not directly display the first interface 2603; instead, it executes S2503 to determine whether the first interface 2603 is the main page of the first application.
  • the mobile phone 2600 can execute S2504. For example, as shown in (c) in Figure 26, the mobile phone 2600 can display the main Page (that is, the first interface) 2604 of the first application in the first display area a of the display screen, and display in the second display area b of the display screen. Related Page (that is, the second interface) 2605 configured as a pair with the main Page. If the first interface 2603 is not the main page (such as the home page) of the first application, the mobile phone 2600 may execute S2505. As shown in (b) of FIG. 26, the mobile phone 2600 may display the first interface 2603 in a single window.
  • the mobile phone 2700 may display the first interface 2703 shown in (b) in FIG. 27.
  • the mobile phone 2700 in response to the first operation, does not directly display the first interface 2703; instead, it executes S2503 to determine whether the first interface 2703 is the main page of the first application.
  • the mobile phone 2700 can execute S2504. For example, as shown in (c) in Figure 27, the mobile phone 2700 can display the main Page (that is, the first interface) 2704 of the first application in the first display area A of the display screen, and display in the second display area B of the display screen. Related Page (that is, the second interface) 2705 configured as a pair with the main Page. If the first interface 2703 is not the main page of the first application (such as the home page), the mobile phone 2700 can execute S2505. As shown in (b) of FIG. 27, the mobile phone 2700 may display the first interface 2703 in a single window.
  • the embodiment of the application provides an application display method.
  • the mobile phone can display the main interface in the horizontal screen state or the expanded state, in response to the user's first operation on the icon of the first application, it can be determined that the first operation triggers the display of the mobile phone.
  • the first interface of is the main Page of the first application. If the first interface is the main Page of the first application, the mobile phone can display the main Page of the first application and the related Page configured as a pair with the main Page in dual windows. In this way, the mobile phone in the horizontal screen state or the expanded state can display the two interfaces of the first application on the display screen at the same time, which can enrich the display content of the display screen, improve the utilization rate of the display screen, and improve the user's vision Experience.
  • the electronic device in the embodiment of the present application may be a non-folding screen electronic device or a folding screen electronic device.
  • a non-folding screen electronic device or a folding screen electronic device is a mobile phone.
  • the aforementioned preset scene is scene 2.
  • the mobile phone enters scene 2 when the non-folding screen mobile phone changes from the vertical screen state to the horizontal screen state.
  • the mobile phone entering the preset scene means that the folding screen of the mobile phone changes from a folded state to an expanded state.
  • the method of displaying the application may include S2801-S2804.
  • the mobile phone determines whether the first interface is the preset homepage of the first application.
  • the mobile phone is a non-folding screen mobile phone
  • the first state is a vertical screen state
  • the second state is a horizontal screen state.
  • the mobile phone 2900 is a non-folding screen mobile phone
  • the mobile phone 2900 is in a vertical screen state.
  • the mobile phone 2900 displays a first interface 2901 of a first application (such as a news application).
  • a first application such as a news application
  • the mobile phone 2900 is in a landscape state.
  • the aforementioned mobile phone is a folding screen mobile phone, that is, the display screen is a folding screen.
  • the fact that the display screen is in the first state is specifically: the folding screen is in the folded state and is in the portrait state; the display screen is in the second state is specifically: the folding screen is in the folded state and is in the landscape state.
  • the mobile phone 2900 shown in (a) of FIG. 29 may be a folding screen mobile phone, and the mobile phone 2900 is in a folded state and in a vertical screen state.
  • the mobile phone 2900 displays a first interface 2901 of a first application (such as a news application).
  • a first application such as a news application
  • the mobile phone 2900 is in a folded state and in a landscape state.
  • the aforementioned mobile phone is a folding screen mobile phone, that is, the display screen is a folding screen.
  • the first state is the folded state
  • the second state is the unfolded state.
  • the mobile phone 3000 is a folding screen mobile phone, and the mobile phone 3000 is in a folded state.
  • the mobile phone 3000 displays a first interface 3001 of a first application (such as a news application).
  • a first application such as a news application
  • the mobile phone 3000 is in an unfolded state.
  • the mobile phone can execute S2803; if the first interface is not the preset homepage of the first application, the mobile phone can execute S2804.
  • the mobile phone controls the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface, and controls the second display area of the display screen to display the second interface of the first application.
  • the second interface is a related page configured in pairs with the preset homepage.
  • the second display area does not overlap with the first display area. It should be noted that, for the preset homepage and related pages of the first application, and the method for the mobile phone to determine whether the first interface is the preset homepage of the first application, reference may be made to the relevant description in the embodiment of Scenario 1. I won’t repeat them here.
  • the mobile phone controls the display screen to display the first interface of the first application in a single window.
  • the mobile phone 2600 in the vertical screen state shown in (a) of FIG. 29 Take the mobile phone 2600 in the vertical screen state shown in (a) of FIG. 29 as an example. As shown in (a) of FIG. 29, the mobile phone 2600 in the vertical screen state displays a first interface 2901 of a first application (such as a news application). Generally speaking, in response to the mobile phone 2600 changing from the vertical screen state shown in (a) of FIG. 29 to the horizontal screen state, the mobile phone 2600 can display the first interface 2902 shown in (b) of FIG. 29.
  • a first application such as a news application
  • the mobile phone 2600 in response to the mobile phone 2600 changing from the vertical screen state shown in (a) in Figure 29 to the horizontal screen state, the mobile phone 2600 will not directly display the first interface 2902; instead, it will execute S2802 to determine the first interface Whether 2901 is the main page of the first application.
  • the mobile phone 2600 can execute S2803. For example, as shown in (c) in Figure 29, the mobile phone 2600 can display the main Page (that is, the first interface) 2903 of the first application in the first display area a of the display screen, and display in the second display area b of the display screen.
  • Related Page that is, the second interface
  • the mobile phone 2600 may execute S2804. As shown in (b) of FIG. 29, the mobile phone 2600 may display the first interface 2902 in a single window.
  • the mobile phone 2700 in the folded state displays a first interface 3001 of a first application (such as a news application).
  • a first application such as a news application
  • the mobile phone 3700 may display the first interface 3002 shown in (b) of FIG. 30.
  • the mobile phone 2700 in response to the mobile phone 2700 changing from the folded state shown in (a) in FIG. 30 to the expanded state, the mobile phone 2700 does not directly display the first interface 3002; instead, it performs S2802 to determine whether the first interface 3001 is It is the main Page of the first application.
  • the mobile phone 2700 can execute S2803. For example, as shown in (c) in Figure 30, the mobile phone 2700 can display the main Page (that is, the first interface) 3003 of the first application in the first display area A of the display screen, and display in the second display area B of the display screen. Related Page (that is, the second interface) 3004 configured as a pair with the main Page. If the first interface 3001 is not the main Page (such as the home page) of the first application, the mobile phone 2700 can execute S2804. As shown in (b) of FIG. 30, the mobile phone 2700 can display the first interface 3002 in a single window.
  • the embodiment of the application provides an application display method.
  • the mobile phone displays the first interface of the first application in the first state.
  • the mobile phone can determine that the first operation triggers the display of the mobile phone. Whether the first interface is the main page of the first application. If the first interface is the main Page of the first application, the mobile phone can display the main Page of the first application and the related Page configured as a pair with the main Page in dual windows. In this way, the mobile phone in the horizontal or unfolded state can simultaneously display the two interfaces of the first application on the display screen, which can enrich the display content of the display screen, increase the utilization rate of the display screen, and enhance the user's vision Experience.
  • the electronic device in the embodiment of the present application may be a non-folding screen electronic device or a folding screen electronic device.
  • a non-folding screen electronic device or a folding screen electronic device is a mobile phone.
  • the aforementioned preset scene is scene 3.
  • the mobile phone enters scene 3 refers to the scene where the first application is called in the second application when the non-folding screen mobile phone is in the horizontal screen state.
  • the mobile phone entering the preset scene refers to a scene in which the folding screen of the folding screen mobile phone is in an unfolded state, and the mobile phone calls the first application in the second application.
  • the method of displaying the application may include S3101-S3105.
  • the mobile phone is a non-folding screen mobile phone
  • the first state is a horizontal screen state
  • the aforementioned mobile phone is a folding screen mobile phone, that is, the display screen is a folding screen.
  • the fact that the display screen is in the first state is specifically: the folding screen is in the folded state and in the horizontal screen state.
  • the aforementioned mobile phone is a folding screen mobile phone, that is, the display screen is a folding screen.
  • the fact that the display screen is in the first state is specifically: the folding screen is in the unfolded state.
  • the mobile phone receives the user's first operation on the interface of the second application.
  • the first operation is used to trigger the mobile phone to call the first application to display the first interface of the first application.
  • the mobile phone takes the mobile phone as a folding screen mobile phone, and the first state is the expanded state.
  • the mobile phone displays the home page (ie, the first interface of the first application) 3101 of the news application.
  • the short message application ie, the second application
  • the mobile phone can display the prompt information 3102 of the short message in the notification bar.
  • the mobile phone may display an interface 3103 of the short message application (ie, the second application) to display the short message to the user.
  • the short message application ie, the second application
  • the mobile phone while the mobile phone displays the interface of the short message application, it can also display prompt information 3104 to return to the interface of the news application.
  • the above-mentioned first operation may be a user's click operation on the prompt information 3104. The first operation is used to trigger the mobile phone to call the news application and display the homepage of the news application.
  • the mobile phone determines whether the first interface is a preset homepage of the first application.
  • the mobile phone can execute S3104; if the first interface is not the preset homepage of the first application, the mobile phone can execute S3105.
  • the mobile phone controls the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface, and controls the second display area of the display screen to display the second interface of the first application.
  • the second interface is a related page configured in pairs with the preset homepage.
  • the second display area does not overlap with the first display area. It should be noted that, for the preset homepage and related pages of the first application, and the method for the mobile phone to determine whether the first interface is the preset homepage of the first application, reference may be made to the relevant description in the embodiment of Scenario 1. I won’t repeat them here.
  • the mobile phone controls the display screen to display the first interface of the first application in a single window.
  • the mobile phone in response to the user's response to the prompt message 3104 shown in (b) in FIG. 31B
  • the mobile phone can display the first interface 3003 in the first display area A and the second interface 3004 in the second display area B.
  • the second interface 3004 is a related Page of the news application. If the first interface 3101 shown in (a) in FIG. 31B is not the main page of the news application (that is, the first application), in response to the user's first operation on the prompt message 3104 shown in (b) in FIG. 31B, As shown in (b) of FIG. 30, the mobile phone can display the first interface 3002 in a single window.
  • the embodiment of the application provides an application display method.
  • the mobile phone displays the interface of the second application in the first state; in response to the first operation used to trigger the mobile phone to call the first application to display the first interface, the mobile phone can determine the first operation Whether the first interface that triggers the display of the mobile phone is the main Page of the first application. If the first interface is the main Page of the first application, the mobile phone can display the main Page of the first application and the related Page configured as a pair with the main Page in dual windows. In this way, the mobile phone in the horizontal screen state or the expanded state can display the two interfaces of the first application on the display screen at the same time, which can enrich the display content of the display screen, improve the utilization rate of the display screen, and improve the user's vision Experience.
  • the electronic device in the embodiment of the present application may be a non-folding screen electronic device or a folding screen electronic device.
  • a non-folding screen electronic device or a folding screen electronic device is a mobile phone.
  • the above preset scene is scene 4.
  • the mobile phone enters scenario 4 refers to the scenario where the non-folding screen mobile phone is in the horizontal screen state and exits the dual window to display multiple applications.
  • the mobile phone entering the preset scene refers to: the folding screen of the folding screen mobile phone is in an expanded state, and it exits a scene in which multiple applications are displayed in the dual window.
  • the method of displaying an application may include S3201-S3204.
  • the mobile phone is a non-folding screen mobile phone
  • the first state is a horizontal screen state
  • the aforementioned mobile phone is a folding screen mobile phone, that is, the display screen is a folding screen.
  • the fact that the display screen is in the first state is specifically: the folding screen is in the folded state and in the horizontal screen state.
  • the aforementioned mobile phone is a folding screen mobile phone, that is, the display screen is a folding screen.
  • the fact that the display screen is in the first state is specifically: the folding screen is in the unfolded state.
  • the mobile phone is a folding screen mobile phone
  • the first state is the expanded state.
  • the folding screen mobile phone 2700 is in an unfolded state
  • the first display area A of the folding screen mobile phone 2700 displays the first interface 3301 of the first application (such as news application)
  • the second display area B displays The interface 3302 of the second application (such as the setting application).
  • the mobile phone receives the user's first operation.
  • the first operation is used to trigger the display screen to exit the interface displaying the second application, and only display the first interface.
  • the first operation may be a preset gesture.
  • the preset gesture is used to trigger the display screen of the mobile phone to exit the interface displaying the second application, and only the first interface is displayed.
  • the preset gesture may be an S-shaped gesture, an L-shaped gesture, a ⁇ -shaped gesture, etc.
  • the first operation may be a drag operation of the user on the dividing line between the first display area and the second display area (the dividing line 2101 shown in FIG. 21). The drag operation is used to trigger the display screen of the mobile phone to exit the interface displaying the second application, and only the first interface is displayed.
  • the mobile phone determines whether the first interface is a preset homepage of the first application.
  • the mobile phone can execute S3204; if the first interface is not the preset homepage of the first application, the mobile phone can execute S3205.
  • the mobile phone controls the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface, and controls the second display area of the display screen to display the second interface of the first application.
  • the second interface is a related page configured in pairs with the preset homepage.
  • the second display area does not overlap with the first display area. It should be noted that, for the preset homepage and related pages of the first application, and the method for the mobile phone to determine whether the first interface is the preset homepage of the first application, reference may be made to the relevant description in the embodiment of Scenario 1. I won’t repeat them here.
  • the mobile phone controls the display screen to display the first interface of the first application in a single window.
  • the first display area A of the mobile phone 2700 in the expanded state displays the first interface 3301 of the first application (such as news application), and the second display area B displays the second application (such as the settings application). ) Of the interface 3302.
  • the mobile phone 2700 can display the first interface in a single window.
  • the mobile phone 3700 can display the first interface 3303 shown in (b) of FIG. 33.
  • the mobile phone 2700 in response to the above-mentioned first operation, does not directly display the first interface 3303 in a single window; instead, it performs S3203 to determine whether the first interface 3301 is the main page of the first application.
  • the mobile phone 2700 can execute S3204. For example, as shown in (c) in Figure 33, the mobile phone 2700 can display the main Page (ie, the first interface) 3304 of the first application in the first display area A of the display screen, and display in the second display area B of the display screen. Related Page (that is, the second interface) 3305 configured as a pair with the main Page. If the first interface 3301 is not the main Page (such as the home page) of the first application, the mobile phone 2700 can execute S3205. As shown in (b) of FIG. 33, the mobile phone 2700 may display the first interface 3303 in a single window.
  • the embodiment of the application provides an application display method.
  • the mobile phone displays the first interface of the first application and the interface of the second application in dual windows in the first state; in response to triggering the mobile phone to exit the interface displaying the second application, only When the first operation of the first interface is displayed, the mobile phone can determine whether the first interface displayed by the mobile phone triggered by the first operation is the main page of the first application. If the first interface is the main Page of the first application, the mobile phone can display the main Page of the first application and the related Page configured as a pair with the main Page in dual windows.
  • the mobile phone in the horizontal screen state or the expanded state can display the two interfaces of the first application on the display screen at the same time, which can enrich the display content of the display screen, improve the utilization rate of the display screen, and improve the user's vision Experience.
  • the mobile phone may determine whether the first application supports dual-window display. If the first application supports dual-window display, S2503, S2802, S3103, or S3203 can be executed.
  • the mobile phone After the mobile phone enters the preset scene (ie 3410), it can be determined whether the first application supports dual window display (ie, execute 3420). If the first application supports dual-window display, the mobile phone can determine whether the current window (ie, the window corresponding to the first interface) is the main page of the first application (ie, execute S3430). If the first interface is the main page of the first application, the Activity position of the first interface can be set in the first display area (such as the display area on the left) (that is, execute 3440).
  • the mobile phone can call the startActivity() interface to automatically start the second interface (that is, execute 3450).
  • the second interface is the related Page of the first application.
  • the mobile phone can set the Activity position of the second interface in the second display area (such as the display area on the right) (ie, execute 3460).
  • FIG. 34B shows a principle block diagram of a method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • 34a shows a preset scene entry provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile phone executes 3410 shown in Figure 34A. After entering the preset scene shown in Figure 34B, you can execute 34b to identify whether the first interface is the default homepage of the first application (ie main Page) (ie, 3430 shown in Figure 34A) .
  • the mobile phone may determine whether the first application supports dual-window display. If the first application supports dual-window display, 34b can be executed.
  • 34b shows the three sources of the default homepage (ie main page) of the first application, that is, the three main pages shown in the foregoing implementation (I)-implementation (III).
  • 34c shown in FIG. 34B can be executed to start the related page of the first application (ie, related Page), that is, 3450 shown in FIG. 34A.
  • 34c shows the three sources of related pages (related Pages) of the first application, that is, the three related Pages shown in the foregoing implementation (i)-implementation (iii).
  • the mobile phone can execute 34d shown in Figure 34B, display the preset homepage in the first display area (such as the left display area), and display related pages in the second display area (such as the right display area), as shown in Figure 34A 3440 and 3460.
  • the mobile phone controls the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface, and after the second display area of the control display screen displays the second interface of the first application, the mobile phone may The user's click operation on the Back button in the navigation bar of the mobile phone is received.
  • the focus interface of the mobile phone is different.
  • the mobile phone can perform different operations.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present application may further include S1 and S2.
  • S1 In response to the user's second operation on the first interface, the mobile phone controls the display screen to display the main interface of the mobile phone. Wherein, in response to the second operation on the first interface, the mobile phone does not run the first application in the background.
  • S2 In response to the user's second operation on the second interface, the mobile phone controls the display screen to display the main interface of the mobile phone. Wherein, in response to the second operation on the second interface, the mobile phone runs the first application in the background.
  • the second operation includes a click operation on the Back key in the navigation bar of the mobile phone.
  • the navigation bar in this application is the shortcut button bar at the bottom of the mobile phone screen. It usually appears at the bottom of the mobile phone screen in the form of virtual buttons.
  • the navigation bar contains three buttons by default: Back key, Home key, and Recent (Recent) )key.
  • the Back key is used to return to the previous interface
  • the Home key is used to return to the desktop
  • the Recent key is used to display recently used applications.
  • the navigation bar 3500 includes a Back key 3501, a Home key 3502, and a Recent key 3503.
  • the first display area A of the mobile phone displays the first interface 3504 of the first application
  • the second display area B displays the second interface 3505 of the first application.
  • the user's second operation on the first interface can be the user's click operation on the Back key (such as clicking when the first interface is the focus interface (such as the interface currently operated by the user or the selected interface)). operating).
  • the second operation of the user on the second interface may be a click operation (such as a single click operation) of the user on the Back key when the second interface is the focus interface.
  • the mobile phone can return to the main interface in response to the second operation on the first interface or the second interface.
  • the difference is: because the first interface is the main page of the first application; therefore, in response to the user's second operation on the first interface, after the mobile phone displays the main interface, the first application will not run in the background.
  • the mobile phone may execute the Activity finish process for the main Page Activity and the related Page Activity to delete the main Page Activity and the related Page Activity.
  • the mobile phone can intercept the Activity finish process and can call the moveToBack function to retain the main Page Activity window and the related Page Activity window in the background, that is, the mobile phone can run the first application in the background.
  • Table 1 shows the control principle of the mobile phone in response to the second operation in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first interface 3504 displayed in the first display area A is the focus interface, that is, the interface in the black line box is the focus interface.
  • the mobile phone executes S1: In response to the user's click operation on the Back key 3501 shown in Figure 35 (a) (that is, the second operation on the first interface 3504), the main screen shown in Figure 27 (a) can be displayed. Interface 3701.
  • the second interface 3505 displayed in the second display area B is the focus interface, that is, the interface in the black line box is the focus interface.
  • the mobile phone executes S2: In response to the user's click operation on the Back key 3501 shown in Figure 35 (b) (ie, the second operation on the second interface 3505), the main screen shown in Figure 27 (a) can be displayed. Interface 3701.
  • the mobile phone can respond to the user's preset operations on the mobile phone (such as a double-click operation on the Home button 3502 or a single-click operation on the Recent button), and display the task window of applications that have been recently run and not closed by the mobile phone. It is determined whether the mobile phone is still running the first application in response to the above second operation. Wherein, in response to the foregoing preset operation, the mobile phone displays a specific method for displaying task windows of applications that have been recently run and not closed by the mobile phone. You can refer to the related introduction of FIG. 14 in the foregoing embodiment, which is not repeated here.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present application may further include Sa and Sb.
  • Sa In response to the user's second operation on the first interface, the mobile phone controls the display screen to display the main interface.
  • the second operation includes a click operation on the Back key in the navigation bar of the mobile phone.
  • the mobile phone runs the first application in the background.
  • Sb In response to the user's second operation on the second interface, the mobile phone does not perform any operation and still controls the display screen to display the first interface in the first display area and display the second interface in the second display area.
  • the mobile phone in response to the user's second operation on the first interface, can call the moveToBack function to retain the main Page Activity window and the related Page Activity window in the background, that is, the mobile phone can run the first application in the background. In response to the user's second operation on the second interface, the mobile phone can run the first application in the background.
  • Table 2 shows the control principle of the mobile phone in response to the second operation in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first interface 3504 displayed in the first display area A is the focus interface, that is, the interface in the black line box is the focus interface.
  • the mobile phone executes Sa: In response to the user's click operation on the Back key 3501 shown in Figure 35 (a) (that is, the second operation on the first interface 3504), the main page shown in Figure 27 (a) can be displayed. Interface 3701.
  • the second interface 3505 displayed in the second display area B is the focus interface, that is, the interface in the black line box is the focus interface.
  • the mobile phone executes Sb: In response to the user's click operation on the Back key 3501 shown in (b) in Figure 35 (that is, the second operation on the second interface 3505), the main display shown in (a) in Figure 27 can be displayed. Interface 3701.
  • the mobile phone executes Sb: In response to the user's click operation on the Back key 3501 shown in (b) in Figure 35 (ie, the second operation on the second interface 3505), the display in (b) in Figure 35 can be continued. That is, the first interface 3504 is displayed in the first display area A, and the second interface 3505 is displayed in the second display area B.
  • a method for a user to customize a related page (ie, related page) of the first application is described.
  • the third interface of the first application may be displayed.
  • the mobile phone may receive a preset gesture input by the user on the third interface, and the preset gesture is used to configure a related page of the first application.
  • the mobile phone can configure the third interface as a related page of the first application (ie, related Page).
  • the aforementioned preset gesture may be a three-finger pinch gesture, a two-finger sliding up gesture, a three-finger sliding down gesture, and the like.
  • the preset gesture is a three-finger pinch gesture as an example.
  • the above-mentioned first state may be a horizontal screen state and the second state is a vertical screen state; or, the first state is an expanded state and the second state is a folded state.
  • the mobile phone when the mobile phone is in a vertical screen state or in a folded state, the above third interface can be displayed in a single window.
  • the mobile phone is in the vertical screen state, and the mobile phone displays the third interface 3601.
  • the mobile phone In response to the preset gesture input by the user on the third interface 3601 shown in (a) of FIG. 36, the mobile phone can set the third interface 3601 as a related Page of the first application.
  • the mobile phone may display prompt information 3602 shown in (b) in FIG. 36, in response to the user's prompt For the selection operation of the "Yes" option in the message 3602, the mobile phone can set the third interface 3601 as the related Page of the first application.
  • the third interface can be displayed in a single window or a dual window.
  • the mobile phone displays the third interface in dual windows, specifically: the mobile phone displays two interfaces in dual windows, and the third interface is one of the two interfaces.
  • the mobile phone is in an expanded state, and the third interface 3701 is displayed in a single window.
  • the mobile phone can display the prompt message 3702 shown in Figure 37 (b), in response to the user's response to the " To select the “Yes” option, the mobile phone can set the third interface 3701 as the related Page of the first application.
  • the mobile phone is in an expanded state, and the third interface 3505 and the other interface 3504 are displayed in dual windows.
  • the mobile phone can display the prompt message 3801 shown in Figure 38 (b), in response to the user's response to the prompt message 3801 " To select the “Yes” option, the mobile phone can set the third interface 3505 as the related Page of the first application.
  • the mobile phone can save the related Page set by the user for the first application (ie, customized). For example, as shown in Figure 23A, the mobile phone can save a user-defined related Page in the configuration module.
  • FIG. 4 Other embodiments of the present application also provide an electronic device, which may include the above-mentioned folding screen, a memory, and one or more processors.
  • the folding screen, memory and processor are coupled.
  • the memory is used to store computer program code, and the computer program code includes computer instructions.
  • the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device can execute various functions or steps executed by the mobile phone in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the structure of the electronic device can refer to the structure of the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 4.
  • inventions of the present application further provide a device for displaying applications, which is characterized in that the device can be applied to electronic equipment including the above-mentioned folding screen.
  • the device is used to execute various functions or steps performed by the mobile phone in the above method embodiments.
  • the chip system includes at least one processor 3901 and at least one interface circuit 3902.
  • the processor 3901 and the interface circuit 3902 may be interconnected by wires.
  • the interface circuit 3902 may be used to receive signals from other devices (such as the memory of an electronic device).
  • the interface circuit 3902 may be used to send signals to other devices (such as the processor 3901).
  • the interface circuit 3902 may read instructions stored in the memory, and send the instructions to the processor 3901.
  • the electronic device can execute the steps in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the chip system may also include other discrete devices, which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer storage medium, the computer storage medium includes computer instructions, when the computer instructions run on the above-mentioned electronic device, the electronic device is caused to execute each function or step performed by the mobile phone in the above-mentioned method embodiment .
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, which when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute each function or step performed by the mobile phone in the above method embodiment.
  • the disclosed device and method can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division.
  • there may be other division methods for example, multiple units or components may be It can be combined or integrated into another device, or some features can be omitted or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate parts may or may not be physically separate.
  • the parts displayed as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple different places. . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • each unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions can be embodied in the form of software products, which are stored in a storage medium.
  • a device which may be a single-chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.
  • a processor processor
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read only memory (read only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Software Systems (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • User Interface Of Digital Computer (AREA)
  • Digital Computer Display Output (AREA)

Abstract

A method for displaying an application and an electronic device, relating to the field of electronic technology. The electronic device can display an interface of an application on a foldable screen that is unfolded, without changing an interface layout of the application. The electronic device comprises a foldable screen, and the foldable screen can be folded to form at least two screens, the at least two screens comprising a first screen and a second screen, the first screen and the second screen facing away from each other. The specific method comprises: when a foldable screen is in a folded state, controlling a first screen to display a first interface of a first application; in response to the foldable screen changing from the folded state to an unfolded state, controlling a first display area of the foldable screen to display the first interface, and controlling a second display area of the foldable screen to display a second interface, the second display area not overlapping with the first display area, and the second interface being different from the first interface.

Description

一种显示应用的方法及电子设备Method and electronic equipment for displaying application
本申请要求于2019年05月14日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为201910398758.8、申请名称为“一种折叠屏显示应用的方法及电子设备”的中国发明专利申请的优先权，于2019年10月18日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为201910996394.3、申请名称为“一种显示应用的方法及电子设备”的中国发明专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese invention patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office on May 14, 2019, the application number is 201910398758.8, and the application name is "A method and electronic device for folding screen display applications", on October 2019 The priority of the Chinese invention patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office on the 18th with the application number 201910996394.3 and the application title is "a method and electronic device for displaying applications", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请实施例涉及电子技术领域，尤其涉及一种显示应用的方法及电子设备。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of electronic technology, and in particular, to a method and electronic device for displaying applications.
背景技术Background technique
随着电子设备的不断发展，越来越多具有显示屏的电子设备被广泛应用于人们的日常生活和工作中，如具有显示屏的手机等。且不难发现，随着屏幕技术的发展，电子设备的显示屏也变得越来越大，以给用户提供更丰富的信息，带给用户更好的使用体验。With the continuous development of electronic devices, more and more electronic devices with display screens are widely used in people's daily life and work, such as mobile phones with display screens. It is not difficult to find that with the development of screen technology, the display screens of electronic devices have become larger and larger to provide users with richer information and bring users a better experience.
但是，电子设备的显示屏太大，会严重影响其便携性能。因此，近年来所提出的折叠屏电子设备(如折叠屏手机)是未来电子设备发展的方向。However, the display screen of the electronic device is too large, which will seriously affect its portability. Therefore, the folding screen electronic devices (such as folding screen mobile phones) proposed in recent years are the development direction of future electronic devices.
其中，折叠屏可以被折叠成至少两个屏(如第一屏和第二屏)。折叠屏被折叠后，电子设备可以在一个屏(如第一屏)显示应用的界面。一般而言，折叠屏的第一屏的纵横比(即高宽比)与普通的非折叠屏的纵横比类似，如纵横比可以为16:9、18:9、20:9或16:10等常规比例；而目前的大多数应用都是针对非折叠屏设计的，其界面布局与非折叠屏适配。因此，折叠屏被折叠后，第一屏可以正常显示各个应用界面。即折叠后的折叠屏(即第一屏)与应用的界面布局适配。Among them, the folding screen can be folded into at least two screens (such as a first screen and a second screen). After the folding screen is folded, the electronic device can display the application interface on one screen (such as the first screen). Generally speaking, the aspect ratio (that is, the aspect ratio) of the first screen of a folding screen is similar to that of a normal non-folding screen, for example, the aspect ratio can be 16:9, 18:9, 20:9, or 16:10 Normal proportions; and most of the current applications are designed for non-folding screens, and their interface layout is compatible with non-folding screens. Therefore, after the folding screen is folded, the first screen can display various application interfaces normally. That is, the folded screen (ie, the first screen) after folding is adapted to the interface layout of the application.
折叠屏被展开后，折叠屏的显示区域包括上述至少两个屏，展开的折叠屏的纵横比可以为1:1或者16:18等。此时，应用的界面布局不能适配展开的折叠屏。如此，电子设备在展开的折叠屏上显示应用界面时，则可能会存在界面布局错乱的问题。After the folding screen is unfolded, the display area of the folding screen includes the above-mentioned at least two screens, and the aspect ratio of the unfolded folding screen may be 1:1 or 16:18. At this time, the interface layout of the application cannot fit the expanded folding screen. In this way, when the electronic device displays the application interface on the unfolded folding screen, the interface layout may be disordered.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种显示应用的方法及电子设备，电子设备可以在应用的界面布局不改变的前提下，在展开的折叠屏显示应用的界面。The embodiments of the present application provide a method and electronic device for displaying an application. The electronic device can display the interface of the application on an expanded folding screen under the premise that the layout of the interface of the application does not change.
为达到上述目的，本申请实施例采用如下技术方案：In order to achieve the foregoing objectives, the following technical solutions are adopted in the embodiments of this application:
第一方面，本申请实施例提供了一种显示应用的方法，该方法可以应用于包括折叠屏的电子设备。该折叠屏可折叠形成至少两个屏，该至少两个屏包括第一屏和第二屏。该折叠屏在折叠状态下，第一屏和第二屏相背对。该显示应用的方法包括：折叠屏在折叠状态下，控制第一屏显示第一界面；响应于折叠屏由折叠状态转变为展开状态，控制折叠屏的第一显示区域显示第一界面，折叠屏的第二显示区域显示第二界面。其中，第二显示区域与第一显示区域未重叠。第二界面与第一界面不同。In the first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for displaying an application, which can be applied to an electronic device including a folding screen. The folding screen can be folded to form at least two screens, and the at least two screens include a first screen and a second screen. When the folding screen is in the folded state, the first screen and the second screen are opposite to each other. The method for displaying an application includes: when the folding screen is in the folded state, controlling the first screen to display the first interface; in response to the folding screen changing from the folded state to the unfolded state, controlling the first display area of the folding screen to display the first interface, and the folding screen The second display area displays the second interface. Wherein, the second display area does not overlap with the first display area. The second interface is different from the first interface.
其中，上述折叠状态为第一屏和第二屏的夹角小于预设角度阈值的状态；展开状态为第一屏和第二屏的夹角大于或等于预设角度阈值的状态。或者，折叠状态为第一屏和第二屏的夹角小于或等于预设角度阈值的状态；展开状态为第一屏和第二屏的夹角大于预设角度阈值的状态。Wherein, the above-mentioned folded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is less than a preset angle threshold; the unfolded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is greater than or equal to the preset angle threshold. Alternatively, the folded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is less than or equal to a preset angle threshold; the unfolded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is greater than the preset angle threshold.
本申请实施例中，响应于电子设备由折叠状态转变为展开状态，折叠屏可以以双窗口模 式显示第一界面和第二界面，即折叠屏在两个显示区域同时显示两个界面。由于折叠屏的第一屏和第二屏的纵横比(即高宽比)与普通的非折叠屏的纵横比类似；因此，第一屏和第二屏均可以适配已启动的应用的界面布局。如此，响应于用户展开折叠屏的操作，电子设备不需要重启应用，便可以正常显示应用的界面。In the embodiment of the present application, in response to the electronic device transitioning from the folded state to the unfolded state, the folding screen can display the first interface and the second interface in a dual-window mode, that is, the folding screen simultaneously displays two interfaces in two display areas. Since the aspect ratio (i.e., aspect ratio) of the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen is similar to that of a normal non-folding screen; therefore, both the first screen and the second screen can adapt to the interface of the launched application layout. In this way, in response to the user's operation to expand the folding screen, the electronic device can display the application interface normally without restarting the application.
并且，展开的折叠屏可以同时显示第一界面和第二界面，这样可以使折叠屏的显示内容更加丰富，可以提升折叠屏的利用率，并提升用户的视觉体验。In addition, the expanded folding screen can display the first interface and the second interface at the same time, which can enrich the display content of the folding screen, increase the utilization rate of the folding screen, and enhance the user's visual experience.
结合第一方面，在一种可能的设计方式中，电子设备还可以由展开状态转变为折叠状态。响应于折叠屏由展开状态转变为折叠状态，可控制第一屏可以显示第一界面或第二界面。In combination with the first aspect, in a possible design manner, the electronic device can also be transformed from the unfolded state to the folded state. In response to the folding screen transitioning from the unfolded state to the folded state, the first screen can be controlled to display the first interface or the second interface.
结合第一方面，在另一种可能的设计方式中，第一显示区域是第一屏对应的显示区域，第二显示区域是第二屏对应的显示区域。具体的，上述折叠屏沿着折叠边或折叠轴折叠形成第一屏和第二屏。第一显示区域和第二显示区域以折叠边或折叠轴为分界线，折叠屏上折叠边或折叠轴的一侧为所述第一显示区域，另一侧为第二显示区域。也就是说，以折叠屏的折叠边为分界线，当用户面对展开的折叠屏时，折叠屏上折叠边的左侧为第一显示区域，折叠屏上折叠边的右侧为第二显示区域；或者，折叠屏上折叠边的右侧为第一显示区域，折叠屏上折叠边的左侧为第二显示区域。这样，更符合多数用户对折叠屏电子设备的使用习惯。With reference to the first aspect, in another possible design manner, the first display area is a display area corresponding to the first screen, and the second display area is a display area corresponding to the second screen. Specifically, the above-mentioned folding screen is folded along a folding edge or a folding axis to form a first screen and a second screen. The first display area and the second display area are divided by the folding edge or the folding axis, and one side of the folding edge or the folding axis on the folding screen is the first display area, and the other side is the second display area. In other words, taking the folding edge of the folding screen as the dividing line, when the user faces the unfolded folding screen, the left side of the folding edge on the folding screen is the first display area, and the right side of the folding edge on the folding screen is the second display Area; or, the right side of the folding edge on the folding screen is the first display area, and the left side of the folding edge on the folding screen is the second display area. In this way, it is more in line with most users' habits of using folding screen electronic devices.
结合第一方面，在另一种可能的设计方式中，第一显示区域和第二显示区域预先配置在电子设备中；或者，第一显示区域和第二显示区域由用户在电子设备中设置。With reference to the first aspect, in another possible design manner, the first display area and the second display area are pre-configured in the electronic device; or, the first display area and the second display area are set by the user in the electronic device.
结合第一方面，在另一种可能的设计方式中，上述第一界面和第二界面均为第一应用的界面。其中，第二界面是第一应用的首页；或者，第二界面是第一界面的上一层级的界面；或者，第二界面是第一界面的下一层级的界面。With reference to the first aspect, in another possible design manner, the above-mentioned first interface and second interface are both interfaces of the first application. Wherein, the second interface is the home page of the first application; or, the second interface is an interface of a level above the first interface; or, the second interface is an interface of a level below the first interface.
其中，上述第一界面可以是第一应用的首页，也可以不是第一应用的首页。Wherein, the above-mentioned first interface may be the homepage of the first application, or may not be the homepage of the first application.
在第一界面不是第一应用的首页的情况下，第二界面可以是第一应用的首页；或者，第二界面可以是第一应用的界面中，第一界面的上一层级的界面；或者，第二界面可以是第一应用的活动记录中，第一界面对应的记录项的前一个记录项对应的界面。In the case where the first interface is not the homepage of the first application, the second interface may be the homepage of the first application; or, the second interface may be the interface of the first application, an interface higher than the first interface; or , The second interface may be an interface corresponding to the previous record item of the record item corresponding to the first interface in the activity record of the first application.
在第一界面是第一应用的首页的情况下，第二界面可以是第一应用的下一层级的任一界面；或者，第二界面可以是第一应用的界面中，除首页之外的任一界面；或者，第二界面可以是第一应用的活动记录中，第一界面对应的记录项的前一个记录项对应的界面。In the case that the first interface is the home page of the first application, the second interface can be any interface of the next level of the first application; or, the second interface can be the interface of the first application, except for the home page Any interface; or, the second interface may be an interface corresponding to the previous record item of the record item corresponding to the first interface in the activity record of the first application.
其中，第一应用的活动记录中按照电子设备显示第一应用的各个界面的先后顺序保存各个界面的记录项。Wherein, the activity record of the first application stores the record items of each interface according to the sequence in which the electronic device displays each interface of the first application.
结合第一方面，在另一种可能的设计方式中，第一界面是第一应用的界面，第二界面是第二应用的界面。该第二应用与第一应用不同。该第二应用可以是除第一应用外，电子设备最近运行过且未关闭的一个或多个应用中的任一应用。In combination with the first aspect, in another possible design manner, the first interface is the interface of the first application, and the second interface is the interface of the second application. This second application is different from the first application. The second application may be any one of one or more applications that the electronic device has recently run and has not closed except the first application.
结合第一方面，在另一种可能的设计方式中，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括：折叠屏在展开状态下，接收用户对第一显示区域显示的第一界面的第一操作，第一操作用于触发第一显示区域显示第三界面；响应于第一操作，折叠屏的第一显示区域显示第三界面，第二显示区域显示的界面不变，即第二显示区域仍然显示第二界面。With reference to the first aspect, in another possible design manner, the method of the embodiment of the present application may further include: receiving the first operation of the user on the first interface displayed in the first display area in the unfolded state of the folding screen; One operation is used to trigger the first display area to display the third interface; in response to the first operation, the first display area of the folding screen displays the third interface, and the interface displayed in the second display area remains unchanged, that is, the second display area still displays the third interface. Two interface.
结合第一方面，在另一种可能的设计方式中，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括：折叠屏在展开状态下，接收用户对第二显示区域显示的第二界面的第二操作，第二操作用于触发第二显示区域显示第四界面；响应于第二操作，控制折叠屏的第二显示区域显示第四界面，第一显示区域显示的界面不变，即第一显示区域仍然显示第三界面。With reference to the first aspect, in another possible design manner, the method of the embodiment of the present application may further include: in the unfolded state of the folding screen, receiving a second operation of the user on the second interface displayed in the second display area, and The second operation is used to trigger the second display area to display the fourth interface; in response to the second operation, the second display area of the folding screen is controlled to display the fourth interface, and the interface displayed in the first display area remains unchanged, that is, the first display area is still displayed The third interface.
综上所述，本申请实施例中，折叠屏的第一显示区域和第二显示区域显示不同的界面时， 折叠屏的第一显示区域和第二显示区域可以分别接收并响应用户的操作。In summary, in the embodiments of the present application, when the first display area and the second display area of the folding screen display different interfaces, the first display area and the second display area of the folding screen can respectively receive and respond to user operations.
第二方面，本申请实施例提供一种显示应用的方法，该方法可以应用于包括折叠屏的电子设备。该折叠屏可折叠形成至少两个屏，该至少两个屏包括第一屏和第二屏。该折叠屏在折叠状态下，第一屏和第二屏相背对，该显示应用的方法包括：折叠屏在折叠状态下，控制第一屏显示第一界面；响应于折叠屏由折叠状态转变为展开状态，折叠屏的第一显示区域和第二显示区域作为整体，居中显示第一界面；其中，第二显示区域与第一显示区域未重叠；折叠屏接收用户对第一界面的第一操作，第一操作用于触发折叠屏显示第二界面；响应于第一操作，控制折叠屏的第一显示区域显示第一界面，第二显示区域显示第二界面。需要注意的是，本申请实施例第二方面所述的折叠屏是外折折叠屏。In the second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for displaying an application, and the method can be applied to an electronic device including a folding screen. The folding screen can be folded to form at least two screens, and the at least two screens include a first screen and a second screen. When the folding screen is in the folded state, the first screen and the second screen are opposite to each other. The method for displaying the application includes: when the folding screen is in the folded state, controlling the first screen to display a first interface; and responding to the folding screen changing from the folded state In the unfolded state, the first display area and the second display area of the folding screen are taken as a whole, and the first interface is displayed in the center; wherein, the second display area does not overlap the first display area; the folding screen receives the user's first interface Operation, the first operation is used to trigger the folding screen to display the second interface; in response to the first operation, the first display area of the folding screen is controlled to display the first interface, and the second display area to display the second interface. It should be noted that the folding screen described in the second aspect of the embodiment of the present application is an outward-folding folding screen.
本申请实施例中，响应于折叠屏由折叠状态转变为展开状态，控制折叠屏的第一显示区域和第二显示区域作为整体，居中显示所述第一界面。即响应于折叠屏由折叠状态转变为展开状态，可以控制折叠屏以单窗口模式显示第一界面。该第一界面的界面布局不会改变，因此，电子设备不需要重启应用，便可以正常显示应用的界面。In the embodiment of the present application, in response to the folding screen changing from the folded state to the expanded state, the first display area and the second display area of the folding screen are controlled as a whole to display the first interface in the center. That is, in response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state to the expanded state, the folding screen can be controlled to display the first interface in a single window mode. The interface layout of the first interface will not change. Therefore, the electronic device can display the application interface normally without restarting the application.
进一步的，响应于用户在居中显示的第一界面输入的用于触发折叠屏显示第二界面的第一操作，折叠屏可以以双窗口模式显示第一界面和第二界面，即折叠屏在两个显示区域同时显示两个界面。由于折叠屏的第一屏和第二屏的纵横比(即高宽比)与普通的非折叠屏的纵横比类似；因此，第一屏和第二屏均可以适配已启动的应用的界面布局。如此，响应于用户展开折叠屏的操作，电子设备不需要重启应用，便可以正常显示应用的界面。Further, in response to the first operation input by the user to trigger the folding screen to display the second interface on the first interface displayed in the center, the folding screen may display the first interface and the second interface in a dual window mode, that is, the folding screen is in two Two display areas simultaneously display two interfaces. Since the aspect ratio (i.e., aspect ratio) of the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen is similar to that of a normal non-folding screen; therefore, both the first screen and the second screen can adapt to the interface of the launched application layout. In this way, in response to the user's operation to expand the folding screen, the electronic device can display the application interface normally without restarting the application.
并且，展开的折叠屏可以同时显示第一界面和第二界面，这样可以使折叠屏的显示内容更加丰富，可以提升折叠屏的利用率，并提升用户的视觉体验。In addition, the expanded folding screen can display the first interface and the second interface at the same time, which can enrich the display content of the folding screen, increase the utilization rate of the folding screen, and enhance the user's visual experience.
需要注意的是，第二方面及其任一种可能的设计方式中所述的第一界面和第二界面是同一个应用(如第一应用)的界面。It should be noted that the first interface and the second interface described in the second aspect and any possible design manners thereof are interfaces of the same application (such as the first application).
结合第二方面，在一种可能的设计方式中，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括：响应于折叠屏由展开状态转变为折叠状态，控制第一屏显示第一界面或第二界面。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible design manner, the method of the embodiment of the present application may further include: in response to the folding screen changing from the unfolded state to the folded state, controlling the first screen to display the first interface or the second interface.
结合第二方面，在另一种可能的设计方式中，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括：折叠屏在展开状态下，接收用户对第一显示区域显示的第一界面的第二操作，第二操作用于触发第一显示区域显示第三界面；响应于第一操作，控制折叠屏的第一显示区域显示第三界面，第二显示区域显示第二界面。With reference to the second aspect, in another possible design manner, the method of the embodiment of the present application may further include: in the unfolded state of the folding screen, receiving a second operation of the user on the first interface displayed in the first display area; The second operation is used to trigger the first display area to display the third interface; in response to the first operation, control the first display area of the folding screen to display the third interface, and the second display area to display the second interface.
结合第二方面，在另一种可能的设计方式中，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括：折叠屏在展开状态下，接收用户对第二显示区域显示的第二界面的第三操作，第二操作用于触发第二显示区域显示第四界面；响应于第三操作，控制折叠屏的第二显示区域显示第四界面，第一显示区域显示第三界面。With reference to the second aspect, in another possible design manner, the method of the embodiment of the present application may further include: in the unfolded state of the folding screen, receiving a user's third operation on the second interface displayed in the second display area, and first The second operation is used to trigger the second display area to display the fourth interface; in response to the third operation, the second display area of the folding screen is controlled to display the fourth interface, and the first display area displays the third interface.
综上，本申请实施例中，折叠屏的第一显示区域和第二显示区域显示不同的界面时，第一显示区域和第二显示区域可以分别接收并响应用户的操作。In summary, in the embodiments of the present application, when the first display area and the second display area of the folding screen display different interfaces, the first display area and the second display area can respectively receive and respond to user operations.
第三方面，本申请实施例提供了一种显示应用的方法，该方法可以应用于包括折叠屏的电子设备。该折叠屏可折叠形成至少两个屏，该至少两个屏包括第一屏和第二屏。折叠屏在折叠状态下，第一屏和第二屏相对。第一屏的背面设置有第三屏。该显示应用的方法包括：折叠屏在折叠状态下，控制第三屏显示第一界面；响应于折叠屏由折叠状态转变为展开状态，控制折叠屏的第一显示区域显示第一界面，折叠屏的第二显示区域显示第二界面；其中，第二显示区域与第一显示区域未重叠。第二界面与第一界面不同。In the third aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a method for displaying applications, and the method can be applied to an electronic device including a folding screen. The folding screen can be folded to form at least two screens, and the at least two screens include a first screen and a second screen. When the folding screen is in the folded state, the first screen is opposite to the second screen. A third screen is provided on the back of the first screen. The method for displaying the application includes: when the folding screen is in the folded state, controlling the third screen to display the first interface; in response to the folding screen changing from the folded state to the unfolded state, controlling the first display area of the folding screen to display the first interface, and the folding screen The second display area displays the second interface; wherein the second display area does not overlap the first display area. The second interface is different from the first interface.
可以理解，由于上述折叠屏被完全折叠屏后，第三屏对用户可见，而第一屏和第二屏对 用户不可见。因此，对于具有这类折叠屏的电子设备而言，当折叠屏处于折叠状态时，可以在第三屏显示界面；当折叠屏处于展开状态时，可以在第一屏和第二屏显示界面。It can be understood that after the above-mentioned folding screen is completely folded, the third screen is visible to the user, while the first and second screens are invisible to the user. Therefore, for an electronic device with such a folding screen, when the folding screen is in the folded state, the interface can be displayed on the third screen; when the folding screen is in the unfolded state, the interface can be displayed on the first and second screens.
本申请实施例中，响应于折叠屏由折叠状态转变为展开状态，由第三屏显示第一界面，切换为以双窗口模式在第一屏和第二屏显示第一界面和第二界面，即折叠屏在两个显示区域同时显示两个界面。由于折叠屏的第一屏和第二屏的纵横比(即高宽比)与普通的非折叠屏的纵横比类似；因此，第一屏和第二屏均可以适配已启动的应用的界面布局。如此，响应于用户展开折叠屏的操作，电子设备不需要重启应用，便可以正常显示应用的界面。In the embodiment of the present application, in response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state to the expanded state, the first interface is displayed on the third screen, and the first interface and the second interface are displayed on the first and second screens in a dual-window mode. That is, the folding screen displays two interfaces in two display areas at the same time. Since the aspect ratio (i.e., aspect ratio) of the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen is similar to that of a normal non-folding screen; therefore, both the first screen and the second screen can adapt to the interface of the launched application layout. In this way, in response to the user's operation to expand the folding screen, the electronic device can display the application interface normally without restarting the application.
并且，展开的折叠屏可以同时显示第一界面和第二界面，这样可以使折叠屏的显示内容更加丰富，可以提升折叠屏的利用率，并提升用户的视觉体验。In addition, the expanded folding screen can display the first interface and the second interface at the same time, which can enrich the display content of the folding screen, increase the utilization rate of the folding screen, and enhance the user's visual experience.
结合第三方面，在一种可能的设计方式中，响应于折叠屏由展开状态转变为折叠状态，控制第三屏显示第一界面或第二界面。可以理解，由于上述折叠屏被完全折叠屏后，第三屏对用户可见，而第一屏和第二屏对用户不可见；因此，折叠屏由展开状态转变为折叠状态后，第三屏可显示第一界面或第二界面。With reference to the third aspect, in a possible design manner, in response to the folding screen changing from the unfolded state to the folded state, the third screen is controlled to display the first interface or the second interface. It can be understood that after the above-mentioned folding screen is fully folded, the third screen is visible to the user, while the first and second screens are invisible to the user; therefore, after the folding screen is transformed from the unfolded state to the folded state, the third screen can be The first interface or the second interface is displayed.
需要注意的是，本申请第三方面及其任一种可能的设计方式中所述的第一界面和第二界面，可以参考第一方面及其任一种可能的设计方式中对第二界面的描述，本申请实施例这里不予赘述。It should be noted that the first interface and the second interface described in the third aspect of this application and any of its possible design methods can refer to the second interface in the first aspect and any of its possible design methods. The description of the embodiments of this application will not be repeated here.
结合第三方面，在另一种可能的设计方式中，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括：折叠屏在展开状态下，接收用户对第一显示区域显示的第一界面的第一操作，第一操作用于触发第一显示区域显示第三界面；响应于第一操作，控制折叠屏的第一显示区域显示第三界面，第二显示区域显示的界面不变，即第二显示区域仍然显示第二界面。With reference to the third aspect, in another possible design manner, the method of the embodiment of the present application may further include: receiving the first operation of the user on the first interface displayed in the first display area in the unfolded state of the folding screen; An operation is used to trigger the first display area to display the third interface; in response to the first operation, the first display area of the folding screen is controlled to display the third interface, and the interface displayed in the second display area remains unchanged, that is, the second display area is still displayed The second interface.
结合第三方面，在另一种可能的设计方式中，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括：折叠屏在展开状态下，接收用户对第二显示区域显示的第二界面的第二操作，第二操作用于触发第二显示区域显示第四界面；响应于第二操作，控制折叠屏的第二显示区域显示第四界面，第一显示区域显示的界面不变，即第一显示区域仍然显示第三界面。With reference to the third aspect, in another possible design manner, the method of the embodiment of the present application may further include: when the folding screen is in an expanded state, receiving a second operation of the user on the second interface displayed in the second display area; The second operation is used to trigger the second display area to display the fourth interface; in response to the second operation, the second display area of the folding screen is controlled to display the fourth interface, and the interface displayed in the first display area remains unchanged, that is, the first display area is still displayed The third interface.
综上，本申请实施例中，折叠屏的第一显示区域和第二显示区域显示不同的界面时，折叠屏的第一显示区域和第二显示区域可以分别接收并响应用户的操作。In summary, in the embodiments of the present application, when the first display area and the second display area of the folding screen display different interfaces, the first display area and the second display area of the folding screen can respectively receive and respond to user operations.
第四方面，本申请实施例提供一种电子设备，该电子设备包括折叠屏、存储器和一个或多个处理器。该折叠屏可折叠形成至少两个屏，该至少两个屏包括第一屏和第二屏。折叠屏在折叠状态下，第一屏和第二屏相背对。折叠屏、存储器和处理器耦合。存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，计算机程序代码包括计算机指令。当处理器执行计算机指令时，电子设备执行：处理器，用于折叠屏在折叠状态下，控制第一屏显示第一界面；处理器，还用于响应于折叠屏由折叠状态转变为展开状态，控制折叠屏的第一显示区域显示第一界面，折叠屏的第二显示区域显示第二界面；其中，第二显示区域与第一显示区域未重叠；第二界面与第一界面不同。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, which includes a folding screen, a memory, and one or more processors. The folding screen can be folded to form at least two screens, and the at least two screens include a first screen and a second screen. When the folding screen is in the folded state, the first screen and the second screen are opposite to each other. Folding screen, memory and processor are coupled. The memory is used to store computer program code, and the computer program code includes computer instructions. When the processor executes computer instructions, the electronic device executes: the processor is used for controlling the first screen to display the first interface when the folding screen is in the folded state; the processor is also used for responding to the folding screen changing from the folded state to the unfolded state , Controlling the first display area of the folding screen to display the first interface, and the second display area of the folding screen to display the second interface; wherein the second display area does not overlap the first display area; the second interface is different from the first interface.
结合第四方面，在一种可能的设计方式中，上述处理器，还用于响应于折叠屏由展开状态转变为折叠状态，控制第一屏显示第一界面或第二界面。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a possible design manner, the above-mentioned processor is further configured to control the first screen to display the first interface or the second interface in response to the folding screen changing from the unfolded state to the folded state.
需要注意的是，本申请第四方面及其任一种可能的设计方式中所述的第一界面和第二界面，可以参考第一方面及其任一种可能的设计方式中对第二界面的描述，本申请实施例这里不予赘述。It should be noted that the first interface and the second interface described in the fourth aspect of this application and any of its possible design methods may refer to the second interface in the first aspect and any of its possible design methods. The description of the embodiments of this application will not be repeated here.
结合第四方面，在另一种可能的设计方式中，上述处理器，还用于折叠屏在展开状态下，接收用户对第一显示区域显示的第一界面的第一操作，第一操作用于触发第一显示区域显示 第三界面；处理器，还用于响应于第一操作，控制折叠屏的第一显示区域显示第三界面，第二显示区域显示第二界面。With reference to the fourth aspect, in another possible design manner, the above-mentioned processor is also used for receiving the first operation of the user on the first interface displayed in the first display area when the folding screen is in the expanded state. The first display area is triggered to display the third interface; the processor is further configured to control the first display area of the folding screen to display the third interface, and the second display area to display the second interface in response to the first operation.
结合第四方面，在另一种可能的设计方式中，上述处理器，还用于折叠屏在展开状态下，接收用户对第二显示区域显示的第二界面的第二操作，第二操作用于触发第二显示区域显示第四界面；处理器，还用于响应于第二操作，控制折叠屏的第二显示区域显示第四界面，第一显示区域显示第三界面。With reference to the fourth aspect, in another possible design manner, the above-mentioned processor is also used for receiving the second operation of the user on the second interface displayed in the second display area when the folding screen is in the expanded state. The second display area is triggered to display the fourth interface; the processor is further configured to, in response to the second operation, control the second display area of the folding screen to display the fourth interface, and the first display area to display the third interface.
第五方面，本申请实施例提供一种电子设备，该电子设备包括折叠屏、存储器和一个或多个处理器。该折叠屏可折叠形成至少两个屏，该至少两个屏包括第一屏和第二屏。折叠屏在折叠状态下，第一屏和第二屏相背对。折叠屏、存储器和处理器耦合。存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，计算机程序代码包括计算机指令。当处理器执行计算机指令时，电子设备执行：处理器，用于折叠屏在折叠状态下，控制第一屏显示第一界面；处理器，还用于响应于折叠屏由折叠状态转变为展开状态，控制折叠屏的第一显示区域和第二显示区域作为整体，居中显示第一界面；其中，第二显示区域与第一显示区域未重叠；处理器，还用于接收用户对第一界面的第一操作，第一操作用于触发折叠屏显示第二界面；处理器，还用于响应于第一操作，控制折叠屏的第一显示区域显示第一界面，第二显示区域显示第二界面。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, which includes a folding screen, a memory, and one or more processors. The folding screen can be folded to form at least two screens, and the at least two screens include a first screen and a second screen. When the folding screen is in the folded state, the first screen and the second screen are opposite to each other. Folding screen, memory and processor are coupled. The memory is used to store computer program code, and the computer program code includes computer instructions. When the processor executes computer instructions, the electronic device executes: the processor is used for controlling the first screen to display the first interface when the folding screen is in the folded state; the processor is also used for responding to the folding screen changing from the folded state to the unfolded state , Controlling the first display area and the second display area of the folding screen as a whole to display the first interface in the center; wherein, the second display area does not overlap the first display area; the processor is also used to receive the user’s feedback on the first interface The first operation, the first operation is used to trigger the folding screen to display the second interface; the processor, in response to the first operation, controls the first display area of the folding screen to display the first interface, and the second display area displays the second interface .
结合第五方面，在一种可能的设计方式中，上述处理器，还用于响应于折叠屏由展开状态转变为折叠状态，控制第一屏显示第一界面或第二界面。With reference to the fifth aspect, in a possible design manner, the above-mentioned processor is further configured to control the first screen to display the first interface or the second interface in response to the folding screen changing from the unfolded state to the folded state.
结合第五方面，在另一种可能的设计方式中，上述处理器，还用于折叠屏在展开状态下，接收用户对第一显示区域显示的第一界面的第二操作，第二操作用于触发第一显示区域显示第三界面；处理器，还用于响应于第一操作，控制折叠屏的第一显示区域显示第三界面，第二显示区域显示第二界面。With reference to the fifth aspect, in another possible design manner, the above-mentioned processor is also used for receiving the second operation of the user on the first interface displayed in the first display area when the folding screen is in the unfolded state. The first display area is triggered to display the third interface; the processor is further configured to control the first display area of the folding screen to display the third interface, and the second display area to display the second interface in response to the first operation.
结合第五方面，在另一种可能的设计方式中，上述处理器，还用于折叠屏在展开状态下，接收用户对第二显示区域显示的第二界面的第三操作，第二操作用于触发第二显示区域显示第四界面；处理器，还用于响应于第三操作，控制折叠屏的第二显示区域显示第四界面，第一显示区域显示第三界面。With reference to the fifth aspect, in another possible design manner, the above-mentioned processor is also used for receiving the user's third operation on the second interface displayed in the second display area when the folding screen is in the unfolded state, and the second operation is used for The second display area is triggered to display the fourth interface; the processor is further configured to, in response to the third operation, control the second display area of the folding screen to display the fourth interface, and the first display area to display the third interface.
第六方面，本申请实施例提供一种电子设备，该电子设备包括折叠屏、存储器和一个或多个处理器。该折叠屏可折叠形成至少两个屏，该至少两个屏包括第一屏和第二屏。折叠屏在折叠状态下，第一屏和第二屏相对。第一屏的背面设置有第三屏；折叠屏、第三屏、存储器和处理器耦合。存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，计算机程序代码包括计算机指令，当处理器执行计算机指令时，电子设备执行：处理器，用于折叠屏在折叠状态下，控制第三屏显示第一界面；处理器，还用于响应于折叠屏由折叠状态转变为展开状态，控制折叠屏的第一显示区域显示第一界面，折叠屏的第二显示区域显示第二界面；其中，第二显示区域与第一显示区域未重叠；第二界面与第一界面不同。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, which includes a folding screen, a memory, and one or more processors. The folding screen can be folded to form at least two screens, and the at least two screens include a first screen and a second screen. When the folding screen is in the folded state, the first screen is opposite to the second screen. A third screen is arranged on the back of the first screen; the folding screen, the third screen, the memory and the processor are coupled. The memory is used to store computer program codes. The computer program codes include computer instructions. When the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device executes: a processor for controlling the third screen to display the first interface when the folding screen is in the folded state; the processor , Is also used to control the first display area of the folding screen to display the first interface, and the second display area of the folding screen to display the second interface in response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state to the unfolded state; wherein, the second display area and the first The display area does not overlap; the second interface is different from the first interface.
结合第六方面，在一种可能的设计方式中，上述处理器，还用于响应于折叠屏由展开状态转变为折叠状态，控制第三屏显示第一界面或第二界面。With reference to the sixth aspect, in a possible design manner, the above-mentioned processor is further configured to control the third screen to display the first interface or the second interface in response to the folding screen changing from the unfolded state to the folded state.
需要注意的是，本申请第六方面及其任一种可能的设计方式中所述的第一界面和第二界面，可以参考第三方面及其任一种可能的设计方式中对第二界面的描述，本申请实施例这里不予赘述。It should be noted that the first interface and the second interface described in the sixth aspect of this application and any of its possible design methods can refer to the second interface in the third aspect and any of its possible design methods. The description of the embodiments of this application will not be repeated here.
需要注意的是，本申请第二方面至第六方面及其任一种可能的设计方式中所述的第一显示区域、第二显示区域、展开状态和折叠状态，可以参考第一方面及其任一种可能的设计方式中相关介绍，本申请实施例这里不予赘述。It should be noted that the first display area, the second display area, the unfolded state, and the folded state described in the second to sixth aspects of the present application and any of the possible design methods can refer to the first aspect and its Any possible design method is related to the introduction, which is not repeated here in the embodiment of the present application.
第七方面，本申请实施例提供一种显示应用的方法，该方法可以应用于电子设备，该方法包括：电子设备的显示屏处于第一状态下，控制显示屏显示电子设备的主界面，该主界面包括第一应用的图标；接收用户对第一应用的图标的第一操作，该第一操作用于触发显示屏显示第一应用的第一界面；响应于第一操作，如果第一界面是第一应用的预设主页，控制显示屏的第一显示区域显示第一界面，控制显示屏的第二显示区域显示第一应用的第二界面。其中，第二界面是与预设主页成对配置的相关页面；第二显示区域与第一显示区域未重叠。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for displaying an application. The method can be applied to an electronic device. The method includes: when a display screen of the electronic device is in a first state, controlling the display screen to display the main interface of the electronic device, and The main interface includes the icon of the first application; the first operation of the user on the icon of the first application is received, and the first operation is used to trigger the display screen to display the first interface of the first application; in response to the first operation, if the first interface It is the preset homepage of the first application, controlling the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface, and controlling the second display area of the display screen to display the second interface of the first application. Wherein, the second interface is a related page configured in pairs with the preset homepage; the second display area does not overlap the first display area.
其中，上述第一状态是横屏状态。或者，显示屏是折叠屏，第一状态是展开状态。展开状态为折叠屏的第一屏和第二屏的夹角大于或等于预设角度阈值的状态；横屏状态是显示屏的长边与水平面的夹角小于预设值的状态。Among them, the above-mentioned first state is a landscape state. Or, the display screen is a folding screen, and the first state is an expanded state. The expanded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen is greater than or equal to a preset angle threshold; the horizontal screen state is a state where the angle between the long side of the display screen and the horizontal plane is less than the preset value.
本申请实施例中，电子设备可以在横屏状态或展开状态下显示主界面时，响应于用户对第一应用的图标的第一操作，可以判断该第一操作触发电子设备显示的第一界面是否为第一应用的预设主页(即main Page)。如果第一界面是第一应用的main Page，电子设备则可以以双窗口显示第一应用的main Page和与main Page成对配置的相关页面(即related Page)。如此，处于横屏状态或展开状态的电子设备则可以在显示屏同时显示第一应用的两个界面，这样可以使显示屏的显示内容更加丰富，可以提升显示屏的利用率，并提升用户的视觉体验。In the embodiment of the present application, when the electronic device can display the main interface in the horizontal screen state or the expanded state, in response to the user's first operation on the icon of the first application, it can be determined that the first operation triggers the first interface displayed by the electronic device Whether it is the default homepage of the first application (ie main Page). If the first interface is the main page of the first application, the electronic device can display the main page of the first application and related pages (ie related Pages) configured in pairs with the main Page in a dual window. In this way, the electronic device in the horizontal screen state or the expanded state can display the two interfaces of the first application on the display screen at the same time, which can make the display content of the display screen richer, improve the utilization rate of the display screen, and improve the user's Visual experience.
第八方面，本申请实施例提供一种显示应用的方法，该方法可以应用于电子设备，该方法包括：电子设备的显示屏处于第一状态下，控制显示屏显示第一应用的第一界面；响应于显示屏由第一状态转变为第二状态，如果第一界面是第一应用的预设主页(即main Page)，控制显示屏的第一显示区域显示第一界面，控制显示屏的第二显示区域显示第一应用的第二界面；其中，第二界面是与预设主页成对配置的相关页面(即related Page)；第二显示区域与第一显示区域未重叠。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for displaying an application. The method can be applied to an electronic device. The method includes: when a display screen of the electronic device is in a first state, controlling the display screen to display a first interface of the first application ; In response to the display screen transitioning from the first state to the second state, if the first interface is the default homepage of the first application (ie main Page), the first display area of the control display screen displays the first interface, and the control display The second display area displays the second interface of the first application; wherein, the second interface is a related page configured as a pair with the preset homepage (ie related Page); the second display area does not overlap the first display area.
其中，第一状态是竖屏状态，第二状态是横屏状态。横屏状态是显示屏的长边与水平面的夹角小于预设值的状态，竖屏状态是显示屏的长边与水平面的夹角大于或等于预设值的状态。或者，显示屏是折叠屏，第一状态是折叠状态，第二状态是展开状态；展开状态为折叠屏的第一屏和第二屏的夹角大于或等于预设角度阈值的状态，折叠状态为第一屏和第二屏的夹角小于预设角度阈值的状态。Among them, the first state is the vertical screen state, and the second state is the horizontal screen state. The horizontal screen state is a state where the angle between the long side of the display screen and the horizontal plane is less than a preset value, and the vertical screen state is a state where the angle between the long side of the display screen and the horizontal plane is greater than or equal to the preset value. Or, the display screen is a folding screen, the first state is the folded state, and the second state is the expanded state; the expanded state is the state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen is greater than or equal to the preset angle threshold, and the folded state It is the state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is less than the preset angle threshold.
本申请实施例中，电子设备在第一状态显示第一应用的第一界面，响应于电子设备由第一状态转变为第二状态，电子设备可以判断该第一操作触发电子设备显示的第一界面是否为第一应用的main Page。如果第一界面是第一应用的main Page，电子设备则可以以双窗口显示第一应用的main Page和与main Page成对配置的related Page。如此，处于横屏状态或展开状态的电子设备则可以在显示屏同时显示第一应用的两个界面，这样可以使显示屏的显示内容更加丰富，可以提升显示屏的利用率，并提升用户的视觉体验。In the embodiment of the present application, the electronic device displays the first interface of the first application in the first state. In response to the electronic device changing from the first state to the second state, the electronic device can determine that the first operation triggers the first display of the electronic device. Whether the interface is the main page of the first application. If the first interface is the main page of the first application, the electronic device can display the main page of the first application and the related page configured as a pair with the main page in dual windows. In this way, the electronic device in the horizontal screen state or the expanded state can display the two interfaces of the first application on the display screen at the same time, which can make the display content of the display screen richer, improve the utilization rate of the display screen, and improve the user's Visual experience.
第九方面，本申请实施例提供一种显示应用的方法，该方法可以应用于电子设备。该电子设备的显示屏处于横屏状态，横屏状态是显示屏的长边与水平面的夹角小于预设值的状态。或者，电子设备的显示屏是折叠屏，显示屏处于展开状态，展开状态为折叠屏的第一屏和第二屏的夹角大于或等于预设角度阈值的状态。该方法可以包括：控制显示屏显示第二应用的界面；接收用户在第二应用的界面的第一操作，第一操作用于触发显示屏显示第一应用的第一界面；响应于第一操作，如果第一界面是第一应用的预设主页(即main Page)，控制显示屏的第一显示区域显示第一界面，控制显示屏的第二显示区域显示第一应用的第二界面。其中，第二界面是与预设主页成对配置的相关页面(即related Page)；第二显示区域与第一显示区域未重叠。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for displaying an application, and the method can be applied to an electronic device. The display screen of the electronic device is in a horizontal screen state, which is a state where the angle between the long side of the display screen and the horizontal plane is less than a preset value. Alternatively, the display screen of the electronic device is a folding screen, the display screen is in an unfolded state, and the unfolded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen is greater than or equal to a preset angle threshold. The method may include: controlling the display screen to display the interface of the second application; receiving a first operation of the user on the interface of the second application, the first operation being used to trigger the display screen to display the first interface of the first application; in response to the first operation If the first interface is the preset homepage (ie main Page) of the first application, the first display area of the control display screen is controlled to display the first interface, and the second display area of the control display screen is controlled to display the second interface of the first application. Wherein, the second interface is a related page (that is, related Page) configured as a pair with the preset homepage; the second display area does not overlap the first display area.
本申请实施例中，电子设备在第一状态显示第二应用的界面；响应于用于触发电子设备调用第一应用显示第一界面的第一操作，电子设备可以判断该第一操作触发电子设备显示的第一界面是否为第一应用的main Page。如果第一界面是第一应用的main Page，电子设备则可以以双窗口显示第一应用的main Page和与main Page成对配置的related Page。如此，处于横屏状态或展开状态的电子设备则可以在显示屏同时显示第一应用的两个界面，这样可以使显示屏的显示内容更加丰富，可以提升显示屏的利用率，并提升用户的视觉体验。In the embodiment of the present application, the electronic device displays the interface of the second application in the first state; in response to the first operation used to trigger the electronic device to invoke the first application to display the first interface, the electronic device can determine that the first operation triggers the electronic device Whether the displayed first interface is the main Page of the first application. If the first interface is the main page of the first application, the electronic device can display the main page of the first application and the related page configured as a pair with the main page in dual windows. In this way, the electronic device in the horizontal screen state or the expanded state can display the two interfaces of the first application on the display screen at the same time, which can make the display content of the display screen richer, improve the utilization rate of the display screen, and improve the user's Visual experience.
第十方面，本申请实施例提供一种显示应用的方法，该方法可以应用于电子设备。该电子设备的显示屏处于横屏状态，横屏状态是显示屏的长边与水平面的夹角小于预设值的状态。或者，电子设备的显示屏是折叠屏，显示屏处于展开状态，展开状态为折叠屏的第一屏和第二屏的夹角大于或等于预设角度阈值的状态。该方法可以包括：控制显示屏的第一显示区域显示第一应用的第一界面，控制显示屏的第二显示区域显示第二应用的界面；接收用户的第一操作，第一操作用于触发显示屏退出显示第二应用的界面，仅显示第一界面；响应于第一操作，如果第一界面是第一应用的预设主页(即main Page)，控制显示屏的第一显示区域显示第一界面，控制显示屏的第二显示区域显示第一应用的第二界面。其中，第二界面是与预设主页成对配置的相关页面(即related Page)；第二显示区域与第一显示区域未重叠。In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for displaying an application, and the method can be applied to an electronic device. The display screen of the electronic device is in a horizontal screen state, which is a state where the angle between the long side of the display screen and the horizontal plane is less than a preset value. Alternatively, the display screen of the electronic device is a folding screen, the display screen is in an unfolded state, and the unfolded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen is greater than or equal to a preset angle threshold. The method may include: controlling the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface of the first application, and controlling the second display area of the display screen to display the interface of the second application; and receiving the first operation of the user, the first operation being used to trigger The display screen exits the interface displaying the second application and only displays the first interface; in response to the first operation, if the first interface is the preset homepage (ie main Page) of the first application, the first display area of the control display is controlled to display the first interface. An interface for controlling the second display area of the display screen to display the second interface of the first application. Wherein, the second interface is a related page (that is, related Page) configured as a pair with the preset homepage; the second display area does not overlap the first display area.
本申请实施例中，电子设备在第一状态以双窗口显示第一应用的第一界面和第二应用的界面；响应于用于触发电子设备退出显示第二应用的界面，仅显示第一界面的第一操作，电子设备可以判断该第一操作触发电子设备显示的第一界面是否为第一应用的main Page。如果第一界面是第一应用的main Page，电子设备则可以以双窗口显示第一应用的main Page和与main Page成对配置的related Page。如此，处于横屏状态或展开状态的电子设备则可以在显示屏同时显示第一应用的两个界面，这样可以使显示屏的显示内容更加丰富，可以提升显示屏的利用率，并提升用户的视觉体验。In the embodiment of the present application, the electronic device displays the first interface of the first application and the interface of the second application in dual windows in the first state; in response to triggering the electronic device to exit the interface displaying the second application, only the first interface is displayed In the first operation, the electronic device can determine whether the first interface displayed by the electronic device triggered by the first operation is the main page of the first application. If the first interface is the main page of the first application, the electronic device can display the main page of the first application and the related page configured as a pair with the main page in dual windows. In this way, the electronic device in the horizontal screen state or the expanded state can display the two interfaces of the first application on the display screen at the same time, which can make the display content of the display screen richer, improve the utilization rate of the display screen, and improve the user's Visual experience.
结合上述第七方面至第十方面中任一方面，在一种可能的设计方式中，上述预设主页预先配置在第一应用的安装包的配置文件中。或者，预设主页是第一应用的首页。或者，预设主页是第一应用的多个界面中满足预设条件的界面，该预设条件为：包括预设界面特征，且预设界面特征的数量大于预设数量阈值，预设界面特征包括预设组件或者小程序。With reference to any one of the seventh aspect to the tenth aspect, in a possible design manner, the preset homepage is pre-configured in the configuration file of the installation package of the first application. Or, the preset homepage is the homepage of the first application. Alternatively, the preset homepage is an interface that meets a preset condition among the multiple interfaces of the first application, and the preset condition is: the preset interface feature is included, and the number of the preset interface feature is greater than the preset number threshold, the preset interface feature Including preset components or small programs.
结合上述第七方面至第十方面中任一方面，在另一种可能的设计方式中，上述相关页面预先配置在第一应用的安装包的配置文件中。或者，相关页面是首页的下一层级的界面。相关页面由用户在电子设备中设置。With reference to any one of the seventh aspect to the tenth aspect described above, in another possible design manner, the related page is pre-configured in the configuration file of the installation package of the first application. Or, the related page is the next level of interface on the home page. The relevant page is set by the user in the electronic device.
结合上述第七方面至第十方面中任一方面，在另一种可能的设计方式中，上述方法还可以还包括：显示屏处于第一状态或第二状态下，显示第一应用的第三界面；其中，第一状态是横屏状态，第二状态是竖屏状态；或者，第一状态是展开状态，第二状态是折叠状态；接收用户在第三界面输入的预设手势，预设手势用于配置第一应用的相关页面；响应于预设手势，配置第三界面是第一应用的相关页面。With reference to any one of the seventh to tenth aspects above, in another possible design manner, the above method may further include: when the display screen is in the first state or the second state, displaying the third aspect of the first application Interface; where the first state is the horizontal screen state and the second state is the vertical screen state; or, the first state is the expanded state, and the second state is the folded state; the preset gestures input by the user on the third interface are received, and the preset The gesture is used to configure the related page of the first application; in response to the preset gesture, the configuration third interface is the related page of the first application.
结合上述第七方面至第十方面中任一方面，在另一种可能的设计方式中，在控制显示屏的第一显示区域显示第一界面，控制显示屏的第二显示区域显示第一应用的第二界面之后，上述方法还可以包括：响应于用户对第一界面的第二操作，第二操作包括对电子设备的导航栏中的Back键的点击操作，控制显示屏显示主界面；其中，响应于对第一界面的第二操作，电子设备在后台不运行第一应用；响应于用户对第二界面的第二操作，控制显示屏显示主界面；其中，响应于对第二界面的第二操作，电子设备在后台运行第一应用。In combination with any of the seventh to tenth aspects described above, in another possible design manner, the first interface is displayed in the first display area of the control display screen, and the first application is displayed in the second display area of the control display screen After the second interface, the above method may further include: in response to the user's second operation on the first interface, the second operation includes clicking the Back key in the navigation bar of the electronic device to control the display screen to display the main interface; , In response to the second operation on the first interface, the electronic device does not run the first application in the background; in response to the user’s second operation on the second interface, control the display screen to display the main interface; wherein, in response to the second interface In the second operation, the electronic device runs the first application in the background.
结合上述第七方面至第十方面中任一方面，在另一种可能的设计方式中，在控制显示屏 的第一显示区域显示第一界面，控制显示屏的第二显示区域显示第一应用的第二界面之后，上述方法还可以包括：响应于用户对第一界面或第二界面的第二操作，第二操作包括对电子设备的导航栏中的Back键的点击操作，控制显示屏显示主界面。其中，响应于对第一界面的第二操作，电子设备在后台运行第一应用。In combination with any of the seventh to tenth aspects described above, in another possible design manner, the first interface is displayed in the first display area of the control display screen, and the first application is displayed in the second display area of the control display screen After the second interface of the electronic device, the above method may further include: in response to a second operation of the user on the first interface or the second interface, the second operation includes clicking the Back key in the navigation bar of the electronic device to control the display Main interface. Wherein, in response to the second operation on the first interface, the electronic device runs the first application in the background.
第十一方面，本申请实施例提供一种电子设备，该电子设备包括显示屏、存储器和一个或多个处理器。显示屏、存储器和处理器耦合。存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，计算机程序代码包括计算机指令。当处理器执行计算机指令时，电子设备执行以下操作：处理器，用于显示屏处于第一状态下，控制显示屏显示电子设备的主界面。该主界面包括第一应用的图标。处理器，还用于接收用户对第一应用的图标的第一操作，第一操作用于触发显示屏显示第一应用的第一界面；处理器，还用于响应于第一操作，如果第一界面是第一应用的预设主页，控制显示屏的第一显示区域显示第一界面，控制显示屏的第二显示区域显示第一应用的第二界面；其中，第二界面是与预设主页成对配置的相关页面；第二显示区域与第一显示区域未重叠；In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, which includes a display screen, a memory, and one or more processors. The display screen, memory and processor are coupled. The memory is used to store computer program code, and the computer program code includes computer instructions. When the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device performs the following operations: the processor is used for controlling the display screen to display the main interface of the electronic device when the display screen is in the first state. The main interface includes the icon of the first application. The processor is further configured to receive a user's first operation on the icon of the first application, where the first operation is used to trigger the display screen to display the first interface of the first application; the processor is also configured to respond to the first operation, if the first operation One interface is the preset homepage of the first application, the first display area of the control display screen displays the first interface, and the second display area of the control display screen displays the second interface of the first application; wherein, the second interface Related pages configured in pairs on the homepage; the second display area does not overlap the first display area;
需要说明的是，第十一方面的第一状态、横屏状态和展开状态的详细描述，以及所述电子设备所能达到的有益效果，可以参考第七方面中的详细描述，本申请实施例这里不予赘述。It should be noted that the detailed description of the first state, the horizontal screen state and the expanded state of the eleventh aspect, as well as the beneficial effects that the electronic device can achieve, may refer to the detailed description in the seventh aspect. I won’t repeat them here.
第十二方面，本申请实施例提供一种电子设备，该电子设备包括显示屏、存储器和一个或多个处理器。显示屏、存储器和处理器耦合；存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，计算机程序代码包括计算机指令。当处理器执行计算机指令时，电子设备执行以下操作：处理器，用于显示屏处于第一状态下，控制显示屏显示第一应用的第一界面。处理器，还用于响应于显示屏由第一状态转变为第二状态，如果第一界面是第一应用的预设主页，控制显示屏的第一显示区域显示第一界面，控制显示屏的第二显示区域显示第一应用的第二界面。其中，第二界面是与预设主页成对配置的相关页面；第二显示区域与第一显示区域未重叠。In a twelfth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, which includes a display screen, a memory, and one or more processors. The display screen, the memory, and the processor are coupled; the memory is used to store computer program codes, and the computer program codes include computer instructions. When the processor executes the computer instruction, the electronic device performs the following operations: the processor is used for controlling the display screen to display the first interface of the first application when the display screen is in the first state. The processor is further configured to respond to the display screen changing from the first state to the second state, if the first interface is the preset homepage of the first application, control the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface, and control the display screen The second display area displays the second interface of the first application. Wherein, the second interface is a related page configured in pairs with the preset homepage; the second display area does not overlap the first display area.
需要说明的是，第十二方面的第一状态、第二状态、横屏状态、竖屏状态、折叠状态和展开状态的详细描述，以及所述电子设备所能达到的有益效果，可以参考第八方面中的详细描述，本申请实施例这里不予赘述。It should be noted that the detailed description of the first state, the second state, the horizontal screen state, the vertical screen state, the folded state and the unfolded state of the twelfth aspect, as well as the beneficial effects that the electronic device can achieve, can be referred to The detailed description in the eight aspects is not repeated here in the embodiments of the application.
第十三方面，本申请实施例提供一种电子设备，该电子设备包括显示屏、存储器和一个或多个处理器。显示屏、存储器和处理器耦合。电子设备的显示屏处于横屏状态或者展开状态。存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，计算机程序代码包括计算机指令。当处理器执行计算机指令时，电子设备执行以下操作：处理器，用于控制显示屏显示第二应用的界面。处理器，还用于接收用户在第二应用的界面的第一操作，该第一操作用于触发显示屏显示第一应用的第一界面。处理器，还用于响应于第一操作，如果第一界面是第一应用的预设主页，控制显示屏的第一显示区域显示第一界面，控制显示屏的第二显示区域显示第一应用的第二界面。其中，第二界面是与预设主页成对配置的相关页面；第二显示区域与第一显示区域未重叠。In a thirteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, which includes a display screen, a memory, and one or more processors. The display screen, memory and processor are coupled. The display screen of the electronic device is in a horizontal screen state or an expanded state. The memory is used to store computer program code, and the computer program code includes computer instructions. When the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device performs the following operations: the processor is used to control the display screen to display the interface of the second application. The processor is further configured to receive a user's first operation on the interface of the second application, where the first operation is used to trigger the display screen to display the first interface of the first application. The processor is further configured to, in response to the first operation, if the first interface is the preset homepage of the first application, control the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface, and control the second display area of the display screen to display the first application The second interface. Wherein, the second interface is a related page configured in pairs with the preset homepage; the second display area does not overlap the first display area.
需要说明的是，第十三方面的横屏状态和展开状态的详细描述，可以参考第九方面中的详细描述，以及所述电子设备所能达到的有益效果，本申请实施例这里不予赘述。It should be noted that, for the detailed description of the horizontal screen state and the expanded state of the thirteenth aspect, you can refer to the detailed description in the ninth aspect, and the beneficial effects that the electronic device can achieve. The embodiments of the present application will not repeat them here. .
第十四方面，本申请实施例提供一种电子设备，该电子设备包括显示屏、存储器和一个或多个处理器。显示屏、存储器和处理器耦合。电子设备的显示屏处于横屏状态或者展开状态。存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，计算机程序代码包括计算机指令。当处理器执行计算机指令时，电子设备执行以下操作：处理器，用于控制显示屏的第一显示区域显示第一应用的第一界面，控制显示屏的第二显示区域显示第二应用的界面。处理器，还用于接收用户的第一操作，第一操作用于触发显示屏退出显示第二应用的界面，仅显示第一界面。处理器， 还用于响应于第一操作，如果第一界面是第一应用的预设主页，控制显示屏的第一显示区域显示第一界面，控制显示屏的第二显示区域显示第一应用的第二界面。其中，第二界面是与预设主页成对配置的相关页面；第二显示区域与第一显示区域未重叠。In a fourteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, which includes a display screen, a memory, and one or more processors. The display screen, memory and processor are coupled. The display screen of the electronic device is in a horizontal screen state or an expanded state. The memory is used to store computer program code, and the computer program code includes computer instructions. When the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device performs the following operations: the processor is used to control the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface of the first application, and control the second display area of the display screen to display the interface of the second application . The processor is also configured to receive a user's first operation, where the first operation is used to trigger the display screen to exit the interface displaying the second application and only display the first interface. The processor is further configured to, in response to the first operation, if the first interface is the preset homepage of the first application, control the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface, and control the second display area of the display screen to display the first application The second interface. Wherein, the second interface is a related page configured in pairs with the preset homepage; the second display area does not overlap the first display area.
需要说明的是，第十四方面的横屏状态和展开状态的详细描述，可以参考第十方面中的详细描述，以及所述电子设备所能达到的有益效果，本申请实施例这里不予赘述。It should be noted that, for the detailed description of the horizontal screen state and the expanded state of the fourteenth aspect, reference may be made to the detailed description in the tenth aspect and the beneficial effects that the electronic device can achieve. The embodiments of the present application will not repeat them here. .
第十一方面至第十四方面中任一方面所述的预设主页和相关页面的详细描述，可以参考上述第七方面至第十方面中任一方面的可能的设计方式中的描述，本申请实施例这里不予赘述。For a detailed description of the preset homepage and related pages described in any one of the eleventh aspect to the fourteenth aspect, please refer to the description in the possible design method of any one of the seventh to tenth aspects above. The application examples are not repeated here.
结合第十一方面至第十四方面中任一方面，在一种可能的设计方式中，上述处理器，还用于显示屏处于第一状态或第二状态下，控制显示屏显示第一应用的第三界面。处理器，还用于接收用户在第三界面输入的预设手势，预设手势用于配置第一应用的相关页面。处理器，还用于响应于预设手势，配置第三界面是第一应用的相关页面。In combination with any one of the eleventh aspect to the fourteenth aspect, in a possible design manner, the above-mentioned processor is also used for controlling the display screen to display the first application when the display screen is in the first state or the second state The third interface. The processor is further configured to receive a preset gesture input by the user on the third interface, and the preset gesture is used to configure a related page of the first application. The processor is further configured to configure the third interface to be a related page of the first application in response to a preset gesture.
结合第十一方面至第十四方面中任一方面，在另一种可能的设计方式中，上述处理器，还用于在控制显示屏的第一显示区域显示第一界面，控制显示屏的第二显示区域显示第二界面之后，响应于用户对第一界面或第二界面的第二操作，控制显示屏显示主界面。In combination with any one of the eleventh aspect to the fourteenth aspect, in another possible design manner, the above-mentioned processor is further configured to display a first interface in the first display area of the control display screen, and control the display screen After the second display area displays the second interface, in response to the user's second operation on the first interface or the second interface, the display screen is controlled to display the main interface.
其中，上述第二操作包括对电子设备的导航栏中的返回Back键的点击操作。响应于对第一界面的第二操作，处理器在后台不运行第一应用。响应于对第二界面的第二操作，处理器在后台运行第一应用。Wherein, the above-mentioned second operation includes a click operation on the Back key in the navigation bar of the electronic device. In response to the second operation on the first interface, the processor does not run the first application in the background. In response to the second operation on the second interface, the processor runs the first application in the background.
结合第十一方面至第十四方面中任一方面，在另一种可能的设计方式中，上述处理器，还用于在控制显示屏的第一显示区域显示第一界面，控制显示屏的第二显示区域显示第二界面之后，响应于用户对第一界面或第二界面的第二操作，控制显示屏显示主界面。其中，响应于第二操作，处理器在后台运行第一应用。第二操作包括对电子设备的导航栏中的Back键的点击操作。In combination with any one of the eleventh aspect to the fourteenth aspect, in another possible design manner, the above-mentioned processor is further configured to display a first interface in the first display area of the control display screen, and control the display screen After the second display area displays the second interface, in response to the user's second operation on the first interface or the second interface, the display screen is controlled to display the main interface. Wherein, in response to the second operation, the processor runs the first application in the background. The second operation includes clicking the Back key in the navigation bar of the electronic device.
第十五方面，本申请实施例提供一种显示应用的装置，该装置可以应用于包括折叠屏的电子设备，该装置用于执行如第一方面、第二方面、第三方面、第七方面、第八方面、第九方面或第十方面及其任一种可能的设计方式所述的方法。In a fifteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a device for displaying applications. The device can be applied to an electronic device including a folding screen. The device is used to perform aspects such as the first, second, third, and seventh aspects. , The eighth aspect, the ninth aspect, or the tenth aspect and any one of the possible design methods.
第十六方面，本申请实施例提供一种芯片***，该芯片***应用于包括折叠屏的电子设备。该芯片***包括一个或多个接口电路和一个或多个处理器。该接口电路和处理器通过线路互联。该接口电路用于从电子设备的存储器接收信号，并向处理器发送该信号，该信号包括存储器中存储的计算机指令。当处理器执行所述计算机指令时，电子设备执行如第一方面、第二方面、第三方面、第七方面、第八方面、第九方面或第十方面及其任一种可能的设计方式所述的方法。In a sixteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, which is applied to an electronic device including a folding screen. The chip system includes one or more interface circuits and one or more processors. The interface circuit and the processor are interconnected by wires. The interface circuit is used to receive a signal from the memory of the electronic device and send the signal to the processor, and the signal includes a computer instruction stored in the memory. When the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device executes the first, second, third, seventh, eighth, ninth or tenth aspects and any of its possible design methods The method described.
第十七方面，本申请实施例提供一种计算机存储介质，该计算机存储介质包括计算机指令，当所述计算机指令在电子设备上运行时，使得所述电子设备执行如第一方面、第二方面、第三方面、第七方面、第八方面、第九方面或第十方面及其任一种可能的设计方式所述的方法。In a seventeenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium, the computer storage medium includes computer instructions, when the computer instructions are executed on an electronic device, the electronic device is caused to perform operations such as the first and second aspects. , The third aspect, the seventh aspect, the eighth aspect, the ninth aspect or the tenth aspect and any one of the possible design methods.
第十八方面，本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品，当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如第一方面、第二方面、第三方面、第七方面、第八方面、第九方面或第十方面及其任一种可能的设计方式所述的方法。In the eighteenth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product, which when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute aspects such as the first aspect, the second aspect, the third aspect, the seventh aspect, The method described in the eighth aspect, the ninth aspect or the tenth aspect and any one of the possible design manners thereof.
可以理解地，上述提供的第四方面、第五方面、第六方面、第十一方面至第十四方面中任一方面及其任一种可能的设计方式所述的电子设备，第十五方面所述的装置，第十六方面 所述的芯片***，第十七方面所述的计算机存储介质，第十八方面所述的计算机程序产品所能达到的有益效果，可参考第一方面、第二方面、第三方面、第七方面、第八方面、第九方面或第十方面及其任一种可能的设计方式中的有益效果，此处不再赘述。Understandably, the electronic device according to any one of the fourth, fifth, sixth, eleventh to fourteenth aspects and any possible design manners provided above, the fifteenth For the beneficial effects achieved by the device described in the sixteenth aspect, the chip system described in the sixteenth aspect, the computer storage medium described in the seventeenth aspect, and the computer program product described in the eighteenth aspect, please refer to the first aspect, The beneficial effects of the second aspect, the third aspect, the seventh aspect, the eighth aspect, the ninth aspect or the tenth aspect and any one of the possible design methods are not repeated here.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种折叠屏的形态示意图；FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a folding screen provided by an embodiment of the application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的另一种折叠屏的形态示意图；2 is a schematic diagram of another folding screen provided by an embodiment of the application;
图3为现有技术中的一种折叠屏显示应用界面的实例示意图；3 is a schematic diagram of an example of a folding screen displaying an application interface in the prior art;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的硬件结构示意图；4 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the application;
图5A为本申请实施例提供的一种计算A屏和B屏的夹角α的原理示意图；5A is a schematic diagram of the principle of calculating the included angle α between the A screen and the B screen according to an embodiment of the application;
图5B为本申请实施例提供的一种地理坐标系的实例示意图；5B is a schematic diagram of an example of a geographic coordinate system provided by an embodiment of this application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的软件架构实例示意图；6 is a schematic diagram of an example software architecture of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种显示应用的方法流程图；FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a method for displaying applications according to an embodiment of the application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种折叠屏显示的应用界面的实例示意图；8 is a schematic diagram of an example of an application interface displayed on a folding screen provided by an embodiment of the application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的另一种折叠屏显示的应用界面的实例示意图；FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another example of an application interface displayed on a folding screen according to an embodiment of the application;
图10A为本申请实施例提供的一种显示区域的实例示意图；10A is a schematic diagram of an example of a display area provided by an embodiment of the application;
图10B为本申请实施例提供的另一种折叠屏显示的应用界面的实例示意图；10B is a schematic diagram of another example of an application interface displayed on a folding screen provided by an embodiment of the application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的另一种折叠屏显示的应用界面的实例示意图；11 is a schematic diagram of another example of an application interface displayed on a folding screen provided by an embodiment of the application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种第一记录栈的实例示意图；FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an example of a first record stack provided by an embodiment of this application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的另一种折叠屏显示的应用界面的实例示意图；FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of an example of another application interface displayed on a folding screen according to an embodiment of the application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的另一种应用界面的实例示意图；14 is a schematic diagram of another example of an application interface provided by an embodiment of the application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的另一种折叠屏显示的应用界面的实例示意图；15 is a schematic diagram of another example of an application interface displayed on a folding screen provided by an embodiment of the application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的另一种折叠屏显示的应用界面的实例示意图；16 is a schematic diagram of another example of an application interface displayed on a folding screen provided by an embodiment of the application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的另一种折叠屏显示的应用界面的实例示意图；FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of another example of an application interface displayed on a folding screen according to an embodiment of the application;
图18为本申请实施例提供的另一种折叠屏显示的应用界面的实例示意图；18 is a schematic diagram of an example of another application interface displayed on a folding screen provided by an embodiment of the application;
图19为本申请实施例提供的一种显示区域的设置界面实例示意图；19 is a schematic diagram of an example of a display area setting interface provided by an embodiment of the application;
图20为本申请实施例提供的一种显示区域的设置界面实例示意图；20 is a schematic diagram of an example of a display area setting interface provided by an embodiment of the application;
图21为本申请实施例提供的一种显示区域的设置界面实例示意图；21 is a schematic diagram of an example of a display area setting interface provided by an embodiment of the application;
图22A为本申请实施例提供的另一种折叠屏显示的应用界面的实例示意图；22A is a schematic diagram of another example of an application interface displayed on a folding screen provided by an embodiment of the application;
图22B为本申请实施例提供的一种非折叠屏显示的应用界面的实例示意图；22B is a schematic diagram of an example of an application interface displayed on a non-folding screen according to an embodiment of the application;
图23A为本申请实施例提供的另一种电子设备的软件架构实例示意图；FIG. 23A is a schematic diagram of a software architecture example of another electronic device provided by an embodiment of the application;
图23B为本申请实施例提供的一种预设页面和相关页面的调用原理示意图；FIG. 23B is a schematic diagram of a calling principle of a preset page and related pages provided by an embodiment of the application;
图24为本申请实施例提供的一种横屏状态和竖屏状态的示意图；FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a horizontal screen state and a vertical screen state according to an embodiment of the application;
图25为本申请实施例提供的另一种显示应用的方法流程图；FIG. 25 is a flowchart of another method for displaying applications according to an embodiment of the application;
图26为本申请实施例提供的一种处于横屏状态的电子设备显示的应用界面的实例示意图；FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram of an example of an application interface displayed by an electronic device in a landscape state according to an embodiment of the application;
图27为本申请实施例提供的一种处于展开状态的折叠屏显示的应用界面的实例示意图；FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of an example of an application interface displayed on a folding screen in an expanded state according to an embodiment of the application;
图28为本申请实施例提供的另一种显示应用的方法流程图；FIG. 28 is a flowchart of another method for displaying applications according to an embodiment of the application;
图29为本申请实施例提供的一种由竖屏状态转变为横屏状态的电子设备显示的应用界面的实例示意图；FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram of an example of an application interface displayed by an electronic device that changes from a vertical screen state to a horizontal screen state according to an embodiment of the application;
图30为本申请实施例提供的一种由折叠状态转变为展开状态的折叠屏显示的应用界面的实例示意图；FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram of an example of an application interface displayed on a folding screen that changes from a folded state to an expanded state according to an embodiment of the application;
图31A为本申请实施例提供的另一种显示应用的方法流程图；FIG. 31A is a flowchart of another method for displaying applications according to an embodiment of the application;
图31B为本申请实施例提供的一种处于展开状态的折叠屏显示的应用界面的实例示意图；31B is a schematic diagram of an example of an application interface displayed on a folding screen in an expanded state according to an embodiment of the application;
图32为本申请实施例提供的另一种显示应用的方法流程图；FIG. 32 is a flowchart of another method for displaying applications according to an embodiment of the application;
图33为本申请实施例提供的一种处于展开状态的折叠屏显示的应用界面的实例示意图；FIG. 33 is a schematic diagram of an example of an application interface displayed on a folding screen in an expanded state according to an embodiment of the application;
图34A为本申请实施例提供的一种显示应用的方法的流程框图；FIG. 34A is a flowchart of a method for displaying applications according to an embodiment of this application;
图34B为本申请实施例提供的一种显示应用的方法的原理框图；FIG. 34B is a functional block diagram of a method for displaying applications according to an embodiment of this application;
图35为本申请实施例提供的一种处于展开状态的折叠屏显示的应用界面的实例示意图；35 is a schematic diagram of an example of an application interface displayed on a folding screen in an expanded state according to an embodiment of the application;
图36为本申请实施例提供的一种设置应用的相关页面的界面实例示意图；FIG. 36 is a schematic diagram of an interface example of a related page of a setting application provided by an embodiment of the application; FIG.
图37为本申请实施例提供的另一种设置应用的相关页面的界面实例示意图；FIG. 37 is a schematic diagram of an interface example of another setting application related page provided by an embodiment of the application; FIG.
图38为本申请实施例提供的另一种设置应用的相关页面的界面实例示意图；FIG. 38 is a schematic diagram of an interface example of another setting application related page provided by an embodiment of the application; FIG.
图39为本申请实施例提供的一种芯片***的示意图。FIG. 39 is a schematic diagram of a chip system provided by an embodiment of the application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
以下，术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的，而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此，限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。在本实施例的描述中，除非另有说明，“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。Hereinafter, the terms "first" and "second" are only used for descriptive purposes, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of indicated technical features. Thus, the features defined with "first" and "second" may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features. In the description of this embodiment, unless otherwise specified, "plurality" means two or more.
本申请实施例提供一种显示应用的方法，该方法可以应用于具有折叠屏的电子设备。该折叠屏可折叠形成至少两个屏。例如，折叠屏可沿折叠边或折叠轴折叠形成第一屏和第二屏。即该至少两个屏包括第一屏和第二屏。The embodiment of the present application provides a method for displaying an application, and the method can be applied to an electronic device with a folding screen. The folding screen can be folded to form at least two screens. For example, the folding screen can be folded along a folding edge or a folding axis to form a first screen and a second screen. That is, the at least two screens include the first screen and the second screen.
本申请实施例中的折叠屏可以分为两类。一类为朝外翻折的折叠屏(简称外折折叠屏)，另一类为朝内翻折的折叠屏(简称内折折叠屏)。其中，以折叠屏可折叠形成第一屏和第二屏为例。外折折叠屏被折叠后，第一屏和第二屏相背对。内折折叠屏被折叠后，第一屏和第二屏相对。The folding screens in the embodiments of the present application can be divided into two types. One type is the folding screen that is turned outwards (referred to as the outer folding screen), and the other is the folding screen that is turned inward (referred to as the inner folding screen). Among them, the folding screen can be folded to form the first screen and the second screen as an example. After the outward folding screen is folded, the first screen and the second screen are opposite. After the inner folding folding screen is folded, the first screen and the second screen are opposite.
例如，请参考图1，其示出本申请实施例提供的一种具有外折折叠屏的电子设备100的产品形态示意图。其中，图1中的(a)是外折折叠屏完全展开时的形态示意图。该外折折叠屏可沿折叠边，按照图1中的(a)所示的方向101a和101b翻折，可形成图1中的(b)所示的A屏(即第一屏)和B屏(即第二屏)。该外折折叠屏可沿折叠边，按照图1中的(b)所示的方向102a和102b继续翻折，可形成图1中的(c)所示的折叠状态的外翻折叠屏。如图1中的(c)所示，电子设备100的折叠屏完全被折叠后，A屏和B屏相背对，对用户可见。For example, please refer to FIG. 1, which shows a schematic diagram of a product form of an electronic device 100 with an outward-folding folding screen provided by an embodiment of the present application. Among them, (a) in FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the shape of the outward folding folding screen when it is fully unfolded. The outward-folding folding screen can be folded along the folding edge in the directions 101a and 101b shown in Figure 1 (a) to form the A screen (that is, the first screen) and B shown in Figure 1 (b) Screen (ie the second screen). The outward-folding folding screen can continue to be folded along the folding edges in the directions 102a and 102b shown in (b) of FIG. 1 to form the outward-turning folding screen in the folded state shown in (c) of FIG. 1. As shown in (c) of FIG. 1, after the folding screen of the electronic device 100 is completely folded, the A screen and the B screen are opposite to each other and are visible to the user.
可以理解，对于具有外折折叠屏的电子设备而言，当折叠屏处于折叠状态时，可以在第一屏或第二屏显示界面；当折叠屏处于展开状态时，可以在第一屏和第二屏显示界面。其中，对折叠屏的展开状态和折叠状态的介绍可以参考以下实施例中的描述，这里不予赘述。It can be understood that for an electronic device with an outward-folding folding screen, when the folding screen is in the folded state, the interface can be displayed on the first or second screen; when the folding screen is in the unfolded state, the interface can be displayed on the first and second screens. Two-screen display interface. For the introduction of the expanded state and the folded state of the folding screen, reference may be made to the description in the following embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
又例如，请参考图2，其示出本申请实施例提供的一种具有内折折叠屏的电子设备100的产品形态示意图。其中，图2中的(a)是内折折叠屏完全展开时的形态示意图。该内折折叠屏可沿折叠边，按照图2中的(a)所示的方向201a和201b翻折，可形成图2中的(b)所示的A屏(即第一屏)和B屏(即第二屏)。该内折折叠屏可沿折叠边，按照图2中的(b)所示的方向202a和202b继续翻折，可形成图2中的(c)所示的折叠状态的外翻折叠屏。如图2中的(c)所示，电子设备100的折叠屏被完全折叠后，A屏和B屏相对，对用户不可见。其中，内折折叠屏被完全折叠屏后，A屏与B屏相对，图2中的(c)所示的黑线203是A屏与B屏的接触面上的一条线。For another example, please refer to FIG. 2, which shows a schematic diagram of a product form of an electronic device 100 with an in-folding folding screen provided by an embodiment of the present application. Wherein, (a) in FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the shape of the inward folding folding screen when it is fully unfolded. The inward-folding folding screen can be folded along the folding edges in the directions 201a and 201b shown in Figure 2(a) to form the A screen (ie the first screen) and B shown in Figure 2(b) Screen (ie the second screen). The inward-folding folding screen can continue to be folded along the folding edges in the directions 202a and 202b shown in (b) in FIG. 2 to form the outward-turning folding screen in the folded state shown in (c) in FIG. 2. As shown in FIG. 2(c), after the folding screen of the electronic device 100 is completely folded, the A screen and the B screen are opposite and are invisible to the user. Among them, after the inward-folding folding screen is fully folded, the A screen is opposite to the B screen, and the black line 203 shown in (c) in FIG. 2 is a line on the contact surface of the A screen and the B screen.
需要注意的是，本申请实施例提供的内折折叠屏的第一屏或第二屏的背面还可以设置一个显示屏，可以称为第三屏。例如，如图2中的(b)所示，A屏(即第一屏)的背面可以设置C屏(即第三屏)。如图2中的(c)所示，内折折叠屏被完全折叠屏后，C屏相背对，对用户可见。可以理解，对于具有这类内折折叠屏的电子设备而言，当折叠屏处于折叠状态时，可以在第三屏显示界面；当折叠屏处于展开状态时，可以在第一屏和第二屏显示界面。It should be noted that a display screen may also be provided on the back of the first screen or the second screen of the in-folding folding screen provided in the embodiment of the present application, which may be called the third screen. For example, as shown in Figure 2(b), the back of the A screen (ie the first screen) can be provided with a C screen (ie the third screen). As shown in Figure 2 (c), after the inward-folding folding screen is fully folded, the C screen faces away and is visible to the user. It can be understood that for electronic devices with such inward-folding folding screens, when the folding screen is in the folded state, the interface can be displayed on the third screen; when the folding screen is in the unfolded state, the interface can be displayed on the first and second screens. UI.
一般而言，折叠屏(包括内折折叠屏和外折折叠屏)的第一屏和第二屏的夹角α的取值范围为[0°，180°]。本申请实施例中，如果α∈[0°，P]，电子设备可以确定折叠屏处于折叠状态；如果α∈(P，180°]，电子设备可以确定折叠屏处于展开状态。或者，如果α∈[0°，P)，电子设备可以确定折叠屏处于折叠状态；如果α∈[P，180°]，电子设备可以确定折叠屏处于展开状态。其中，P是预设角度阈值。P可以是根据大量用户使用折叠屏的使用习惯确定的；或者，P可以由用户在电子设备中设定。Generally speaking, the value range of the angle α between the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen (including the inner folding screen and the outer folding screen) is [0°, 180°]. In the embodiment of this application, if α∈[0°, P], the electronic device can determine that the folding screen is in the folded state; if α∈(P, 180°], the electronic device can determine that the folding screen is in the unfolded state. Or, if α Ε[0°, P), the electronic device can determine that the folding screen is in the folded state; if αε[P, 180°], the electronic device can determine that the folding screen is in the unfolded state. Among them, P is the preset angle threshold. P may be determined according to the usage habits of a large number of users using the folding screen; or, P may be set by the user in the electronic device.
在一些实施例中，按照大多数用户的使用习惯，第一屏和第二屏的夹角α大于90°时，用户想要将第一屏和第二屏作为整体(即作为一个完整的显示屏)使用的可能性较高。因此，本申请实施例中的预设角度阈值P可以大于90°。其中，预设角度阈值P的取值范围可以为(90°，180°)。例如，预设角度阈值P可以为100°、120°、135°、140°、145°或150°等。In some embodiments, according to the usage habits of most users, when the angle α between the first screen and the second screen is greater than 90°, the user wants to integrate the first screen and the second screen as a whole (that is, as a complete display Screen) is more likely to be used. Therefore, the preset angle threshold P in the embodiment of the present application may be greater than 90°. Wherein, the value range of the preset angle threshold P may be (90°, 180°). For example, the preset angle threshold P may be 100°, 120°, 135°, 140°, 145°, or 150°.
需要说明的是，本申请实施例中的折叠屏(包括内折折叠屏和外折折叠屏)被折叠后形成的至少两个屏，可以为独立存在的多个屏，也可以为一体结构的一个完整屏，只是被折叠形成了至少两部分。It should be noted that the at least two screens formed by folding the folding screens (including the inner folding folding screen and the outer folding folding screen) in the embodiments of the present application may be multiple independent screens, or they may be of an integrated structure. A complete screen is just folded to form at least two parts.
例如，折叠屏可以是柔性折叠屏。柔性折叠屏包括采用柔性材质制作的折叠边。该柔性折叠屏的部分或全部采用柔性材质制作。柔性折叠屏被折叠后形成的至少两个屏是一体结构的一个完整屏，只是被折叠形成了至少两部分。For example, the folding screen may be a flexible folding screen. The flexible folding screen includes folding edges made of flexible materials. Part or all of the flexible folding screen is made of flexible materials. The at least two screens formed after the flexible folding screen is folded are a complete screen with an integrated structure, but are folded to form at least two parts.
又例如，上述折叠屏可以为多屏折叠屏。该多屏折叠屏可包括多个(两个或两个以上)屏。这多个屏是多个单独的显示屏。这多个屏可依次通过折叠轴连接。每个屏可以绕与其连接的折叠轴转动，实现多屏折叠屏的折叠。For another example, the aforementioned folding screen may be a multi-screen folding screen. The multi-screen folding screen may include multiple (two or more) screens. The multiple screens are multiple individual display screens. These multiple screens can be connected by folding shafts in sequence. Each screen can be rotated around a folding axis connected to it to realize the folding of multi-screen folding screens.
其中，图1和图2中以折叠屏是柔性折叠屏为例，对本申请实施例中的折叠屏进行说明。并且，本申请后续实施例中也以折叠屏是柔性折叠屏为例，对本申请实施例提供的方法进行说明。Among them, in FIGS. 1 and 2, the folding screen is a flexible folding screen as an example to illustrate the folding screen in the embodiment of the present application. In addition, in the subsequent embodiments of the present application, the folding screen is a flexible folding screen as an example to describe the method provided in the embodiments of the present application.
为了解决电子设备在处于展开状态的折叠屏上显示应用界面时，则可能会存在界面布局错乱的问题。一些解决方案中，电子设备可以不改变应用的界面布局，在展开的折叠屏的部分区域显示应用界面。例如，电子设备100可以采用图3所示的显示方式显示“淘宝”应用的首页301。如图3所示，“淘宝”应用的首页显示在折叠屏的左半边区域。In order to solve the problem that the electronic device displays the application interface on the folded screen in the unfolded state, the interface layout may be disordered. In some solutions, the electronic device may not change the interface layout of the application, and display the application interface in a partial area of the expanded folding screen. For example, the electronic device 100 may display the home page 301 of the "Taobao" application in the display manner shown in FIG. 3. As shown in Figure 3, the home page of the "Taobao" application is displayed in the left half of the folding screen.
虽然采用图3所示的显示方式在展开的折叠屏显示应用界面时，不要求应用的界面布局与展开的折叠屏适配，可以避免界面布局错乱。但是，会因为展开的折叠屏的显示区域较大，而应用界面所占用的显示区域较小，而使得折叠屏的显示内容较为单一，折叠屏的显示区域不能被充分利用。并且，还会影响用户的视觉体验。Although the display mode shown in FIG. 3 is used to display the application interface on the expanded folding screen, the interface layout of the application is not required to be adapted to the expanded folding screen, which can avoid the interface layout disorder. However, because the display area of the unfolded folding screen is larger, and the display area occupied by the application interface is smaller, the display content of the folding screen is relatively single, and the display area of the folding screen cannot be fully utilized. And, it will also affect the user's visual experience.
另一些解决方案中，部分应用可以设计多个界面布局。例如，应用1可以包括：与纵横比为18:9的显示屏适配的界面布局，以及与纵横比为1:1的显示屏适配的界面布局。但是，应用在切换界面布局时，需要重启应用。例如，假设折叠屏折叠时，第一屏的纵横比18:9，展开的折叠屏的纵横比1:1。折叠屏折叠时，第一屏显示应用1的界面1(不是应用1是首页)，此时应用1的界面布局适配纵横比18:9。响应于用户展开折叠屏的操作，电子设备需要重启应用1，才可以使应用1的界面布局适配纵横比1:1。应用重启后，电子设备显示应用的首页， 而非折叠屏折叠时电子设备所显示的界面(如界面1)，影响用户体验。In other solutions, some applications can design multiple interface layouts. For example, application 1 may include: an interface layout adapted to a display screen with an aspect ratio of 18:9, and an interface layout adapted to a display screen with an aspect ratio of 1:1. However, the application needs to be restarted when switching the interface layout. For example, suppose that when the folding screen is folded, the aspect ratio of the first screen is 18:9, and the aspect ratio of the expanded folding screen is 1:1. When the folding screen is folded, the first screen displays the interface 1 of application 1 (not application 1 is the home page), and the interface layout of application 1 adapts to the aspect ratio of 18:9. In response to the user's operation of unfolding the folding screen, the electronic device needs to restart the application 1 in order to adapt the interface layout of the application 1 to the aspect ratio of 1:1. After the application is restarted, the electronic device displays the home page of the application instead of the interface (such as interface 1) displayed by the electronic device when the folding screen is folded, which affects the user experience.
为了解决上述问题，本申请实施例提供一种显示应用的方法。以上述外折折叠屏为例。折叠屏处于折叠状态时，第一屏可显示第一应用的第一界面；响应于用户展开折叠屏的操作(即折叠屏由折叠状态转变为展开状态)，折叠屏的第一显示区域(如第一屏对应的显示区域)可显示第一界面，第二显示区域(如第二屏对应的显示区域)可显示第二界面。该第二界面可以是第一应用的界面，也可以是其他应用的界面。In order to solve the foregoing problem, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for displaying an application. Take the above-mentioned outward folding folding screen as an example. When the folding screen is in the folded state, the first screen can display the first interface of the first application; in response to the user's operation to expand the folding screen (that is, the folding screen changes from the folded state to the expanded state), the first display area of the folding screen (such as The display area corresponding to the first screen can display the first interface, and the second display area (such as the display area corresponding to the second screen) can display the second interface. The second interface may be an interface of the first application or an interface of other applications.
可以理解，由于折叠屏的第一屏和第二屏的纵横比(即高宽比)与普通的非折叠屏的纵横比类似；因此，第一屏和第二屏均可以适配已启动的应用的界面布局。如此，响应于用户展开折叠屏的操作，电子设备不需要重启应用，便可以正常显示应用的界面。It can be understood that the aspect ratio (ie, the aspect ratio) of the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen is similar to that of the ordinary non-folding screen; therefore, both the first screen and the second screen can be adapted to the activated The interface layout of the application. In this way, in response to the user's operation to expand the folding screen, the electronic device can display the application interface normally without restarting the application.
并且，展开的折叠屏可以同时显示第一界面和第二界面，这样可以使折叠屏的显示内容更加丰富，可以提升折叠屏的利用率，并提升用户的视觉体验。In addition, the expanded folding screen can display the first interface and the second interface at the same time, which can enrich the display content of the folding screen, increase the utilization rate of the folding screen, and enhance the user's visual experience.
示例性的，本申请实施例中的电子设备可以是手机、平板电脑、桌面型、膝上型、手持计算机、笔记本电脑、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer，UMPC)、上网本，以及蜂窝电话、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)\虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)设备等包括上述折叠屏的设备，本申请实施例对该电子设备的具体形态不作特殊限制。Exemplarily, the electronic devices in the embodiments of the present application may be mobile phones, tablet computers, desktops, laptops, handheld computers, notebook computers, ultra-mobile personal computers (UMPC), netbooks, and cellular computers. Telephones, personal digital assistants (personal digital assistants, PDAs), augmented reality (AR)\virtual reality (VR) devices, etc., including the above-mentioned folding screen devices, the specific form of the electronic device in the embodiment of this application No special restrictions.
下面将结合附图对本申请实施例的实施方式进行详细描述。The implementation of the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
请参考图4，为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备100的结构示意图。如图4所示，电子设备100可以包括处理器410，外部存储器接口420，内部存储器421，通用串行总线(universal serial bus，USB)接口430，充电管理模块440，电源管理模块441，电池442，天线1，天线2，移动通信模块450，无线通信模块460，音频模块470，扬声器470A，受话器470B，麦克风470C，耳机接口470D，传感器模块480，按键490，马达491，指示器492，摄像头493，显示屏494，以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module，SIM)卡接口495等。其中，传感器模块480可以包括压力传感器480A，陀螺仪传感器480B，气压传感器480C，磁传感器480D，加速度传感器480E，距离传感器480F，接近光传感器480G，指纹传感器480H，温度传感器480J，触摸传感器480K，环境光传感器480L，骨传导传感器480M等。Please refer to FIG. 4, which is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 100 provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in FIG. 4, the electronic device 100 may include a processor 410, an external memory interface 420, an internal memory 421, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 430, a charging management module 440, a power management module 441, and a battery 442 , Antenna 1, antenna 2, mobile communication module 450, wireless communication module 460, audio module 470, speaker 470A, receiver 470B, microphone 470C, earphone interface 470D, sensor module 480, buttons 490, motor 491, indicator 492, camera 493 , The display screen 494, and the subscriber identification module (SIM) card interface 495, etc. Among them, the sensor module 480 may include pressure sensor 480A, gyroscope sensor 480B, air pressure sensor 480C, magnetic sensor 480D, acceleration sensor 480E, distance sensor 480F, proximity light sensor 480G, fingerprint sensor 480H, temperature sensor 480J, touch sensor 480K, environment Light sensor 480L, bone conduction sensor 480M, etc.
可以理解的是，本实施例示意的结构并不构成对电子设备100的具体限定。在另一些实施例中，电子设备100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者拆分某些部件，或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件，软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It can be understood that the structure illustrated in this embodiment does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than shown, or combine certain components, or split certain components, or arrange different components. The illustrated components can be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
处理器410可以包括一个或多个处理单元，例如：处理器410可以包括应用处理器(application processor，AP)，调制解调处理器，图形处理器(graphics processing unit，GPU)，图像信号处理器(image signal processor，ISP)，控制器，存储器，视频编解码器，数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)，基带处理器，和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit，NPU)等。其中，不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件，也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。The processor 410 may include one or more processing units. For example, the processor 410 may include an application processor (AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor. (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU) Wait. Among them, the different processing units may be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
控制器可以是电子设备100的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号，产生操作控制信号，完成取指令和执行指令的控制。The controller may be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device 100. The controller can generate operation control signals according to the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
处理器410中还可以设置存储器，用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中，处理器410中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器410刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器410需要再次使用该指令或数据，可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复 存取，减少了处理器410的等待时间，因而提高了***的效率。A memory may also be provided in the processor 410 for storing instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in the processor 410 is a cache memory. The memory can store instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 410. If the processor 410 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be directly called from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided, the waiting time of the processor 410 is reduced, and the efficiency of the system is improved.
在一些实施例中，处理器410可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit，I2C)接口，集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound，I2S)接口，脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation，PCM)接口，通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter，UART)接口，移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface，MIPI)，通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output，GPIO)接口，用户标识模块(subscriber identity module，SIM)接口，和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus，USB)接口等。In some embodiments, the processor 410 may include one or more interfaces. The interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, and a universal asynchronous transmitter (universal asynchronous transmitter) interface. receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and / Or Universal Serial Bus (USB) interface, etc.
可以理解的是，本实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系，只是示意性说明，并不构成对电子设备100的结构限定。在另一些实施例中，电子设备100也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式，或多种接口连接方式的组合。It can be understood that the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in this embodiment is merely a schematic description, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 100. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may also adopt different interface connection modes in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection modes.
充电管理模块440用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中，充电器可以是无线充电器，也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中，充电管理模块440可以通过USB接口430接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中，充电管理模块440可以通过电子设备100的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块440为电池442充电的同时，还可以通过电源管理模块441为电子设备供电。The charging management module 440 is used to receive charging input from the charger. Among them, the charger can be a wireless charger or a wired charger. In some wired charging embodiments, the charging management module 440 may receive the charging input of the wired charger through the USB interface 430. In some embodiments of wireless charging, the charging management module 440 may receive the wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100. While the charging management module 440 charges the battery 442, it can also supply power to the electronic device through the power management module 441.
电源管理模块441用于连接电池442，充电管理模块440与处理器410。电源管理模块441接收电池442和/或充电管理模块440的输入，为处理器410，内部存储器421，外部存储器，显示屏494，摄像头493，和无线通信模块460等供电。电源管理模块441还可以用于监测电池容量，电池循环次数，电池健康状态(漏电，阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中，电源管理模块441也可以设置于处理器410中。在另一些实施例中，电源管理模块441和充电管理模块440也可以设置于同一个器件中。The power management module 441 is used to connect the battery 442, the charging management module 440 and the processor 410. The power management module 441 receives input from the battery 442 and/or the charging management module 440, and supplies power to the processor 410, the internal memory 421, the external memory, the display screen 494, the camera 493, and the wireless communication module 460. The power management module 441 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance). In some other embodiments, the power management module 441 may also be provided in the processor 410. In other embodiments, the power management module 441 and the charging management module 440 may also be provided in the same device.
电子设备100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1，天线2，移动通信模块450，无线通信模块460，调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be implemented by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 450, the wireless communication module 460, the modem processor, and the baseband processor.
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。电子设备100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用，以提高天线的利用率。例如：可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中，天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。The antenna 1 and the antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in the electronic device 100 can be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization. For example, antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network. In other embodiments, the antenna can be used in combination with a tuning switch.
移动通信模块450可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块450可以包括至少一个滤波器，开关，功率放大器，低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier，LNA)等。移动通信模块450可以由天线1接收电磁波，并对接收的电磁波进行滤波，放大等处理，传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块450还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大，经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中，移动通信模块450的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器410中。在一些实施例中，移动通信模块450的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器410的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module 450 can provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G and the like applied to the electronic device 100. The mobile communication module 450 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), etc. The mobile communication module 450 may receive electromagnetic waves by the antenna 1, and perform processing such as filtering, amplifying and transmitting the received electromagnetic waves to the modem processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 450 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor, and convert it into electromagnetic wave radiation via the antenna 1. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 450 may be provided in the processor 410. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 450 and at least part of the modules of the processor 410 may be provided in the same device.
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中，调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后，被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器470A，受话器470B等)输出声音信号，或通过显示屏494显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中，调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中，调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器410，与移动通信模块450或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。The modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator. Among them, the modulator is used to modulate the low frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium and high frequency signal. The demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing. The low-frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor and then passed to the application processor. The application processor outputs a sound signal through an audio device (not limited to a speaker 470A, a receiver 470B, etc.), or displays an image or video through a display screen 494. In some embodiments, the modem processor may be an independent device. In other embodiments, the modem processor may be independent of the processor 410 and be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 450 or other functional modules.
无线通信模块460可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks，WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity，Wi-Fi)网络)，蓝牙(bluetooth，BT)，全球导航卫星***(global navigation satellite system，GNSS)，调频(frequency modulation，FM)，近距离无线通信技术(near field communication，NFC)，红外技术(infrared，IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块460可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块460经由天线2接收电磁波，将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理，将处理后的信号发送到处理器410。无线通信模块460还可以从处理器410接收待发送的信号，对其进行调频，放大，经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。The wireless communication module 460 can provide applications on the electronic device 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), bluetooth (BT), and global navigation satellites. System (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions. The wireless communication module 460 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module. The wireless communication module 460 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2, frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 410. The wireless communication module 460 may also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 410, perform frequency modulation, amplify, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 and radiate it out.
在一些实施例中，电子设备100的天线1和移动通信模块450耦合，天线2和无线通信模块460耦合，使得电子设备100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。所述无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯***(global system for mobile communications，GSM)，通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service，GPRS)，码分多址接入(code division multiple access，CDMA)，宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，WCDMA)，时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access，TD-SCDMA)，长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)，BT，GNSS，WLAN，NFC，FM，和/或IR技术等。所述GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位***(global positioning system，GPS)，全球导航卫星***(global navigation satellite system，GLONASS)，北斗卫星导航***(beidou navigation satellite system，BDS)，准天顶卫星***(quasi-zenith satellite system，QZSS)和/或星基增强***(satellite based augmentation systems，SBAS)。In some embodiments, the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled with the mobile communication module 450, and the antenna 2 is coupled with the wireless communication module 460, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology. The wireless communication technologies may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc. The GNSS may include global positioning system (GPS), global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system, QZSS) and/or satellite-based augmentation systems (SBAS).
电子设备100通过GPU，显示屏494，以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器，连接显示屏494和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算，用于图形渲染。处理器410可包括一个或多个GPU，其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The electronic device 100 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 494, and an application processor. The GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, connected to the display 494 and the application processor. The GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering. The processor 410 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
显示屏494用于显示图像，视频等。该显示屏494是上述外折折叠屏。或者，该显示屏494可以包括上述可折叠形成第一屏(例如，图2中的(b)所示的A屏)和第二屏(例如，图2中的(b)所示的B屏)的内折折叠屏，以及第三屏(例如，图2中的(c)所示的C屏)。The display screen 494 is used to display images, videos, etc. The display screen 494 is the above-mentioned outward folding folding screen. Alternatively, the display screen 494 may include the aforementioned foldable first screen (for example, the A screen shown in (b) in FIG. 2) and a second screen (for example, the B screen shown in (b) in FIG. 2). ) And the third screen (for example, the C screen shown in (c) in Figure 2).
显示屏494包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display，LCD)，有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode，OLED)，有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode，AMOLED)，柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode，FLED)，Miniled，MicroLed，Micro-oLed，量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes，QLED)等。The display screen 494 includes a display panel. The display panel can adopt liquid crystal display (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (OLED), active-matrix organic light-emitting diode or active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light-emitting diode). emitting diode, AMOLED, flexible light-emitting diode (FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (QLED), etc.
电子设备100可以通过ISP，摄像头493，视频编解码器，GPU，显示屏494以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。The electronic device 100 can realize a shooting function through an ISP, a camera 493, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 494, and an application processor.
ISP用于处理摄像头493反馈的数据。例如，拍照时，打开快门，光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上，光信号转换为电信号，摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP处理，转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点，亮度，肤色进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光，色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中，ISP可以设置在摄像头493中。The ISP is used to process the data fed back from the camera 493. For example, when taking a picture, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transfers the electrical signal to the ISP for processing and is converted into an image visible to the naked eye. ISP can also optimize the image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene. In some embodiments, the ISP may be provided in the camera 493.
摄像头493用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device，CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor，CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号，之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB，YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例 中，电子设备100可以包括1个或N个摄像头493，N为大于1的正整数。The camera 493 is used to capture still images or videos. The object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it to the photosensitive element. The photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. The photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal. ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing. DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other formats. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include one or N cameras 493, and N is a positive integer greater than one.
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号，除了可以处理数字图像信号，还可以处理其他数字信号。例如，当电子设备100在频点选择时，数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects the frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。电子设备100可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样，电子设备100可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频，例如：动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group，MPEG)1，MPEG2，MPEG3，MPEG4等。Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video. The electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the electronic device 100 can play or record videos in a variety of encoding formats, such as: moving picture experts group (MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, and so on.
NPU为神经网络(neural-network，NN)计算处理器，通过借鉴生物神经网络结构，例如借鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式，对输入信息快速处理，还可以不断的自学习。通过NPU可以实现电子设备100的智能认知等应用，例如：图像识别，人脸识别，语音识别，文本理解等。NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor. By drawing on the structure of biological neural networks, for example, the transfer mode between human brain neurons, it can quickly process input information and can continuously learn by itself. The NPU can realize applications such as intelligent cognition of the electronic device 100, such as image recognition, face recognition, voice recognition, text understanding, and so on.
外部存储器接口420可以用于连接外部存储卡，例如Micro SD卡，实现扩展电子设备100的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口420与处理器410通信，实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐，视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。The external memory interface 420 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100. The external memory card communicates with the processor 410 through the external memory interface 420 to realize the data storage function. For example, save music, video and other files in an external memory card.
内部存储器421可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码，所述可执行程序代码包括指令。处理器410通过运行存储在内部存储器421的指令，从而执行电子设备100的各种功能应用以及数据处理。例如，在本申请实施例中，处理器410可以通过执行存储在内部存储器421中的指令，响应于用户在显示屏494(即折叠屏)的第一操作或第二操作，在显示屏484(即折叠屏)显示对应的显示内容。内部存储器421可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中，存储程序区可存储操作***，至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能，图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储电子设备100使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据，电话本等)等。此外，内部存储器421可以包括高速随机存取存储器，还可以包括非易失性存储器，例如至少一个磁盘存储器件，闪存器件，通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage，UFS)等。The internal memory 421 may be used to store computer executable program code, where the executable program code includes instructions. The processor 410 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 by running instructions stored in the internal memory 421. For example, in the embodiment of the present application, the processor 410 may execute the instructions stored in the internal memory 421 to respond to the user's first operation or second operation on the display screen 494 (ie, the folding screen), in the display screen 484 ( That is, the folding screen) displays the corresponding display content. The internal memory 421 may include a program storage area and a data storage area. Among them, the storage program area can store an operating system, at least one application program (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) required by at least one function. The data storage area can store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the electronic device 100. In addition, the internal memory 421 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, a universal flash storage (UFS), etc.
电子设备100可以通过音频模块470，扬声器470A，受话器470B，麦克风470C，耳机接口470D，以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放，录音等。The electronic device 100 can implement audio functions through an audio module 470, a speaker 470A, a receiver 470B, a microphone 470C, a headphone interface 470D, and an application processor. For example, music playback, recording, etc.
音频模块470用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出，也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块470还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中，音频模块470可以设置于处理器410中，或将音频模块470的部分功能模块设置于处理器410中。扬声器470A，也称“喇叭”，用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。电子设备100可以通过扬声器470A收听音乐，或收听免提通话。受话器470B，也称“听筒”，用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。当电子设备100接听电话或语音信息时，可以通过将受话器470B靠近人耳接听语音。麦克风470C，也称“话筒”，“传声器”，用于将声音信号转换为电信号。当拨打电话或发送语音信息或需要通过语音助手触发电子设备100执行某些功能时，用户可以通过人嘴靠近麦克风470C发声，将声音信号输入到麦克风470C。电子设备100可以设置至少一个麦克风470C。在另一些实施例中，电子设备100可以设置两个麦克风470C，除了采集声音信号，还可以实现降噪功能。在另一些实施例中，电子设备100还可以设置三个，四个或更多麦克风470C，实现采集声音信号，降噪，还可以识别声音来源，实现定向录音功能等。The audio module 470 is used to convert digital audio information into an analog audio signal for output, and also used to convert an analog audio input into a digital audio signal. The audio module 470 can also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 470 may be disposed in the processor 410, or some functional modules of the audio module 470 may be disposed in the processor 410. The speaker 470A, also called a "speaker", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. The electronic device 100 can listen to music through the speaker 470A, or listen to a hands-free call. The receiver 470B, also called "earpiece", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. When the electronic device 100 answers a call or voice message, it can receive the voice by bringing the receiver 470B close to the human ear. Microphone 470C, also called "microphone", "microphone", is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. When making a call or sending voice information or when the electronic device 100 needs to be triggered to perform certain functions through a voice assistant, the user can approach the microphone 470C through the mouth to make a sound, and input a sound signal into the microphone 470C. The electronic device 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 470C. In some other embodiments, the electronic device 100 can be provided with two microphones 470C, which can implement noise reduction functions in addition to collecting sound signals. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may also be provided with three, four or more microphones 470C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and realize directional recording functions.
耳机接口470D用于连接有线耳机。耳机接口470D可以是USB接口430，也可以是3.5mm的开放移动电子设备平台(open mobile terminal platform，OMTP)标准接口，美国蜂窝电信工业协会(cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA，CTIA)标准接口。The earphone interface 470D is used to connect wired earphones. The earphone interface 470D may be a USB interface 430, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, and a cellular telecommunications industry association (cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA, CTIA) standard interface.
压力传感器480A用于感受压力信号，可以将压力信号转换成电信号。在一些实施例中，压力传感器480A可以设置于显示屏494。压力传感器480A的种类很多，如电阻式压力传感器，电感式压力传感器，电容式压力传感器等。电容式压力传感器可以是包括至少两个具有导电材料的平行板。当有力作用于压力传感器480A，电极之间的电容改变。电子设备100根据电容的变化确定压力的强度。当有触摸操作作用于显示屏494，电子设备100根据压力传感器480A检测所述触摸操作强度。电子设备100也可以根据压力传感器480A的检测信号计算触摸的位置。在一些实施例中，作用于相同触摸位置，但不同触摸操作强度的触摸操作，可以对应不同的操作指令。例如：当有触摸操作强度小于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时，执行查看短消息的指令。当有触摸操作强度大于或等于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时，执行新建短消息的指令。The pressure sensor 480A is used to sense the pressure signal and can convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal. In some embodiments, the pressure sensor 480A may be provided on the display screen 494. There are many types of pressure sensors 480A, such as resistive pressure sensors, inductive pressure sensors, and capacitive pressure sensors. The capacitive pressure sensor may include at least two parallel plates with conductive material. When a force is applied to the pressure sensor 480A, the capacitance between the electrodes changes. The electronic device 100 determines the intensity of the pressure according to the change in capacitance. When a touch operation acts on the display screen 494, the electronic device 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 480A. The electronic device 100 may also calculate the touched position based on the detection signal of the pressure sensor 480A. In some embodiments, touch operations that act on the same touch location but have different touch operation strengths may correspond to different operation instructions. For example: when a touch operation whose intensity of the touch operation is less than the first pressure threshold is applied to the short message application icon, an instruction to view the short message is executed. When a touch operation with a touch operation intensity greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, an instruction to create a new short message is executed.
陀螺仪传感器480B可以用于确定电子设备100的运动姿态。在一些实施例中，可以通过陀螺仪传感器480B确定电子设备100围绕三个轴(即，x，y和z轴)的角速度。陀螺仪传感器480B可以用于拍摄防抖。示例性的，当按下快门，陀螺仪传感器480B检测电子设备100抖动的角度，根据角度计算出镜头模组需要补偿的距离，让镜头通过反向运动抵消电子设备100的抖动，实现防抖。陀螺仪传感器480B还可以用于导航，体感游戏场景。本申请实施例中，电子设备100的显示屏494可折叠形成多个屏。每个屏中可以包括陀螺仪传感器480B，用于测量对应屏的朝向(即朝向的方向向量)。电子设备100可以根据测量得到的每个屏的朝向的角度变化，可以确定出相邻屏的夹角。The gyro sensor 480B may be used to determine the movement posture of the electronic device 100. In some embodiments, the angular velocity of the electronic device 100 around three axes (ie, x, y, and z axes) can be determined by the gyro sensor 480B. The gyro sensor 480B can be used for image stabilization. Exemplarily, when the shutter is pressed, the gyroscope sensor 480B detects the shake angle of the electronic device 100, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate according to the angle, and allows the lens to counteract the shake of the electronic device 100 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake. The gyro sensor 480B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes. In the embodiment of the present application, the display screen 494 of the electronic device 100 can be folded to form multiple screens. Each screen may include a gyro sensor 480B for measuring the orientation of the corresponding screen (ie, the direction vector of the orientation). The electronic device 100 can determine the angle between adjacent screens according to the measured angle change of the orientation of each screen.
需要注意的是，在本申请实施例中，电子设备100的折叠屏(如上述显示屏494)可折叠形成多个屏。每个屏中可以包括陀螺仪传感器(如上述陀螺仪传感器480B)，用于测量对应屏的朝向(即朝向的方向向量)。例如，结合上述图1，电子设备100的显示屏494经折叠可形成A屏和B屏，那么该A屏和该B屏中均包括陀螺仪传感器480B，分别用于测量A屏和B屏的朝向。电子设备100根据测量得到的每个屏的朝向的角度变化，可以确定出相邻屏的夹角。It should be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, the folding screen of the electronic device 100 (such as the above-mentioned display screen 494) can be folded to form multiple screens. Each screen may include a gyroscope sensor (such as the aforementioned gyroscope sensor 480B) for measuring the orientation of the corresponding screen (that is, the direction vector of the orientation). For example, in conjunction with the above Figure 1, the display screen 494 of the electronic device 100 can be folded to form A screen and B screen, then both the A screen and the B screen include a gyroscope sensor 480B, which is used to measure the A screen and the B screen respectively. Towards. The electronic device 100 can determine the angle between adjacent screens according to the measured angle change of the orientation of each screen.
示例性的，电子设备100的折叠屏可折叠形成图5A所示的A屏和B屏。A屏中设置有陀螺仪传感器A，B屏设置有陀螺仪传感器B。本申请实施例这里，对陀螺仪传感器A测量A屏的朝向(即朝向的方向向量)，陀螺仪传感器B测量B屏的朝向(即朝向的方向向量)的原理，以及电子设备100根据A屏的朝向和B屏的朝向计算A屏和B屏的夹角α的原理进行说明。Exemplarily, the folding screen of the electronic device 100 can be folded to form the A screen and the B screen shown in FIG. 5A. A gyro sensor A is set in the A screen, and a gyro sensor B is set in the B screen. In the embodiment of the application, the principle of measuring the orientation of screen A (that is, the direction vector of orientation) by the gyroscope sensor A and the principle of measuring the orientation of screen B (that is, the direction vector of orientation) by the gyroscope sensor B, and the electronic device 100 according to the principle of screen A The principle of calculating the angle α between the A screen and the B screen is explained.
其中，陀螺仪传感器的坐标系是地理坐标系。如图5B所示，地理坐标系的原点O位于运载体(即包含陀螺仪传感器的设备，如电子设备100)所在的点，x轴沿当地纬线指向东(E)，y轴沿当地子午线线指向北(N)，z轴沿当地地理垂线指向上，并与x轴和y轴构成右手直角坐标系。其中，x轴与y轴构成的平面即为当地水平面，y轴与z轴构成的平面即为当地子午面。因此，可以理解的是，陀螺仪传感器的坐标系是：以陀螺仪传感器为原点O，沿当地纬线指向东为x轴，沿当地子午线线指向北为y轴，沿当地地理垂线指向上(即地理垂线的反方向)为z轴。Among them, the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor is the geographic coordinate system. As shown in Figure 5B, the origin O of the geographic coordinate system is located at the point where the carrier (ie, the device containing the gyroscope sensor, such as the electronic device 100) is located, the x-axis points to the east (E) along the local latitude, and the y-axis is along the local meridian. Pointing north (N), the z-axis points upward along the local geographic vertical, and forms a right-handed rectangular coordinate system with the x-axis and y-axis. Among them, the plane formed by the x-axis and the y-axis is the local horizontal plane, and the plane formed by the y-axis and the z-axis is the local meridian. Therefore, it is understandable that the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor is: taking the gyroscope sensor as the origin O, pointing east along the local latitude line as the x-axis, pointing north along the local meridian line as the y-axis, and pointing upward along the local geographic vertical line ( That is, the opposite direction of the geographic vertical) is the z-axis.
电子设备利用每个屏中设置的陀螺仪传感器，便可测量得到每个屏在其设置的陀螺仪传感器的坐标系中的朝向的方向向量。例如，参考如图5A所示的电子设备的侧视图，电子设备测量得到的A屏在陀螺仪传感器A的坐标系中的朝向的方向向量为向量z1，B屏在陀螺仪传感器B的坐标系中的朝向的方向向量为向量z2。电子设备利用公式(1)：
Figure PCTCN2020090009-appb-000001
便可计算出向量z1与向量z2的夹角θ。 The electronic device uses the gyroscope sensor set in each screen to measure the direction vector of the orientation of each screen in the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor set in it. For example, referring to the side view of the electronic device shown in FIG. 5A, the direction vector of the orientation of screen A in the coordinate system of gyro sensor A measured by the electronic device is vector z1, and screen B is in the coordinate system of gyro sensor B The direction vector of the direction in is the vector z2. Electronic equipment utilization formula (1):
Figure PCTCN2020090009-appb-000001
The angle θ between vector z1 and vector z2 can be calculated.
又根据图5A可知，由于向量z1与A屏垂直，向量z2与B屏垂直，因此，可以得到A屏与B屏的夹角α＝180°-θ。即电子设备根据测量得到的A屏在陀螺仪传感器A的坐标系中的朝向的方向向量(即向量z1)和B屏在陀螺仪传感器B的坐标系中的朝向的方向向量(即向量z2)，便可确定出A屏与B屏的夹角α。According to Fig. 5A, it can be seen that since the vector z1 is perpendicular to the A screen and the vector z2 is perpendicular to the B screen, the angle α between the A screen and the B screen can be obtained as α=180°-θ. That is, the electronic device measures the direction vector of the orientation of the screen A in the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor A (ie vector z1) and the direction vector of the orientation of the screen B in the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor B (ie vector z2). , You can determine the angle α between the A screen and the B screen.
需要说明的是，虽然A屏和B屏中设置的陀螺仪传感器的位置并不重叠，即A屏和B平的陀螺仪传感器的坐标系的原点并不重叠，但是，两个坐标系的x轴、y轴、z轴是平行的，从而可以认为A屏和B屏中设置的陀螺仪传感器的坐标系是平行的。这样一来，虽然向量z1和向量z2不在同一个坐标系，但是因为两个坐标系的各轴平行，因此，仍可通过上述公式(1)计算向量z1与向量z2的夹角θ。It should be noted that although the positions of the gyroscope sensors set in the A screen and the B screen do not overlap, that is, the origin of the coordinate system of the A screen and the B flat gyroscope sensor does not overlap, but the x of the two coordinate systems The axis, y axis, and z axis are parallel, so it can be considered that the coordinate systems of the gyroscope sensors set in the A screen and the B screen are parallel. In this way, although the vector z1 and the vector z2 are not in the same coordinate system, because the axes of the two coordinate systems are parallel, the angle θ between the vector z1 and the vector z2 can still be calculated by the above formula (1).
在一些实施例中，还可以由其他一个或多个传感器配合，测量A屏与B屏的夹角α。例如，折叠屏的每个屏中均可设置一个加速度传感器。电子设备100(如处理器410)可利用加速度传感器测量每个屏被转动时的运动加速度；然后根据测量得到的运动加速度计算一个屏相对于另一个屏转动的角度，即A屏与B屏的夹角α。In some embodiments, one or more other sensors can also be used to measure the angle α between the A screen and the B screen. For example, each screen of the folding screen can be provided with an acceleration sensor. The electronic device 100 (such as the processor 410) can use an acceleration sensor to measure the motion acceleration of each screen when it is rotated; then, according to the measured motion acceleration, calculate the angle of rotation of one screen relative to the other screen, that is, the difference between the A screen and the B screen. Angle α.
在另一些实施例中，上述陀螺仪传感器可以是由其他多个传感器配合形成的虚拟陀螺仪传感器。该虚拟陀螺仪传感器可用于计算折叠屏的相邻屏的夹角，即A屏与B屏的夹角α。In other embodiments, the above-mentioned gyroscope sensor may be a virtual gyroscope sensor formed by cooperation of multiple other sensors. The virtual gyro sensor can be used to calculate the angle between adjacent screens of the folding screen, that is, the angle α between the A screen and the B screen.
气压传感器480C用于测量气压。在一些实施例中，电子设备100通过气压传感器480C测得的气压值计算海拔高度，辅助定位和导航。The air pressure sensor 480C is used to measure air pressure. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 calculates the altitude based on the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 480C, and assists positioning and navigation.
磁传感器480D包括霍尔传感器。电子设备100可以利用磁传感器480D检测翻盖皮套的开合。在一些实施例中，当电子设备100是翻盖机时，电子设备100可以根据磁传感器480D检测翻盖的开合。进而根据检测到的皮套的开合状态或翻盖的开合状态，设置翻盖自动解锁等特性。The magnetic sensor 480D includes a Hall sensor. The electronic device 100 can use the magnetic sensor 480D to detect the opening and closing of the flip holster. In some embodiments, when the electronic device 100 is a flip machine, the electronic device 100 can detect the opening and closing of the flip according to the magnetic sensor 480D. Furthermore, according to the detected opening and closing state of the leather case or the opening and closing state of the flip cover, features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
加速度传感器480E可检测电子设备100在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。当电子设备100静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向。还可以用于识别电子设备姿态，应用于横竖屏切换，计步器等应用。需要注意的是，在本申请实施例中，电子设备100的显示屏494可折叠形成多个屏。每个屏中可以包括加速度传感器480E，用于测量对应屏的朝向(即朝向的方向向量)。The acceleration sensor 480E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three-axis). When the electronic device 100 is stationary, the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices, and used in applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers, etc. It should be noted that in this embodiment of the present application, the display screen 494 of the electronic device 100 can be folded to form multiple screens. Each screen may include an acceleration sensor 480E for measuring the orientation of the corresponding screen (that is, the direction vector of the orientation).
距离传感器480F，用于测量距离。电子设备100可以通过红外或激光测量距离。在一些实施例中，拍摄场景，电子设备100可以利用距离传感器480F测距以实现快速对焦。Distance sensor 480F, used to measure distance. The electronic device 100 can measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the electronic device 100 may use the distance sensor 480F to measure the distance to achieve fast focusing.
接近光传感器480G可以包括例如发光二极管(LED)和光检测器，例如光电二极管。发光二极管可以是红外发光二极管。电子设备100通过发光二极管向外发射红外光。电子设备100使用光电二极管检测来自附近物体的红外反射光。当检测到充分的反射光时，可以确定电子设备100附近有物体。当检测到不充分的反射光时，电子设备100可以确定电子设备100附近没有物体。电子设备100可以利用接近光传感器480G检测用户手持电子设备100贴近耳朵通话，以便自动熄灭屏幕达到省电的目的。接近光传感器480G也可用于皮套模式，口袋模式自动解锁与锁屏。The proximity light sensor 480G may include, for example, a light emitting diode (LED) and a light detector, such as a photodiode. The light emitting diode may be an infrared light emitting diode. The electronic device 100 emits infrared light to the outside through the light emitting diode. The electronic device 100 uses a photodiode to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it can be determined that there is an object near the electronic device 100. When insufficient reflected light is detected, the electronic device 100 can determine that there is no object near the electronic device 100. The electronic device 100 can use the proximity light sensor 480G to detect that the user holds the electronic device 100 close to the ear to talk, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power. The proximity light sensor 480G can also be used in leather case mode, and the pocket mode will automatically unlock and lock the screen.
环境光传感器480L用于感知环境光亮度。电子设备100可以根据感知的环境光亮度自适应调节显示屏494亮度。环境光传感器480L也可用于拍照时自动调节白平衡。环境光传感器480L还可以与接近光传感器480G配合，检测电子设备100是否在口袋里，以防误触。The ambient light sensor 480L is used to sense the brightness of the ambient light. The electronic device 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 494 according to the perceived brightness of the ambient light. The ambient light sensor 480L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures. The ambient light sensor 480L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 480G to detect whether the electronic device 100 is in the pocket to prevent accidental touch.
指纹传感器480H用于采集指纹。电子设备100可以利用采集的指纹特性实现指纹解锁，访问应用锁，指纹拍照，指纹接听来电等。The fingerprint sensor 480H is used to collect fingerprints. The electronic device 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to realize fingerprint unlocking, access application locks, fingerprint photographs, fingerprint answering calls, etc.
温度传感器480J用于检测温度。在一些实施例中，电子设备100利用温度传感器480J 检测的温度，执行温度处理策略。例如，当温度传感器480J上报的温度超过阈值，电子设备100执行降低位于温度传感器480J附近的处理器的性能，以便降低功耗实施热保护。在另一些实施例中，当温度低于另一阈值时，电子设备100对电池442加热，以避免低温导致电子设备100异常关机。在其他一些实施例中，当温度低于又一阈值时，电子设备100对电池442的输出电压执行升压，以避免低温导致的异常关机。The temperature sensor 480J is used to detect temperature. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 480J to execute a temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 480J exceeds a threshold value, the electronic device 100 executes to reduce the performance of the processor located near the temperature sensor 480J, so as to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection. In other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 100 heats the battery 442 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the electronic device 100 due to low temperature. In some other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 100 boosts the output voltage of the battery 442 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
触摸传感器480K，也称“触控面板”。触摸传感器480K可以设置于显示屏494，由触摸传感器480K与显示屏494组成触摸屏，也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器480K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器，以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏494提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中，触摸传感器480K也可以设置于电子设备100的表面，与显示屏494所处的位置不同。Touch sensor 480K, also called "touch panel". The touch sensor 480K can be arranged on the display screen 494, and the touch screen is composed of the touch sensor 480K and the display screen 494, which is also called a “touch screen”. The touch sensor 480K is used to detect touch operations acting on or near it. The touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event. The visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 494. In other embodiments, the touch sensor 480K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100, which is different from the position of the display screen 494.
骨传导传感器480M可以获取振动信号。在一些实施例中，骨传导传感器480M可以获取人体声部振动骨块的振动信号。骨传导传感器480M也可以接触人体脉搏，接收血压跳动信号。在一些实施例中，骨传导传感器480M也可以设置于耳机中，结合成骨传导耳机。音频模块470可以基于所述骨传导传感器480M获取的声部振动骨块的振动信号，解析出语音信号，实现语音功能。应用处理器可以基于所述骨传导传感器480M获取的血压跳动信号解析心率信息，实现心率检测功能。The bone conduction sensor 480M can acquire vibration signals. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 480M can acquire the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice. The bone conduction sensor 480M can also contact the human pulse and receive blood pressure beating signals. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 480M may also be provided in the earphone, combined with the bone conduction earphone. The audio module 470 can parse the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vibrating bone block of the voice obtained by the bone conduction sensor 480M, and realize the voice function. The application processor may analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beating signal obtained by the bone conduction sensor 480M, and realize the heart rate detection function.
按键490包括开机键，音量键等。按键490可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。电子设备100可以接收按键输入，产生与电子设备100的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。The button 490 includes a power button, a volume button, and so on. The button 490 may be a mechanical button. It can also be a touch button. The electronic device 100 may receive key input, and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 100.
马达491可以产生振动提示。马达491可以用于来电振动提示，也可以用于触摸振动反馈。例如，作用于不同应用(例如拍照，音频播放等)的触摸操作，可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。作用于显示屏494不同区域的触摸操作，马达491也可对应不同的振动反馈效果。不同的应用场景(例如：时间提醒，接收信息，闹钟，游戏等)也可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。触摸振动反馈效果还可以支持自定义。The motor 491 can generate vibration prompts. The motor 491 can be used for incoming call vibration notification, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback. For example, touch operations applied to different applications (such as photographing, audio playback, etc.) can correspond to different vibration feedback effects. Acting on touch operations in different areas of the display screen 494, the motor 491 can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects. Different application scenarios (for example: time reminding, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.) can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects. The touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
指示器492可以是指示灯，可以用于指示充电状态，电量变化，也可以用于指示消息，未接来电，通知等。The indicator 492 can be an indicator light, which can be used to indicate the charging status, power change, and can also be used to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and so on.
SIM卡接口495用于连接SIM卡。SIM卡可以通过***SIM卡接口495，或从SIM卡接口495拔出，实现和电子设备100的接触和分离。电子设备100可以支持1个或N个SIM卡接口，N为大于1的正整数。SIM卡接口495可以支持Nano SIM卡，Micro SIM卡，SIM卡等。同一个SIM卡接口495可以同时***多张卡。所述多张卡的类型可以相同，也可以不同。SIM卡接口495也可以兼容不同类型的SIM卡。SIM卡接口495也可以兼容外部存储卡。电子设备100通过SIM卡和网络交互，实现通话以及数据通信等功能。在一些实施例中，电子设备100采用eSIM，即：嵌入式SIM卡。eSIM卡可以嵌在电子设备100中，不能和电子设备100分离。The SIM card interface 495 is used to connect to the SIM card. The SIM card can be connected to and separated from the electronic device 100 by inserting into the SIM card interface 495 or pulling out from the SIM card interface 495. The electronic device 100 may support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, and N is a positive integer greater than 1. The SIM card interface 495 can support Nano SIM cards, Micro SIM cards, SIM cards, etc. The same SIM card interface 495 can insert multiple cards at the same time. The types of the multiple cards can be the same or different. The SIM card interface 495 can also be compatible with different types of SIM cards. The SIM card interface 495 may also be compatible with external memory cards. The electronic device 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as call and data communication. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 adopts an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card. The eSIM card can be embedded in the electronic device 100 and cannot be separated from the electronic device 100.
以下实施例中的方法均可以在具有上述硬件结构的电子设备100中实现。The methods in the following embodiments can all be implemented in the electronic device 100 having the above hardware structure.
电子设备100的软件***可以采用分层架构，事件驱动架构，微核架构，微服务架构，或云架构。本申请实施例以分层架构的Android***为例，示例性说明电子设备100的软件结构。The software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a microkernel architecture, a microservice architecture, or a cloud architecture. The embodiment of the present application takes a layered Android system as an example to illustrate the software structure of the electronic device 100.
图6是本申请实施例提供的电子设备100的一种软件结构框图。分层架构可将软件分成若干个层，每一层都有清晰的角色和分工。层与层之间通过软件接口通信。在一些实施例中，将Android***分为三层，从上至下分别为应用程序层(简称应用层)，应用程序框架层(简 称框架层)，以及内核层(也称为驱动层)。FIG. 6 is a software structure block diagram of the electronic device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The layered architecture can divide the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Communication between layers through software interface. In some embodiments, the Android system is divided into three layers, from top to bottom, the application layer (referred to as the application layer), the application framework layer (referred to as the framework layer), and the kernel layer (also referred to as the driver layer).
其中，应用层可以包括一系列应用程序包。如图6所示，应用层可以包括应用1和应用2等多个应用程序包。例如，应用程序包可以为相机，图库，日历，通话，地图，导航，WLAN，蓝牙，音乐，视频，短信息以及桌面启动(Launcher)等应用程序。Among them, the application layer can include a series of application packages. As shown in Figure 6, the application layer may include multiple application packages such as application 1 and application 2. For example, the application package can be applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, short message, and launcher.
框架层(即Framework层)为应用程序层的应用程序提供应用编程接口(application programming interface，API)和编程框架。应用程序框架层包括一些预先定义的函数。如图6所示，框架层可以包括窗口管理器(window manager service，WMS)和活动管理器(activity manager service，AMS)等。可选的，框架层还可以包括内容提供器，视图***，电话管理器，资源管理器，通知管理器等(附图未示出)。The framework layer (that is, the Framework layer) provides an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer. The application framework layer includes some predefined functions. As shown in Figure 6, the framework layer may include a window manager (WMS) and an activity manager (AMS). Optionally, the framework layer may also include a content provider, a view system, a phone manager, a resource manager, a notification manager, etc. (not shown in the drawings).
其中，窗口管理器WMS用于管理窗口程序。窗口管理器可以获取显示屏大小，判断是否有状态栏，锁定屏幕，截取屏幕等。活动管理器AMS用于负责管理Activity，负责***中各组件的启动、切换、调度及应用程序的管理和调度等工作。内核层是硬件和软件之间的层。内核层至少包含显示驱动，摄像头驱动，音频驱动，传感器驱动。内核层是硬件和软件之间的层。内核层可以包含显示驱动，输入/输出设备驱动(例如，键盘、触摸屏、耳机、扬声器、麦克风等)，摄像头驱动，音频驱动以及传感器驱动等。Among them, the window manager WMS is used to manage window programs. The window manager can obtain the size of the display, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, take a screenshot, etc. The activity manager AMS is used to manage the Activity, and is responsible for the startup, switching, scheduling of various components in the system, and the management and scheduling of applications. The kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software. The kernel layer contains at least display driver, camera driver, audio driver, and sensor driver. The kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software. The kernel layer can include display drivers, input/output device drivers (for example, keyboards, touch screens, headphones, speakers, microphones, etc.), camera drivers, audio drivers, and sensor drivers.
其中，用户对电子设备100进行输入操作(如展开折叠屏的操作)，内核层可以根据输入操作产生相应的输入事件(如折叠屏展开事件)，并向应用程序框架层上报该事件。由应用程序框架层的活动管理服务器AMS设置应用的窗口模式(如多窗口模式、单窗口模式或全屏模式)以及窗口位置和大小等。应用程序框架层的窗口管理服务器WMS根据AMS的设置绘制窗口，然后将窗口数据发送给内核层的显示驱动，由显示驱动在折叠屏显示对应的应用界面。其中，电子设备100的折叠屏处于折叠状态时，电子设备100采用全屏模式显示应用界面。例如，如图8中的(a)所示，折叠屏处于折叠状态时，采用全屏模式显示“淘宝”应用的界面。电子设备100的折叠屏处于展开状态时，电子设备100采用多窗口模式或单窗口模式显示应用界面。例如，如图8中的(c)所示，折叠屏处于展开状态时，采用双窗口模式显示“淘宝”应用的两个界面。例如，如图13中的(b)所示，折叠屏处于展开状态时，采用单窗口模式显示“淘宝”应用的首页。Where the user performs an input operation on the electronic device 100 (such as an operation to expand the folding screen), the kernel layer can generate a corresponding input event (such as a folding screen expansion event) according to the input operation, and report the event to the application framework layer. The activity management server AMS of the application framework layer sets the window mode (such as multi-window mode, single-window mode or full-screen mode) and window position and size of the application. The window management server WMS of the application framework layer draws the window according to the settings of the AMS, and then sends the window data to the display driver of the kernel layer, and the display driver displays the corresponding application interface on the folding screen. Wherein, when the folding screen of the electronic device 100 is in a folded state, the electronic device 100 adopts a full-screen mode to display the application interface. For example, as shown in Figure 8(a), when the folding screen is in the folded state, the interface of the "Taobao" application is displayed in full screen mode. When the folding screen of the electronic device 100 is in an unfolded state, the electronic device 100 adopts a multi-window mode or a single-window mode to display the application interface. For example, as shown in (c) of Figure 8, when the folding screen is in an expanded state, the two interfaces of the "Taobao" application are displayed in a dual window mode. For example, as shown in (b) of FIG. 13, when the folding screen is in an expanded state, the homepage of the "Taobao" application is displayed in a single window mode.
其中，本申请实施例提供的显示方案基于***的自由窗口(freeform)特性和多窗口多任务基础架构实现。本申请实施例提供的显示流程可以参见图6。如图6所示，在本申请实施例中，活动管理器AMS可以包括Activity原生管理模块和Activity扩展模块。其中，Activity原生管理模块用于负责管理Activity，负责***中各组件的启动、切换、调度及应用程序的管理和调度等工作。Activity扩展模块用于根据折叠屏所处的折叠状态或展开状态，设置窗口模式，以及窗口的属性。Among them, the display solution provided by the embodiment of the present application is implemented based on the freeform feature of Google and the multi-window and multi-task infrastructure. For the display process provided by the embodiment of the present application, refer to FIG. 6. As shown in FIG. 6, in this embodiment of the present application, the activity manager AMS may include an Activity native management module and an Activity extension module. Among them, the Activity native management module is used to manage the Activity, and is responsible for the startup, switching, scheduling of various components in the system, and the management and scheduling of applications. The Activity extension module is used to set the window mode and window attributes according to the folding or unfolding state of the folding screen.
其中，窗口的属性可以包括Activity窗口的位置和大小，以及Activity窗口的可见属性(即Activity窗口的状态)。Activity窗口的位置是折叠屏显示该Activity窗口时，该Activity窗口在折叠屏的位置、Activity窗口的大小可以是应用启动config中的宽高等信息。Activity窗口的可见属性可以为true或者false。当Activity窗口的可见属性是true时，表示该Activity窗口对用户可见，即显示驱动会显示该Activity窗口的内容。当Activity窗口的Activity的可见属性是false时，表示该Activity窗口对用户不可见，即显示驱动会不显示该Activity窗口的内容。Among them, the properties of the window may include the position and size of the Activity window, and the visible properties of the Activity window (that is, the state of the Activity window). The position of the Activity window is when the Activity window is displayed on the folding screen, the position of the Activity window on the folding screen, and the size of the Activity window can be information such as width and height in the application startup config. The visible attribute of the Activity window can be true or false. When the visible property of the Activity window is true, it means that the Activity window is visible to the user, that is, the display driver will display the content of the Activity window. When the visible property of the Activity window of the Activity window is false, it means that the Activity window is invisible to the user, that is, the display driver will not display the content of the Activity window.
其中，应用(如应用1或应用2)可调用启动Activity接口以启动对应的Activity。活动管理器AMS响应于应用的调用，可请求窗口管理器WMS绘制Activity对应的窗口，并调用 显示驱动实现界面的显示。Among them, an application (such as application 1 or application 2) can call the start Activity interface to start the corresponding activity. In response to the call of the application, the activity manager AMS can request the window manager WMS to draw the window corresponding to the Activity and call the display driver to display the interface.
可以理解，在电子设备100显示应用界面的过程中，电子设备100的折叠屏可能会发生由折叠状态向展开状态的切换，或由展开状态向折叠状态的切换。此时，驱动层的折叠驱动(输入/输出设备驱动)即可以检测到用户输入的折叠事件。本申请实施例中，折叠事件可以是用户控制折叠屏由上述折叠状态转变为展开状态的操作触发的，称为折叠事件1。或者，折叠事件可以是用户控制折叠屏由展开状态转变为折叠状态的操作触发的，称为折叠事件2。折叠驱动可以向框架层(即应用程序框架层)的窗口管理器WMS上报折叠事件。It can be understood that during the process of displaying the application interface of the electronic device 100, the folding screen of the electronic device 100 may switch from the folded state to the unfolded state, or from the unfolded state to the folded state. At this time, the folding driver (input/output device driver) of the driver layer can detect the folding event input by the user. In the embodiment of the present application, the folding event may be triggered by the user's operation of controlling the folding screen to change from the above-mentioned folded state to the unfolded state, which is called folding event 1. Alternatively, the folding event may be triggered by an operation that the user controls the folding screen to change from the unfolded state to the folded state, which is called folding event 2. The folding driver can report folding events to the window manager WMS of the framework layer (ie, application framework layer).
窗口管理器WMS可以监听折叠事件，监听到折叠事件后可以确定切换显示屏(display)大小。窗口管理器WMS向活动管理器AMS发送display变化事件，由活动管理器AMS设置窗口模式和窗口的属性。其中，窗口管理器WMS监听到折叠事件1时，可以确定display变大，向活动管理器AMS发送display变化事件1。display变化事件1用于触发活动管理器AMS将窗口模式由全屏模式切换为多窗口模式或单窗口模式，并调整窗口的属性。窗口管理器WMS监听到折叠事件2时，可以确定display变小，向活动管理器AMS发送display变化事件2。display变化事件2用于触发活动管理器AMS将窗口模式由多窗口模式或单窗口模式切换为全屏模式，并调整窗口的属性。The window manager WMS can monitor the folding event, and after listening to the folding event, it can determine the size of the display screen (display). The window manager WMS sends a display change event to the activity manager AMS, and the activity manager AMS sets the window mode and window properties. Among them, when the window manager WMS monitors the folding event 1, it can determine that the display becomes larger, and send the display change event 1 to the activity manager AMS. The display change event 1 is used to trigger the activity manager AMS to switch the window mode from full-screen mode to multi-window mode or single-window mode, and to adjust the properties of the window. When the window manager WMS listens to the collapse event 2, it can determine that the display becomes smaller and send the display change event 2 to the activity manager AMS. The display change event 2 is used to trigger the activity manager AMS to switch the window mode from multi-window mode or single-window mode to full-screen mode, and adjust the properties of the window.
活动管理器AMS设置Activity窗口模式和属性后，可请求窗口管理器WMS绘制窗口，调用显示驱动显示所绘制的窗口内容，从而将界面展现给用户。After the activity manager AMS sets the Activity window mode and properties, it can request the window manager WMS to draw the window, call the display driver to display the drawn window content, and then show the interface to the user.
例如，响应于上述display变化事件1，活动管理器AMS请求窗口管理器WMS绘制窗口，并调用显示驱动显示的界面可以为：折叠屏展开，居中显示一个应用界面(对应单窗口模式)，该应用界面的大小与折叠屏处于折叠状态时所显示的该应用界面的大小相同。或者，响应于上述display变化事件1，显示驱动显示的界面可以为：折叠屏展开，折叠屏显示两个应用界面(对应多窗口模式，如双窗口模式)。该两个应用界面中包括折叠屏处于折叠状态时所显示的一个应用界面，且该一个应用界面的大小不变。响应于上述display变化事件2，活动管理器AMS请求窗口管理器WMS绘制窗口，并调用显示驱动显示的界面可以为：电子设备在折叠状态下全屏显示一个应用界面(对应全屏模式)。For example, in response to the above-mentioned display change event 1, the activity manager AMS requests the window manager WMS to draw a window, and calls the display driver to display the interface: the folding screen expands, and an application interface (corresponding to the single window mode) is displayed in the center. The size of the interface is the same as the size of the application interface displayed when the folding screen is in the folded state. Or, in response to the aforementioned display change event 1, the display-driven display interface may be: the folding screen expands, and the folding screen displays two application interfaces (corresponding to a multi-window mode, such as a dual-window mode). The two application interfaces include an application interface displayed when the folding screen is in a folded state, and the size of the one application interface remains unchanged. In response to the above-mentioned display change event 2, the activity manager AMS requests the window manager WMS to draw the window, and calls the display driver to display the interface, which may be: the electronic device displays an application interface (corresponding to the full screen mode) in a full screen in the folded state.
以下将以上述电子设备为手机，手机的折叠屏是上述外折折叠屏，该外折折叠屏可折叠形成第一屏(如A屏)和第二屏(如B屏)为例，对本申请实施例提供的技术方案进行具体阐述。如图7所示，该显示应用的方法可以包括S701-S702：The following will take the above-mentioned electronic device as a mobile phone, and the folding screen of the mobile phone is the above-mentioned outward-folding folding screen, which can be folded to form a first screen (such as A screen) and a second screen (such as B screen) as an example. The technical solutions provided in the embodiments are described in detail. As shown in Figure 7, the method for displaying applications may include S701-S702:
S701、折叠屏在折叠状态下，手机控制第一屏显示第一界面。S701. In the folded state, the mobile phone controls the first screen to display the first interface.
本申请实施例中，折叠屏在折叠状态下，第一屏作为主屏显示手机的主界面或者应用界面(如第一界面)，第二屏可以黑屏。In the embodiment of the present application, when the folding screen is in the folded state, the first screen is used as the main screen to display the main interface or application interface (such as the first interface) of the mobile phone, and the second screen may be black.
其中，折叠屏在折叠状态时，手机的第一屏(如A屏)和第二屏(如B屏)的夹角α∈[0°，P]。手机在展开状态时，折叠屏的A屏和B屏的夹角α∈(P，180°]。Among them, when the folding screen is in the folded state, the included angle α∈[0°, P] between the first screen (such as screen A) and the second screen (such as screen B) of the mobile phone. When the mobile phone is in the unfolded state, the angle between the A screen and the B screen of the folding screen is α∈(P, 180°].
或者，折叠屏在折叠状态时，手机的第一屏(如A屏)和第二屏(如B屏)的夹角α∈[0°，P)。手机在展开状态时，折叠屏的A屏和B屏的夹角α∈[P，180°]。Or, when the folding screen is in the folded state, the included angle α∈[0°, P) between the first screen (such as screen A) and the second screen (such as screen B) of the mobile phone. When the mobile phone is in the unfolded state, the angle between the A screen and the B screen of the folding screen is α∈[P, 180°].
其中，上述P是预设角度阈值。P可以是根据大量用户使用折叠屏的使用习惯确定的；或者，P可以由用户在手机中设定。Wherein, the above P is a preset angle threshold. P can be determined according to the usage habits of a large number of users using the folding screen; or, P can be set by the user in the mobile phone.
在一些实施例中，当α>90°时，用户想要将第一屏和第二屏作为整体(即作为一个完整的显示屏)使用的可能性较高。因此，本申请实施例中的预设角度阈值P可以大于90°。其中，预设角度阈值P的取值范围可以为(90°，180°)。P越大，用户将第一屏和第二屏作为整体使用的可能性越高。例如，预设角度阈值P可以为100°、120°、135°、140°、145°或150°等。In some embodiments, when α>90°, the user is more likely to want to use the first screen and the second screen as a whole (that is, as a complete display screen). Therefore, the preset angle threshold P in the embodiment of the present application may be greater than 90°. Wherein, the value range of the preset angle threshold P may be (90°, 180°). The larger the P, the higher the possibility that the user will use the first screen and the second screen as a whole. For example, the preset angle threshold P may be 100°, 120°, 135°, 140°, 145°, or 150°.
其中，手机可以实时计算A屏和B屏的夹角α，并检测夹角α的变化。当检测到A屏和B屏的夹角α由小变大，且变化后夹角α大于P时，手机可以确定折叠屏由折叠状态转变为展开状态。手机计算A屏和B屏的夹角α的具体方法，可以参考上述实施例中电子设备100计算夹角α的方法，本申请实施例这里不予赘述。Among them, the mobile phone can calculate the angle α between the A screen and the B screen in real time, and detect the change of the angle α. When it is detected that the angle α between the screen A and the screen B changes from small to large, and the angle α is greater than P after the change, the mobile phone can determine that the folding screen changes from the folded state to the unfolded state. For the specific method for calculating the included angle α between the A screen and the B screen by the mobile phone, reference may be made to the method for calculating the included angle α of the electronic device 100 in the foregoing embodiment, which is not described in detail in the embodiment of the present application.
需要注意的是，以下以第一屏和第二屏的夹角α＝0°时，折叠屏在折叠状态；第一屏和第二屏的夹角α＝180°时，折叠屏在展开状态为例，对本申请实施例的方法进行说明。其中，上述第一界面可以是第一应用的界面。It should be noted that when the angle between the first screen and the second screen is α=0°, the folding screen is in the folded state; when the angle between the first screen and the second screen α=180°, the folding screen is in the unfolded state As an example, the method of the embodiment of the present application will be described. Wherein, the aforementioned first interface may be an interface of the first application.
示例性的，以上述第一应用是“淘宝”应用为例。第一界面可以是“淘宝”应用的商品详情页。图8中的(a)示出折叠屏处于折叠状态时，手机的主视图，即手机的第一屏。图8中的(b)示出折叠屏处于折叠状态时，手机的后视图，即手机的第二屏。如图8中的(a)所示，第一屏显示“淘宝”应用的第一界面801，即商品详情页。如图8中的(b)所示，第二屏黑屏。Exemplarily, take the above-mentioned first application as the "Taobao" application as an example. The first interface may be the product detail page of the "Taobao" application. (A) in FIG. 8 shows the main view of the mobile phone when the folding screen is in the folded state, that is, the first screen of the mobile phone. Fig. 8(b) shows the rear view of the mobile phone when the folding screen is in the folded state, that is, the second screen of the mobile phone. As shown in (a) in Figure 8, the first screen displays the first interface 801 of the "Taobao" application, that is, the product details page. As shown in (b) in Figure 8, the second screen is black.
其中，上述第一界面是第一应用的界面。其中，第一界面可以是第一应用的首页；或者，第一界面也可以不是第一应用的首页。Wherein, the above-mentioned first interface is the interface of the first application. The first interface may be the homepage of the first application; or, the first interface may not be the homepage of the first application.
在本申请实施例的应用场景(1)中，上述第一界面不是第一应用的首页。该第一界面是第一应用的界面中除第一应用的首页之外的任一界面。例如，第一界面可以是图8中的(a)所示的商品详情页801，商品详情页801不是“淘宝”应用的首页。In the application scenario (1) of the embodiment of the present application, the above-mentioned first interface is not the home page of the first application. The first interface is any interface of the first application except the home page of the first application. For example, the first interface may be the product details page 801 shown in (a) of FIG. 8, which is not the home page of the "Taobao" application.
在本申请实施例的应用场景(2)中，上述第一界面可以是第一应用的首页。例如，第一界面可以是图9中的(a)所示的第一界面901。该第一界面901是“淘宝”应用的首页。其中，手机显示第一应用的第一界面可以包括以下情况(1)和情况(2)。In the application scenario (2) of the embodiment of the present application, the above-mentioned first interface may be the homepage of the first application. For example, the first interface may be the first interface 901 shown in (a) of FIG. 9. The first interface 901 is the home page of the "Taobao" application. Wherein, the first interface of the first application displayed by the mobile phone may include the following cases (1) and (2).
情况(1)：上述第一应用的首页是手机将第一应用退出运行(即停止在手机显示第一应用的界面，且后台停止运行第一应用)后，响应于用户对手机的主界面(即桌面)中的第一应用的图标的点击操作(如单击操作)显示的。或者，上述第一应用的首页是手机开机后，第一次响应于用户对手机的主界面(即桌面)中的第一应用的图标的点击操作(如单击操作)显示的。Situation (1): The homepage of the first application mentioned above is that after the mobile phone exits the first application (that is, stops displaying the interface of the first application on the mobile phone, and stops running the first application in the background), it responds to the user's main interface of the mobile phone ( That is, the click operation (such as the click operation) of the icon of the first application in the desktop) is displayed. Alternatively, the homepage of the first application is displayed for the first time in response to a user's click operation (such as a single click operation) on the icon of the first application in the main interface (ie desktop) of the mobile phone after the mobile phone is turned on.
例如，手机可以响应于用户对手机的主界面(即桌面)中的“淘宝”应用的图标的点击操作(如单击操作)，显示图9中的(a)所示的“淘宝”应用的首页901，即第一界面。For example, the mobile phone can respond to the user's click operation (such as a single click operation) on the icon of the "Taobao" application in the main interface (ie desktop) of the mobile phone, and display the information of the "Taobao" application shown in (a) in Figure 9 The home page 901 is the first interface.
情况(2)：手机可以响应于用户在第一应用的首页的下一层级的界面的返回操作，显示第一应用的首页。Case (2): The mobile phone can display the home page of the first application in response to the user's return operation on the next level interface of the home page of the first application.
例如，图9中的(a)所示的“淘宝”应用的首页901，即第一界面，可以是手机响应于用户在图9中的(b)所示的搜索结果页903的返回操作(如用户对“返回”按钮904的单击操作)显示的。其中，手机响应于用户对“淘宝”应用的首页901中搜索按钮902的点击操作(如单击操作)，可显示搜索结果页903。商品详情页903是“淘宝”应用的首页901的下一层级的界面。其中，界面之间的层级关系的详细描述，可以参考本申请实施例后续相关介绍，本申请实施例这里不予赘述。For example, the home page 901 of the "Taobao" application shown in (a) in FIG. 9, that is, the first interface, can be a mobile phone in response to the user's return operation on the search result page 903 shown in (b) in FIG. 9 ( As shown in the user's click operation on the "return" button 904). Wherein, the mobile phone can display a search result page 903 in response to a user's click operation (such as a single click operation) on the search button 902 on the home page 901 of the "Taobao" application. The product details page 903 is the next level interface of the home page 901 of the "Taobao" application. For a detailed description of the hierarchical relationship between interfaces, reference may be made to subsequent related introductions in the embodiments of the present application, and the embodiments of the present application will not be repeated here.
S702、响应于折叠屏由折叠状态转变为展开状态，手机控制折叠屏的第一显示区域显示第一界面，第二显示区域显示第二界面。S702. In response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state to the unfolded state, the mobile phone controls the first display area of the folding screen to display the first interface, and the second display area to display the second interface.
其中，第一显示区域和第二显示区域均为折叠屏的显示区域的一部分。该第一显示区域和第二显示区域未重叠。Wherein, the first display area and the second display area are both part of the display area of the folding screen. The first display area and the second display area do not overlap.
在一些实施例中，第一显示区域是第一屏对应的显示区域，第二显示区域是第二屏对应的显示区域。具体的，以折叠屏的折叠边为分界线，当用户面对展开的折叠屏时，折叠屏上 折叠边的左侧为第一显示区域，折叠屏上折叠边的右侧为第二显示区域；或者，折叠屏上折叠边的右侧为第一显示区域，折叠屏上折叠边的左侧为第二显示区域。这样，更符合多数用户对折叠屏电子设备的使用习惯。In some embodiments, the first display area is a display area corresponding to the first screen, and the second display area is a display area corresponding to the second screen. Specifically, taking the folding edge of the folding screen as the dividing line, when the user faces the unfolded folding screen, the left side of the folding edge on the folding screen is the first display area, and the right side of the folding edge on the folding screen is the second display area ; Or, the right side of the folding edge on the folding screen is the first display area, and the left side of the folding edge on the folding screen is the second display area. In this way, it is more in line with most users' habits of using folding screen electronic devices.
以折叠屏上折叠边的左侧为第一显示区域，折叠屏上折叠边的右侧为第二显示区域为例。如图10A中的(a)所示，第一显示区域和第二显示区域的分界线L1与折叠屏的折叠边重合。该实施例中，第一显示区域对应第一屏，第二显示区域对应第二屏。例如，如图8中的(c)所示，第一显示区域803和第二显示区域804的分界线L与折叠屏的折叠边重合。第一显示区域803对应第一屏，第二显示区域804对应第二屏。Take the left side of the folding edge on the folding screen as the first display area, and the right side of the folding edge on the folding screen as the second display area. As shown in (a) of FIG. 10A, the dividing line L1 between the first display area and the second display area coincides with the folding edge of the folding screen. In this embodiment, the first display area corresponds to the first screen, and the second display area corresponds to the second screen. For example, as shown in (c) of FIG. 8, the dividing line L between the first display area 803 and the second display area 804 coincides with the folding edge of the folding screen. The first display area 803 corresponds to the first screen, and the second display area 804 corresponds to the second screen.
在另一些实施例中，上述第一显示区域和第二显示区域的尺寸(包括宽和高)可以预先配置在手机中。或者，上述第一显示区域和第二显示区域的宽和高可以由用户在手机中设置。其中，用户设置第一显示区域和第二显示区域的方法可以参考图19-图21的相关介绍，这里不予赘述。在该实施例中，上述第一显示区域的尺寸和第二显示区域的尺寸可以相同，也可以不同。In other embodiments, the sizes (including width and height) of the first display area and the second display area may be pre-configured in the mobile phone. Alternatively, the width and height of the first display area and the second display area may be set by the user in the mobile phone. For the method for the user to set the first display area and the second display area, reference may be made to the related introductions in FIGS. 19-21, which will not be repeated here. In this embodiment, the size of the first display area and the size of the second display area may be the same or different.
例如，如图10A中的(b)所示，第一显示区域的尺寸和第二显示区域的尺寸相同。图10A中的(b)中，第一显示区域和第二显示区域以分界线L2为界，第一显示区域的高和第二显示区域的高相同，且第一显示区域的宽和第二显示区域的宽均为长度x。For example, as shown in (b) of FIG. 10A, the size of the first display area and the size of the second display area are the same. In (b) of FIG. 10A, the first display area and the second display area are bounded by the dividing line L2, the height of the first display area and the height of the second display area are the same, and the width of the first display area is the same as that of the second display area. The width of the display area is the length x.
又例如，如图10A中的(c)所示，第一显示区域的尺寸和第二显示区域的尺寸不同。图10A中的(c)中，第一显示区域和第二显示区域以分界线L3为界，第一显示区域的小于第二显示区域。For another example, as shown in (c) of FIG. 10A, the size of the first display area and the size of the second display area are different. In (c) of FIG. 10A, the first display area and the second display area are bounded by a dividing line L3, and the first display area is smaller than the second display area.
又例如，如图10A中的(d)所示，第一显示区域的尺寸和第二显示区域的尺寸不同。图10A中的(d)中，第一显示区域和第二显示区域以分界线L4为界，第一显示区域的大于第二显示区域。For another example, as shown in (d) of FIG. 10A, the size of the first display area and the size of the second display area are different. In (d) of FIG. 10A, the first display area and the second display area are bounded by a dividing line L4, and the first display area is larger than the second display area.
需要注意的是，以下实施例中以第一显示区域和第二显示区域的分界线是折叠边，且折叠边的右侧为第二显示区域，折叠边的左侧为第一显示区域为例，对本申请实施例的方法进行说明。在这种情况下，第一显示区域对应第一屏，第二显示区域对应第二屏。It should be noted that in the following embodiments, the dividing line between the first display area and the second display area is the folding side, and the right side of the folding side is the second display area, and the left side of the folding side is the first display area as an example , The method of the embodiment of the present application is described. In this case, the first display area corresponds to the first screen, and the second display area corresponds to the second screen.
本申请实施例中，上述第二界面可以是第一应用的界面，第二界面与第一界面不同。或者，第二界面可以是第二应用的界面，第二应用与第一应用不同。In the embodiment of the present application, the foregoing second interface may be an interface of the first application, and the second interface is different from the first interface. Or, the second interface may be an interface of a second application, and the second application is different from the first application.
在一些实施例中，第二界面可以是第一应用的界面，第二界面与第一界面不同。在该实施例中，手机可以采用以下方式确定第二界面。In some embodiments, the second interface may be an interface of the first application, and the second interface is different from the first interface. In this embodiment, the mobile phone can determine the second interface in the following manner.
结合上述应用场景(1)，第一界面不是第一应用的首页。在应用场景(1)的实现方式(1)中，第二界面可以是第一应用的首页。Combined with the above application scenario (1), the first interface is not the home page of the first application. In the implementation (1) of the application scenario (1), the second interface may be the homepage of the first application.
例如，以第一应用是“淘宝”应用为例。“淘宝”应用的首页是图8中的(c)所示的界面802。假设手机显示图8中的(a)所示的商品详情页801，即第一界面。响应于折叠屏由折叠状态转变为展开状态，如图8中的(c)所示，手机控制折叠屏的第一显示区域803显示第一界面801，第二显示区域804显示第二界面802。第二界面802是“淘宝”应用的首页。For example, take the first application being the "Taobao" application as an example. The home page of the "Taobao" application is the interface 802 shown in (c) in FIG. 8. Assume that the mobile phone displays the product details page 801 shown in (a) in FIG. 8, which is the first interface. In response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state to the unfolded state, as shown in (c) in FIG. 8, the mobile phone controls the first display area 803 of the folding screen to display the first interface 801, and the second display area 804 displays the second interface 802. The second interface 802 is the home page of the "Taobao" application.
在应用场景(1)的实现方式(2)中，第二界面可以是第一界面的上一层级的界面。本申请实施例这里对不同界面之间的层级关系进行说明：In the implementation mode (2) of the application scenario (1), the second interface may be an interface higher than the first interface. The embodiment of the application here illustrates the hierarchical relationship between different interfaces:
本申请实施例中，同一应用的不同界面之间可以有上、下层级之分。手机可以根据待显示界面与已显示界面之间的层级关系，在显示屏的显示区域内显示待显示界面。In the embodiments of the present application, different interfaces of the same application can be divided into upper and lower levels. The mobile phone can display the interface to be displayed in the display area of the display screen according to the hierarchical relationship between the interface to be displayed and the displayed interface.
例如，同一应用的不同界面可以对应相同的活动(Activity)，也可以对应不同的Activity。当不同界面对应同一活动Activity时，这些界面可以对应同一层级。当不同界面对应不同的 活动Activity时，这些界面对应不同的层级。响应于用户在一个界面上的操作，该界面可以调用另一个界面。For example, different interfaces of the same application may correspond to the same activity (Activity), or may correspond to different activities. When different interfaces correspond to the same activity, these interfaces can correspond to the same level. When different interfaces correspond to different activity activities, these interfaces correspond to different levels. In response to a user's operation on one interface, the interface can call another interface.
当主动调用的界面与被调用界面对应相同的Activity时，主动调用的界面与被调用界面可以对应相同的层级。例如，主动调用的界面可以为图10B所示的“热点”界面1001，被调用的界面可以为用户点击图10B所示的“视频”按钮后，手机显示的“视频”界面。“视频”界面和“热点”界面1001对应相同的Activity，对应相同的层级。当主动调用的界面与被调用界面对应不同的Activity时，被调用的界面为主动调用的界面的下一个层级。例如，主动调用界面可以为图9中的(b)所示的搜索结果页903。响应于用户对搜索结果页903中“棒球帽”搜索项905的点击操作，手机可显示图8中的(a)所示的商品详情页801。商品详情页801是被调用界面。搜索结果页903和商品详情页801对应不同的Activity，搜索结果页903是商品详情页801上一层级的界面。When the actively called interface and the called interface correspond to the same Activity, the actively called interface and the called interface can correspond to the same level. For example, the actively called interface may be the "hotspot" interface 1001 shown in FIG. 10B, and the called interface may be the "video" interface displayed by the mobile phone after the user clicks the "video" button shown in FIG. 10B. The "video" interface and the "hotspot" interface 1001 correspond to the same Activity and correspond to the same level. When the actively called interface corresponds to a different activity from the called interface, the called interface is the next level of the actively called interface. For example, the active calling interface may be the search result page 903 shown in (b) in FIG. 9. In response to the user's click operation on the "baseball cap" search item 905 in the search result page 903, the mobile phone can display the product details page 801 shown in (a) of FIG. 8. The product details page 801 is the called interface. The search result page 903 and the product detail page 801 correspond to different activities, and the search result page 903 is an upper level interface of the product detail page 801.
在一种技术方案中，手机对界面间的调用的过程可以通过先进后出的栈来实现。举例来说，当手机调用并显示界面1时，该界面1入栈；当界面1调用界面2时，界面2入栈；当用户从当前的界面2返回界面1时，当前界面2出栈。此外，当手机检测到用户在当前界面上的返回操作时，响应于该操作，返回之前主动调用当前界面的界面。In a technical solution, the process of calling between interfaces by the mobile phone can be implemented through a first-in-last-out stack. For example, when the mobile phone calls and displays interface 1, interface 1 is pushed into the stack; when interface 1 calls interface 2, interface 2 is pushed into the stack; when the user returns from the current interface 2 to interface 1, the current interface 2 is pushed out of the stack. In addition, when the mobile phone detects the user's return operation on the current interface, in response to the operation, it returns to the interface that previously actively called the current interface.
再例如，手机上预设有不同Activity之间的层级关系，层级高的Activity对应的界面的层级也高，层级低的Activity对应的界面的层级也低。例如，“淘宝”应用中，首页对应的Activity的层级最高，搜索结果页对应的Activity的层级高于商品详情页对应的Activity的层级。For another example, the mobile phone presets the hierarchical relationship between different activities, the level of the interface corresponding to the activity with a high level is also high, and the level of the interface corresponding to the activity with a low level is also low. For example, in the "Taobao" application, the activity level corresponding to the homepage is the highest, and the activity level corresponding to the search result page is higher than the activity level corresponding to the product detail page.
基于界面间的层级关系，图9中的(b)所示的搜索结果页903是图8中的(a)所示的商品详情页801的上一层级的界面。Based on the hierarchical relationship between the interfaces, the search result page 903 shown in (b) of FIG. 9 is the upper level interface of the product details page 801 shown in (a) of FIG. 8.
例如，手机显示图11中的(a)所示的第一界面的1101(即商品详情页)。响应于折叠屏由图11中的(a)所示的折叠状态转变为图11中的(b)所示的展开状态，手机控制折叠屏的第一显示区域1103显示第一界面1101，第二显示区域1104显示第二界面1102(即搜索结果页，商品详情页的上一层级的界面)。For example, the mobile phone displays 1101 (ie, the product details page) of the first interface shown in (a) of FIG. 11. In response to the folding screen changing from the folded state shown in Figure 11 (a) to the expanded state shown in Figure 11 (b), the mobile phone controls the first display area 1103 of the folding screen to display the first interface 1101 and the second The display area 1104 displays the second interface 1102 (that is, the search result page, the upper level interface of the product detail page).
在应用场景(1)的实现方式(3)中，第二界面可以是第一应用的活动记录中，第一界面对应的记录项的前一个记录项对应的界面。In the implementation (3) of the application scenario (1), the second interface may be an interface corresponding to the previous record item of the record item corresponding to the first interface in the activity record of the first application.
一般而言，手机响应于用户对手机的主界面(即桌面)中的第一应用的图标的点击操作，显示第一应用的首页后，便可以生成该第一应用的活动记录(Activity record)，并在该活动记录中保存针对首页的记录项。响应于用户在第一应用的首页或者任一界面的操作，手机显示该第一应用的另一界面时，便可以在该第一应用的活动记录中保存该另一界面的记录项。其中，手机可以通过先进后出的栈(称为第一记录栈)，来记录应用的活动记录。第一应用的第一记录栈的指针指向栈顶的记录项，手机显示第一应用的界面时，显示指针指向的记录项所对应的界面。Generally speaking, the mobile phone responds to the user's click operation on the icon of the first application in the main interface (ie desktop) of the mobile phone, and after displaying the home page of the first application, the activity record (Activity record) of the first application can be generated. , And save the record items for the homepage in the activity record. In response to the user's operation on the home page or any interface of the first application, when the mobile phone displays another interface of the first application, the record items of the other interface can be saved in the activity record of the first application. Among them, the mobile phone can record the activity record of the application through a first-in-last-out stack (called the first record stack). The pointer of the first record stack of the first application points to the record item on the top of the stack. When the mobile phone displays the interface of the first application, the interface corresponding to the record item pointed to by the pointer is displayed.
例如，手机响应于用户对手机的主界面(即桌面)中的第一应用的图标的点击操作，显示第一应用的首页后，手机便可以生成图12中的(a)所示的第一记录栈。其中，图12中的(a)所示的第一记录栈中包括界面1(即第一应用的首页)的记录项，且指针指向界面1的记录项。响应于用户在界面1中的操作，手机可显示界面2，并在第一记录栈中压入界面2对应的记录项，得到图12中的(b)所示的第一记录栈。其中，图12中的(b)所示的第一记录栈中，指针指向界面2的记录项。响应于用户在界面2输入的返回操作，手机可显示界面1，并在第一记录栈中压入界面1对应的记录项，得到图12中的(c)所示的第一记录栈。图12中的(c)所示的第一记录栈中，指针指向位于栈顶的界面1的记录项。响应于用户在 界面1中的操作，手机可显示界面3，并在第一记录栈中压入界面3对应的记录项，得到图12中的(d)所示的第一记录栈。图12中的(d)所示的第一记录栈中，指针指向位于栈顶的界面3的记录项。响应于用户在界面3中的操作，手机可显示界面4，并在第一记录栈中压入界面4对应的记录项，得到图12中的(e)所示的第一记录栈。图12中的(e)所示的第一记录栈中，指针指向位于栈顶的界面4的记录项。For example, the mobile phone responds to the user's click operation on the icon of the first application in the main interface (ie desktop) of the mobile phone, and after displaying the home page of the first application, the mobile phone can generate the first application shown in Figure 12(a). Record the stack. Wherein, the first record stack shown in (a) in FIG. 12 includes record items of interface 1 (that is, the home page of the first application), and the pointer points to the record items of interface 1. In response to the user's operation in the interface 1, the mobile phone can display the interface 2, and press the record item corresponding to the interface 2 in the first record stack to obtain the first record stack shown in (b) in FIG. 12. Wherein, in the first record stack shown in (b) of FIG. 12, the pointer points to the record item of interface 2. In response to the return operation input by the user on the interface 2, the mobile phone can display the interface 1, and press the record item corresponding to the interface 1 in the first record stack to obtain the first record stack shown in (c) in FIG. 12. In the first record stack shown in (c) in FIG. 12, the pointer points to the record item of interface 1 at the top of the stack. In response to the user's operation in the interface 1, the mobile phone can display the interface 3 and press the record item corresponding to the interface 3 in the first record stack to obtain the first record stack shown in (d) in FIG. 12. In the first record stack shown in (d) of FIG. 12, the pointer points to the record item of interface 3 at the top of the stack. In response to the user's operation in the interface 3, the mobile phone can display the interface 4, and press the record item corresponding to the interface 4 in the first record stack to obtain the first record stack shown in (e) in FIG. 12. In the first record stack shown in (e) in FIG. 12, the pointer points to the record item of the interface 4 at the top of the stack.
结合上述实例，响应于折叠屏由折叠状态转变为展开状态，手机可将第一记录栈的栈顶指针向下移动，使得指针指向栈顶的下一个记录项。此时，指针指向的记录项对应的界面是第二界面，栈顶的记录项是第一界面。手机可以在折叠屏的第一显示区域显示栈顶的记录项对应的第一界面，在第二显示区域显示指针指向的记录项对应的第二界面。或者，手机可以在折叠屏的第二显示区域显示栈顶的记录项对应的第一界面，在第一显示区域显示指针指向的记录项对应的第二界面。示例性的，上述第一记录栈的记录项中可以保存对应界面的标识。In combination with the above examples, in response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state to the expanded state, the mobile phone can move the pointer of the top of the first record stack downward so that the pointer points to the next record item on the top of the stack. At this time, the interface corresponding to the record item pointed to by the pointer is the second interface, and the record item at the top of the stack is the first interface. The mobile phone can display the first interface corresponding to the record item on the top of the stack in the first display area of the folding screen, and display the second interface corresponding to the record item pointed to by the pointer in the second display area. Alternatively, the mobile phone may display the first interface corresponding to the record item on the top of the stack in the second display area of the folding screen, and display the second interface corresponding to the record item pointed to by the pointer in the first display area. Exemplarily, the identification of the corresponding interface may be stored in the record item of the first record stack.
结合上述应用场景(2)的情况(1)，第一界面是第一应用的首页，且第一应用的第一活动记录中仅保存了第一应用的首页的记录项。例如，如图12中的(a)所示，第一记录栈中仅包括界面1的记录项。在这种情况下，响应于折叠屏由折叠状态转变为展开状态，手机无法从第一应用的活动记录中查找到除第一界面之外的其他界面的记录项。In combination with the situation (1) of the above application scenario (2), the first interface is the home page of the first application, and only the record items of the home page of the first application are saved in the first activity record of the first application. For example, as shown in (a) of FIG. 12, the first record stack includes only the record items of interface 1. In this case, in response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state to the expanded state, the mobile phone cannot find the record items of other interfaces except the first interface from the activity record of the first application.
基于此，在情况(1)的实现方式(a)中，响应于折叠屏由折叠状态转变为展开状态，手机控制折叠屏的第一显示区域和第二显示区域作为整体，居中第一界面，即折叠屏以单窗口显示第一界面。Based on this, in the implementation (a) of case (1), in response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state to the unfolded state, the mobile phone controls the first display area and the second display area of the folding screen as a whole to center the first interface, That is, the folding screen displays the first interface in a single window.
例如，第一屏显示图13中的(a)所示的第一界面的1301(即“淘宝”应用的首页)。并且，“淘宝”应用的第一活动记录中仅保存了“淘宝”应用的首页的记录项。在这种情况下，响应于折叠屏由图13中的(a)所示的折叠状态转变为图13中的(b)所示的展开状态，手机可以控制折叠屏以单窗口显示上述第一界面1301。例如，手机可显示图13中的(b)所示的第一界面1301。For example, the first screen displays 1301 of the first interface shown in (a) in FIG. 13 (that is, the home page of the "Taobao" application). In addition, only the record items of the homepage of the "Taobao" application are saved in the first activity record of the "Taobao" application. In this case, in response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state shown in Figure 13 (a) to the expanded state shown in Figure 13 (b), the mobile phone can control the folding screen to display the first Interface 1301. For example, the mobile phone may display the first interface 1301 shown in (b) in FIG. 13.
在情况(1)的实现方式(b)中，第二界面可以是第一应用的首页的下一层级的任一界面。In the implementation (b) of case (1), the second interface may be any interface on the next level of the home page of the first application.
在情况(1)的实现方式(c)中，手机中可以预先设置在上述情况(1)中，第二界面可以是第一应用的界面中，除首页之外的任一界面。In the implementation (c) of the case (1), the mobile phone may be preset in the above case (1), and the second interface may be any interface of the first application except the homepage.
结合上述应用场景(2)的情况(2)，虽然第一界面是第一应用的首页，但是手机在第一应用的活动记录中保存了第一应用的其他界面的记录项。在这种情况下，上述第二界面可以是第一应用的活动记录中，第一界面对应的记录项的前一个记录项对应的界面。手机确定第二界面的具体方法可以参考应用场景(1)的实现方式(3)中的详细描述，本申请实施例这里不予赘述。In combination with the situation (2) of the above application scenario (2), although the first interface is the home page of the first application, the mobile phone saves record items of other interfaces of the first application in the activity record of the first application. In this case, the aforementioned second interface may be an interface corresponding to the previous record item of the record item corresponding to the first interface in the activity record of the first application. For the specific method for the mobile phone to determine the second interface, refer to the detailed description in the implementation mode (3) of the application scenario (1), which is not repeated in the embodiment of the present application.
假设当用户面对展开的折叠屏时，折叠屏上折叠边的左侧为第一显示区域，折叠屏上折叠边的右侧为第二显示区域。在S702中，响应于折叠屏由折叠状态转变为展开状态，手机控制折叠屏的第一显示区域显示第一界面，第二显示区域显示第二界面。为了使得折叠屏显示第一界面和第二界面时，显示方式符合多数用户的使用习惯，提升用户的使用体验。本申请实施例提供如下方案：Assuming that when the user faces the unfolded folding screen, the left side of the folding side on the folding screen is the first display area, and the right side of the folding side on the folding screen is the second display area. In S702, in response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state to the expanded state, the mobile phone controls the first display area of the folding screen to display the first interface, and the second display area to display the second interface. In order to make the folding screen display the first interface and the second interface, the display mode conforms to the usage habits of most users, and the user experience is improved. The embodiments of this application provide the following solutions:
响应于折叠屏由折叠状态转变为展开状态，如果第一界面的层级高于第二界面的层级，手机可控制折叠屏的第一显示区域(即左侧的显示区域)显示第一界面，第二显示区域(即右侧的显示区域)显示第二界面；如果第二界面的层级高于第一界面的层级，手机可控制折叠屏的第一显示区域显示第二界面，第二显示区域显示第一界面；如果第二界面与第一界面 是同一层级的界面，手机可控制折叠屏的第一显示区域显示第一界面，第二显示区域显示第二界面。如此，右侧的第二显示区域内显示的界面的层级低于或等于左侧的第一显示内显示的界面时，可以方面用户对比和操作，更能符合多数用户的使用习惯。In response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state to the unfolded state, if the level of the first interface is higher than the level of the second interface, the mobile phone can control the first display area of the folding screen (that is, the display area on the left) to display the first interface. The second display area (that is, the display area on the right) displays the second interface; if the level of the second interface is higher than that of the first interface, the mobile phone can control the first display area of the folding screen to display the second interface, and the second display area displays The first interface; if the second interface and the first interface are the same level of interface, the mobile phone can control the first display area of the folding screen to display the first interface, and the second display area to display the second interface. In this way, when the level of the interface displayed in the second display area on the right is lower than or equal to the interface displayed in the first display on the left, user comparison and operation can be made, which is more in line with the usage habits of most users.
在另一些实施例中，第二界面是第二应用的界面，第二应用与第一应用不同。第二应用是除第一应用外，手机最近运行过且未关闭的一个或多个应用中的任一应用。其中，手机未关闭第二应用是指手机在后台运行第二应用。In other embodiments, the second interface is an interface of a second application, and the second application is different from the first application. The second application is any application of one or more applications that have been recently run and not closed by the mobile phone except the first application. Among them, the mobile phone does not close the second application means that the mobile phone runs the second application in the background.
例如，假设手机最近运行过且未关闭的应用包括“拨号”应用、“设置”应用和“微信”应用。手机响应于用户对手机的预设操作(如对Home键的双击操作)可显示图14所示的应用任务窗界面401。该应用任务窗界面401中包括手机最近运行过且未关闭的应用的任务窗，如“拨号”应用的任务窗402“设置”应用的任务窗403和“微信”应用的任务窗404。第一应用是“微信”应用。第二应用则可以为“拨号”应用或“设置”应用。For example, suppose that the applications that have been run on the mobile phone recently and have not been closed include the "Dial" application, the "Settings" application, and the "WeChat" application. The mobile phone can display the application task window interface 401 shown in FIG. 14 in response to the user's preset operation on the mobile phone (such as a double-click operation on the Home button). The application task window interface 401 includes task windows of applications that have been recently run and not closed by the mobile phone, such as the task window 402 of the "Dial" application, the task window 403 of the "Settings" application and the task window 404 of the "WeChat" application. The first application is the "WeChat" application. The second application can be a "dial" application or a "settings" application.
如图15中的(a)所示，手机显示第一应用的第一界面1501，即“微信”应用的一个界面。响应于折叠屏由图15中的(a)所示的折叠状态转变为图15中的(b)所示的展开状态，手机可控制折叠屏的第一显示区域1503显示第一界面1501，第二显示区域1504显示第二界面1502。第二界面1502是上述“设置”应用的界面。As shown in (a) of Figure 15, the mobile phone displays a first interface 1501 of the first application, that is, an interface of the "WeChat" application. In response to the folding screen changing from the folded state shown in Figure 15(a) to the expanded state shown in Figure 15(b), the mobile phone can control the first display area 1503 of the folding screen to display the first interface 1501. The second display area 1504 displays the second interface 1502. The second interface 1502 is the interface of the aforementioned "Settings" application.
在一些实施例中，第二界面是第二应用的界面。在该实施例中，响应于折叠屏由折叠状态转变为展开状态，手机可控制第一显示区域(即左侧的显示区域)显示第一界面，在第二显示区域(即右侧的显示区域)显示第二界面。如此，第一应用的第一界面先显示在左侧的第一显示区域，第二应用的第二界面再显示在右侧的第二显示区域，从而更能符合多数用户的使用习惯。In some embodiments, the second interface is an interface of a second application. In this embodiment, in response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state to the unfolded state, the mobile phone can control the first display area (that is, the display area on the left) to display the first interface, and in the second display area (that is, the display area on the right) ) Display the second interface. In this way, the first interface of the first application is first displayed in the first display area on the left, and the second interface of the second application is then displayed in the second display area on the right, which is more in line with the usage habits of most users.
进一步的，如图7所示，在S702之后，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括S703：Further, as shown in FIG. 7, after S702, the method of the embodiment of the present application may further include S703:
S703、响应于折叠屏由展开状态转变为折叠状态，手机控制第一屏显示第一界面或第二界面。S703. In response to the folding screen changing from the unfolded state to the folded state, the mobile phone controls the first screen to display the first interface or the second interface.
例如，响应于折叠屏由图15中的(b)所示的展开状态转变为图15中的(a)所示的折叠状态，第一屏可显示图15中的(a)所示的第一界面1501。当然，图15中的(a)所示的第一界面1501也可以替换为图15中的(b)所示的第二界面1502。For example, in response to the folding screen transitioning from the unfolded state shown in FIG. 15(b) to the folded state shown in FIG. 15(a), the first screen may display the first screen shown in FIG. 15(a) One interface 1501. Of course, the first interface 1501 shown in (a) in FIG. 15 can also be replaced with the second interface 1502 shown in (b) in FIG. 15.
其中，手机可以实时计算A屏和B屏的夹角α，并检测夹角α的变化。当检测到A屏和B屏的夹角α由大变小，且变化后夹角α小于P时，手机可以确定折叠屏由展开状态转变为折叠状态。手机计算A屏和B屏的夹角α的具体方法，可以参考上述实施例中电子设备100计算夹角α的方法，本申请实施例这里不予赘述。Among them, the mobile phone can calculate the angle α between the A screen and the B screen in real time, and detect the change of the angle α. When it is detected that the angle α between the screen A and the screen B changes from large to small, and the angle α is smaller than P after the change, the mobile phone can determine that the folding screen has changed from the unfolded state to the folded state. For the specific method for calculating the included angle α between the A screen and the B screen by the mobile phone, reference may be made to the method for calculating the included angle α of the electronic device 100 in the foregoing embodiment, which is not described in detail in the embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例中，响应于折叠屏由折叠状态转变为展开状态，手机可控制折叠屏以双窗口模式显示第一界面和第二界面，即折叠屏在两个显示区域同时显示两个界面。由于折叠屏的第一屏和第二屏的纵横比(即高宽比)与普通的非折叠屏的纵横比类似；因此，第一屏和第二屏均可以适配已启动的应用的界面布局。如此，响应于用户展开折叠屏的操作，手机不需要重启应用，便可以正常显示应用的界面。In this embodiment of the application, in response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state to the unfolded state, the mobile phone can control the folding screen to display the first interface and the second interface in a dual-window mode, that is, the folding screen simultaneously displays two interfaces in two display areas. Since the aspect ratio (i.e., aspect ratio) of the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen is similar to that of a normal non-folding screen; therefore, both the first screen and the second screen can adapt to the interface of the launched application layout. In this way, in response to the user's operation to expand the folding screen, the mobile phone can display the application interface normally without restarting the application.
并且，展开的折叠屏可以同时显示第一界面和第二界面，这样可以使折叠屏的显示内容更加丰富，可以提升折叠屏的利用率，并提升用户的视觉体验。In addition, the expanded folding screen can display the first interface and the second interface at the same time, which can enrich the display content of the folding screen, increase the utilization rate of the folding screen, and enhance the user's visual experience.
作为一种替代方案，在一些实施例中，上述S702可以替换为S702a：As an alternative, in some embodiments, the above S702 can be replaced with S702a:
S702a、响应于折叠屏由折叠状态转变为展开状态，手机可控制折叠屏以单窗口显示第一界面。S702a. In response to the folding screen changing from the folded state to the expanded state, the mobile phone may control the folding screen to display the first interface in a single window.
其中，折叠屏处于展开状态时，折叠屏以单窗口显示第一界面，具体可以为：折叠屏的 第一显示区域和第二显示区域作为一个整体，居中显示上述第一界面。Wherein, when the folding screen is in the expanded state, the folding screen displays the first interface in a single window, which can be specifically: the first display area and the second display area of the folding screen as a whole, and the above first interface is displayed in the center.
例如，手机显示图13中的(a)所示的第一界面的1301(即“淘宝”应用的首页)。响应于折叠屏由图13中的(a)所示的折叠状态转变为图13中的(b)所示的展开状态，手机可控制折叠屏可以单窗口显示上述第一界面1301。例如，折叠屏可显示图13中的(b)所示的第一界面1301。For example, the mobile phone displays 1301 of the first interface shown in (a) in FIG. 13 (that is, the home page of the "Taobao" application). In response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state shown in FIG. 13(a) to the unfolded state shown in FIG. 13(b), the mobile phone can control the folding screen to display the above-mentioned first interface 1301 in a single window. For example, the folding screen may display the first interface 1301 shown in (b) in FIG. 13.
需要注意的是，与上述情况(1)的实现方式(a)不同的是：该实施例中的第一界面可以是第一应用的任一界面，并不限定于第一应用的首页。It should be noted that the difference from the implementation (a) of the above case (1) is that the first interface in this embodiment can be any interface of the first application, and is not limited to the homepage of the first application.
进一步的，S702a之后，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括：响应于折叠屏由展开状态转变为折叠状态，手机可控制第一屏显示第一界面。例如，响应于折叠屏由图13中的(b)所示的展开状态转变为图13中的(a)所示的折叠状态，手机可控制第一屏显示图13中的(a)所示的第一界面的1301。Further, after S702a, the method of the embodiment of the present application may further include: in response to the folding screen changing from the expanded state to the folded state, the mobile phone may control the first screen to display the first interface. For example, in response to the folding screen from the unfolded state shown in Figure 13 (b) to the folded state shown in Figure 13 (a), the mobile phone can control the first screen to display as shown in Figure 13 (a) 1301 of the first interface.
本申请实施例中，响应于折叠屏由折叠状态转变为展开状态，手机可控制折叠屏以单窗口模式显示第一界面。该第一界面的界面布局不会改变，因此，手机不需要重启应用，便可以正常显示应用的界面。In the embodiment of the present application, in response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state to the expanded state, the mobile phone can control the folding screen to display the first interface in a single window mode. The interface layout of the first interface will not change. Therefore, the mobile phone can display the application interface normally without restarting the application.
S702a之后，手机可以接收用户对第一显示区域显示的第一界面的第一操作。该第一操作用于触发第一显示区域显示第一应用的第三界面。响应于用户第一界面的第一操作，手机可控制折叠屏的第一显示区域显示第一界面，第二显示区域显示第三界面。其中，第一显示区域和第二显示区域的详细介绍，可以参考上述实施例中的描述，本申请实施例这里不予赘述。After S702a, the mobile phone can receive the user's first operation on the first interface displayed in the first display area. The first operation is used to trigger the first display area to display the third interface of the first application. In response to the user's first operation on the first interface, the mobile phone can control the first display area of the folding screen to display the first interface, and the second display area to display the third interface. For the detailed introduction of the first display area and the second display area, reference may be made to the description in the above-mentioned embodiment, which is not repeated here in the embodiment of the present application.
例如，手机以单窗口显示图16中的(a)所示的第一界面1601，如“淘宝”应用的首页。一般而言，响应于用户对第一界面1601中“搜索”按钮1602的点击操作(如单击操作)，可以单窗口显示搜索结果界面，即第三界面。而本申请实施例中，响应于用户对第一界面1601中“搜索”按钮1602的点击操作(如单击操作)，手机可控制折叠屏以双窗口同时显示上述第一界面和第三界面。如图16中的(b)所示，折叠屏的第一显示区域1604显示第一界面，第二显示区域显示第三界面1603，即搜索结果界面。For example, the mobile phone displays the first interface 1601 shown in (a) in FIG. 16 in a single window, such as the homepage of the "Taobao" application. Generally speaking, in response to a user's click operation (such as a single click operation) on the "search" button 1602 in the first interface 1601, the search result interface can be displayed in a single window, that is, the third interface. In this embodiment of the present application, in response to a user's click operation (such as a single click operation) on the "search" button 1602 in the first interface 1601, the mobile phone can control the folding screen to simultaneously display the above-mentioned first interface and the third interface in dual windows. As shown in (b) of FIG. 16, the first display area 1604 of the folding screen displays the first interface, and the second display area displays the third interface 1603, which is the search result interface.
可选的，S702a之后，响应于用户对第一界面的第一操作，如果第一界面的层级高于第三界面的层级，手机可控制折叠屏的第一显示区域(即左侧的显示区域)显示第一界面，第二显示区域(即右侧的显示区域)显示第三界面；如果第三界面的层级高于第一界面的层级，手机可控制折叠屏的第一显示区域显示第三界面，第二显示区域显示第一界面；如果第三界面与第一界面是同一层级的界面，手机可控制折叠屏的第一显示区域显示第一界面，第二显示区域显示第三界面。如此，右侧的第二显示区域内显示的界面的层级低于或等于左侧的第一显示内显示的界面时，可以方面用户对比和操作，更能符合多数用户的使用习惯。Optionally, after S702a, in response to the user's first operation on the first interface, if the level of the first interface is higher than the level of the third interface, the mobile phone can control the first display area of the folding screen (that is, the display area on the left). ) The first interface is displayed, and the second display area (that is, the display area on the right) displays the third interface; if the level of the third interface is higher than that of the first interface, the mobile phone can control the first display area of the folding screen to display the third interface. Interface, the second display area displays the first interface; if the third interface is an interface of the same level as the first interface, the mobile phone can control the first display area of the folding screen to display the first interface, and the second display area displays the third interface. In this way, when the level of the interface displayed in the second display area on the right is lower than or equal to the interface displayed in the first display on the left, user comparison and operation can be made, which is more in line with the usage habits of most users.
在另一些实施例中，折叠屏的第一显示区域显示第一界面，第二显示区域显示第二界面后，响应于用户在第一显示区域显示的第一界面的第二操作，折叠屏的第一显示区域显示第二操作对应的第四界面，第二显示区域显示的第二界面不变；响应于用户在第二显示区域显示的第二界面的第三操作，折叠屏的第二显示区域显示第三操作对应的第五界面，第一显示区域显示的第四界面不变。In some other embodiments, the first display area of the folding screen displays the first interface, and after the second display area displays the second interface, in response to the user's second operation on the first interface displayed in the first display area, the folding screen The first display area displays the fourth interface corresponding to the second operation, and the second interface displayed in the second display area remains unchanged; in response to the user's third operation on the second interface displayed in the second display area, the second display of the folding screen The area displays the fifth interface corresponding to the third operation, and the fourth interface displayed in the first display area remains unchanged.
第二界面和第一界面可以均为第一应用(如“淘宝”应用)的界面。例如，如图17中的(a)所示，折叠屏的第一显示区域1701显示“淘宝”应用的首页1703，即第一界面；折叠屏的第二显示区域1702显示“帽子”搜索结果页1704，即第二界面。手机可接收用户在第一界面的第三操作(如用户对图17中的(a)所示的“搜索”按钮1705的点击操作)。响应 于用户对“淘宝”应用的首页1703的第三操作，如图17中的(b)所示，折叠屏的第一显示区域1701显示“牛奶”搜索结果页1706(即第四界面)。而第二显示区域显示的第二界面不变。例如，如图17中的(b)所示，第二显示区域1702仍显示“帽子”搜索结果页1704，即第二界面。The second interface and the first interface may both be interfaces of the first application (such as the "Taobao" application). For example, as shown in Figure 17 (a), the first display area 1701 of the folding screen displays the home page 1703 of the "Taobao" application, which is the first interface; the second display area 1702 of the folding screen displays the search result page of "hats" 1704, the second interface. The mobile phone can receive the user's third operation on the first interface (for example, the user's clicking operation on the "search" button 1705 shown in (a) in FIG. 17). In response to the user's third operation on the home page 1703 of the "Taobao" application, as shown in (b) in FIG. 17, the first display area 1701 of the folding screen displays the "milk" search result page 1706 (ie, the fourth interface). The second interface displayed in the second display area remains unchanged. For example, as shown in (b) of FIG. 17, the second display area 1702 still displays the "hat" search result page 1704, that is, the second interface.
手机可接收用户在第二界面的第四操作(如用户对图17中的(b)所示的“帽子”搜索结果页1704中“棒球帽”搜索项的点击操作)。响应于用户对“帽子”搜索结果页1704的第四操作，如图17中的(c)所示，折叠屏的第二显示区域1702显示商品详情页1708(即第五界面)。而第一显示区域显示的第四界面不变。例如，如图17中的(c)所示，手机可在第一显示区域1701仍显示“牛奶”搜索结果页1706，即第四界面。The mobile phone can receive the user's fourth operation on the second interface (for example, the user's click operation on the "baseball cap" search item in the "hat" search result page 1704 shown in (b) in FIG. 17). In response to the user's fourth operation on the "hat" search result page 1704, as shown in (c) in FIG. 17, the second display area 1702 of the folding screen displays the product details page 1708 (ie, the fifth interface). The fourth interface displayed in the first display area remains unchanged. For example, as shown in (c) in FIG. 17, the mobile phone may still display the search result page 1706 of "milk" in the first display area 1701, that is, the fourth interface.
第二界面可以是第二应用的界面，第一界面是第一应用的界面。第二应用与第一应用不同。例如，第一应用是“设置”应用，第二应用是“淘宝”应用。如图18中的(a)所示，折叠屏的第一显示区域1801显示“设置”应用的WLAN(即WiFi)设置界面1803，即第一界面；第二显示区域1802显示“淘宝”应用的“帽子”搜索结果页1804，即第二界面。手机可接收用户在第一界面的第三操作(如用户对图18中的(a)所示的WLAN设置界面1803中“返回”按钮1805的点击操作)。响应于用户对WLAN设置界面1803的第三操作，如图18中的(b)所示，折叠屏的第一显示区域1801显示“设置”应用的首页1806，即第四界面。而第二显示区域显示的第二界面不变。例如，如图18中的(b)所示，手机可在第二显示区域1802仍显示“帽子”搜索结果页1804，即第二界面。The second interface may be an interface of the second application, and the first interface is an interface of the first application. The second application is different from the first application. For example, the first application is the "Settings" application, and the second application is the "Taobao" application. As shown in Figure 18 (a), the first display area 1801 of the folding screen displays the WLAN (i.e. WiFi) setting interface 1803 of the "Settings" application, which is the first interface; the second display area 1802 displays the "Taobao" application "Hat" search result page 1804, the second interface. The mobile phone can receive the user's third operation on the first interface (for example, the user's clicking operation on the "return" button 1805 in the WLAN setting interface 1803 shown in (a) of FIG. 18). In response to the user's third operation on the WLAN setting interface 1803, as shown in (b) in FIG. 18, the first display area 1801 of the folding screen displays the home page 1806 of the "Settings" application, that is, the fourth interface. The second interface displayed in the second display area remains unchanged. For example, as shown in (b) of FIG. 18, the mobile phone may still display the "hat" search result page 1804 in the second display area 1802, that is, the second interface.
手机可接收用户在第二界面的第四操作(如用户对图18中的(b)所示的“帽子”搜索结果页1804中“棒球帽”搜索项的点击操作)。响应于用户对“帽子”搜索结果页1804的第四操作，如图18中的(c)所示，折叠屏的第二显示区域1802显示商品详情页1808(即第五界面)。而第一显示区域显示的第四界面不变。例如，如图18中的(c)所示，手机可在第一显示区域1801仍显示“设置”应用的首页1806，即第四界面。The mobile phone can receive the user's fourth operation on the second interface (for example, the user's click operation on the "baseball cap" search item in the "hat" search result page 1804 shown in (b) in FIG. 18). In response to the user's fourth operation on the "hat" search result page 1804, as shown in (c) in FIG. 18, the second display area 1802 of the folding screen displays the product details page 1808 (ie, the fifth interface). The fourth interface displayed in the first display area remains unchanged. For example, as shown in (c) of FIG. 18, the mobile phone may still display the home page 1806 of the "Settings" application in the first display area 1801, that is, the fourth interface.
在该实施例中，折叠屏的第一显示区域显示第一界面，第二显示区域显示第二界面后，第一显示区域和第二显示区域显示的界面互不影响。如此，用户便可以在第一显示区域和第二显示区域打开不同的界面，控制手机并行执行不同的事件。In this embodiment, the first display area of the folding screen displays the first interface, and after the second display area displays the second interface, the interfaces displayed in the first display area and the second display area do not affect each other. In this way, the user can open different interfaces in the first display area and the second display area, and control the mobile phone to execute different events in parallel.
在一些实施例中，为了避免由于A屏和B屏的夹角α短时间内在P左右频繁变化，而导致手机的显示内容频繁切换。在一些实施例中，如果手机检测到A屏和B屏的夹角α由小变大，且变化后夹角α大于P，折叠屏的第一显示区域不会立即显示第一界面，第二显示区域不会立即显示第二界面，而是继续在第一屏显示第一界面，第二屏黑屏。此时，手机可以启动计时器，在A屏和B屏的夹角α在预设时间内均大于P时，折叠屏的第一显示区域显示第一界面，第二显示区域显示第二界面。In some embodiments, in order to avoid frequent changes of the angle α between the A screen and the B screen around P in a short time, the display content of the mobile phone is frequently switched. In some embodiments, if the mobile phone detects that the angle α between screen A and screen B changes from small to large, and the angle α is greater than P after the change, the first display area of the folding screen will not immediately display the first interface, and the second The display area does not immediately display the second interface, but continues to display the first interface on the first screen, and the second screen is black. At this time, the mobile phone can start a timer, and when the angle α between the A screen and the B screen is greater than P within the preset time, the first display area of the folding screen displays the first interface, and the second display area displays the second interface.
在一些实施例中，电子设备在展开状态下的折叠屏或横屏状态的非折叠屏包括的多个显示区域可以是用户设置的。In some embodiments, the multiple display areas included in the folding screen in the unfolded state or the non-folding screen in the landscape state of the electronic device may be set by the user.
例如，如图19所示，电子设备的设置界面1901上显示有显示区域的设置控件，用户可以自行设置第一显示区域的纵横比(即高宽比)和第二显示区域的纵横比，或者用户可以从设置界面上选择第一显示区域的纵横比和第二显示区域的纵横比。For example, as shown in FIG. 19, the setting interface 1901 of the electronic device displays the setting controls of the display area, and the user can set the aspect ratio of the first display area (that is, the aspect ratio) and the aspect ratio of the second display area, or The user can select the aspect ratio of the first display area and the aspect ratio of the second display area from the setting interface.
又例如，如图20中的(a)所示，手机的设置界面2001上显示有显示区域数量设置控件2002和显示区域的范围设置控件2003。在用户设置显示区域的数量为2，并点击控件2003之后，如图20中的(b)所示，手机可以提示用户设置第一显示区域的范围，用户可以在显示屏上拖动以设置第一显示区域的范围。在用户停止拖动后，如图20中的(c)所示，手机 可以显示确定第一显示区域的范围的控件2004和取消设置的控件2005。在用户点击控件2004后，参见图20中的(d)，手机可以确定用户设置的第一显示区域和第二显示区域的范围。For another example, as shown in (a) of FIG. 20, the setting interface 2001 of the mobile phone displays a display area quantity setting control 2002 and a display area range setting control 2003. After the user sets the number of display areas to 2, and clicks the control 2003, as shown in (b) in Figure 20, the mobile phone can prompt the user to set the range of the first display area, and the user can drag on the display to set the first display area. A range of the display area. After the user stops dragging, as shown in (c) of FIG. 20, the mobile phone can display a control 2004 for determining the range of the first display area and a control 2005 for canceling the setting. After the user clicks on the control 2004, referring to (d) in FIG. 20, the mobile phone can determine the range of the first display area and the second display area set by the user.
再例如，在用户于设置界面2001上设置显示区域的数量为2，并点击控件2003之后，如图21所示，手机的设置界面上显示有分界线2101，用户可以拖动分界线2101以设定第一显示区域和第二显示区域的尺寸和纵横比。For another example, after the user sets the number of display areas on the setting interface 2001 to 2 and clicks the control 2003, as shown in Figure 21, a dividing line 2101 is displayed on the setting interface of the mobile phone, and the user can drag the dividing line 2101 to set Determine the size and aspect ratio of the first display area and the second display area.
当然，用户还可以通过其他方式设置手机的显示屏包括的显示区域，本申请实施例不予限定。Of course, the user can also set the display area included in the display screen of the mobile phone in other ways, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在另一些实施例中，以上述电子设备是手机为例。该手机的折叠屏可以是上述内折折叠屏，该内折折叠屏可折叠形成第一屏(如图2所示的A屏)和第二屏(如图2所示的B屏)，第一屏的背面设置有第三屏(如图2所示的C屏)。In other embodiments, it is assumed that the above-mentioned electronic device is a mobile phone. The folding screen of the mobile phone may be the above-mentioned in-folding folding screen, which can be folded to form a first screen (screen A as shown in FIG. 2) and a second screen (screen B as shown in FIG. 2). A third screen (C screen as shown in Figure 2) is provided on the back of one screen.
可以理解，由于内折折叠屏被完全折叠屏后，第三屏(即C屏)对用户可见，而第一屏和第二屏对用户不可见；因此，对于具有这类内折折叠屏的手机而言，当折叠屏处于折叠状态时，可以在第三屏显示界面；当折叠屏处于展开状态时，可以在第一屏和第二屏显示界面。It can be understood that after the inward-folding folding screen is fully folded, the third screen (i.e., screen C) is visible to the user, while the first and second screens are invisible to the user; therefore, for those with such inward-folding folding screens For mobile phones, when the folding screen is in the folded state, the interface can be displayed on the third screen; when the folding screen is in the expanded state, the interface can be displayed on the first and second screens.
需要注意的是，上述外折折叠屏的所有方案均可以应用于包括内折折叠屏的手机。但是，不同的是，对于包括内折折叠屏的手机而言，手机在折叠状态下，在第三屏显示界面(如上述第一界面)。It should be noted that all the solutions of the above-mentioned outer-folding folding screens can be applied to mobile phones including inner-folding folding screens. However, the difference is that for a mobile phone that includes an in-folding folding screen, when the mobile phone is in a folded state, an interface (such as the above-mentioned first interface) is displayed on the third screen.
示例性的，以上述第一应用的“淘宝”应用为例。第一界面可以是“淘宝”应用的商品详情页。图22A中的(a)示出折叠屏处于折叠状态时，手机的主视图，即手机的第三屏。如图22A中的(a)所示，手机的第三屏显示“淘宝”应用的第一界面2201，即商品详情页。响应于折叠屏由折叠状态转变为展开状态，如图22A中的(b)所示，手机可在第一显示区域2202显示第一界面2201，在第二显示区域2203显示第二界面2204。Exemplarily, take the "Taobao" application of the above-mentioned first application as an example. The first interface may be the product detail page of the "Taobao" application. (A) in FIG. 22A shows the main view of the mobile phone when the folding screen is in the folded state, that is, the third screen of the mobile phone. As shown in (a) of FIG. 22A, the third screen of the mobile phone displays the first interface 2201 of the "Taobao" application, that is, the product details page. In response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state to the unfolded state, as shown in (b) of FIG. 22A, the mobile phone can display the first interface 2201 in the first display area 2202 and the second interface 2204 in the second display area 2203.
其中，对于包括内折折叠屏的手机而言，手机在折叠状态时，可控制第三屏显示第一界面；响应于折叠屏由折叠状态转变为展开状态，手机可控制折叠屏以双窗口模式在折叠屏(即第一屏和第二屏)显示第一界面和第二界面，即折叠屏在两个显示区域同时显示两个界面。由于折叠屏的第一屏和第二屏的纵横比(即高宽比)与普通的非折叠屏的纵横比类似；因此，第一屏和第二屏均可以适配已启动的应用的界面布局。如此，响应于用户展开折叠屏的操作，手机不需要重启应用，便可以正常显示应用的界面。Among them, for a mobile phone that includes an inward-folding folding screen, when the mobile phone is in the folded state, the third screen can be controlled to display the first interface; in response to the folding screen changing from the folded state to the unfolded state, the mobile phone can control the folding screen in a dual-window mode The first interface and the second interface are displayed on the folding screen (that is, the first screen and the second screen), that is, the folding screen simultaneously displays two interfaces in the two display areas. Since the aspect ratio (i.e., aspect ratio) of the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen is similar to that of a normal non-folding screen; therefore, both the first screen and the second screen can adapt to the interface of the launched application layout. In this way, in response to the user's operation to expand the folding screen, the mobile phone can display the application interface normally without restarting the application.
并且，展开的折叠屏可以同时显示第一界面和第二界面，这样可以使折叠屏的显示内容更加丰富，可以提升折叠屏的利用率，并提升用户的视觉体验。In addition, the expanded folding screen can display the first interface and the second interface at the same time, which can enrich the display content of the folding screen, increase the utilization rate of the folding screen, and enhance the user's visual experience.
其中，对于非折叠屏电子设备或者处于折叠状态的折叠屏电子设备而言，电子设备由竖屏状态转变为横屏状态时，也可能会存在电子设备的显示屏的显示区域不能被充分利用的问题。例如，以手机显示视频播放界面为例。如图22B中的(a)所示，手机处于竖屏状态，手机显示视频播放界面2205。如图22B中的(b)所示，手机处于横屏状态，手机居中显示视频播放界面2205。但是，在图22B中的(b)所示的横屏状态，手机的显示屏的一部分显示区没有显示具体内容，显示屏的显示区域没有被充分利用。Among them, for a non-folding screen electronic device or a folding screen electronic device in a folded state, when the electronic device changes from a vertical screen state to a horizontal screen state, there may also be cases where the display area of the display screen of the electronic device cannot be fully utilized. problem. For example, take a mobile phone displaying a video playback interface as an example. As shown in (a) of FIG. 22B, the mobile phone is in a vertical screen state, and the mobile phone displays a video playback interface 2205. As shown in (b) of FIG. 22B, the mobile phone is in a horizontal screen state, and the mobile phone displays a video playback interface 2205 in the center. However, in the horizontal screen state shown in (b) of FIG. 22B, a part of the display area of the display screen of the mobile phone does not display specific content, and the display area of the display screen is not fully utilized.
为了解决电子设备的显示屏(折叠屏或非折叠屏)的显示区域不能被充分利用的问题，本申请实施例提供一种显示应用的方法。如果电子设备进入预设场景，且电子设备进入预设场景前所显示的界面是第一应用的预设主页(即main Page)，或者电子设备进入预设场景后所要显示的界面是第一应用的预设主页，电子设备则可以控制显示屏的第一显示区域显示上述第一应用的预设主页，并控制显示屏的第二显示区域显示与预设主页成对配置的相关页面(即related Page)。如此，处于预设场景的电子设备可以在显示屏同时显示第一应用的预设 主页和相关页面，这样可以使显示屏的显示内容更加丰富，可以提升显示屏的利用率，并提升用户的视觉体验。In order to solve the problem that the display area of the display screen (folding screen or non-folding screen) of an electronic device cannot be fully utilized, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for displaying applications. If the electronic device enters the preset scene, and the interface displayed before the electronic device enters the preset scene is the default homepage (ie main Page) of the first application, or the interface to be displayed after the electronic device enters the preset scene is the first application The electronic device can control the first display area of the display screen to display the preset homepage of the first application, and control the second display area of the display screen to display related pages configured in pairs with the preset homepage (ie related Page). In this way, the electronic device in the preset scene can simultaneously display the preset homepage and related pages of the first application on the display screen, which can enrich the display content of the display screen, improve the utilization rate of the display screen, and enhance the user's vision Experience.
需要说明的是，上述预设场景，第一应用的预设主页和相关页面的详细描述，可以参考以下实施例中的详细介绍，本申请实施例这里不予赘述。It should be noted that, for the detailed description of the above-mentioned preset scene, the preset homepage of the first application and related pages, please refer to the detailed description in the following embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
以下实施例中的方法均可以在具有图4所示的硬件结构的电子设备100中实现。图23A是本申请实施例提供的电子设备100的另一种软件结构框图。分层架构可将软件分成若干个层，每一层都有清晰的角色和分工。层与层之间通过软件接口通信。在一些实施例中，将Android***分为三层，从上至下分别为应用程序层(简称应用层)，应用程序框架层(简称框架层)，以及内核层(也称为驱动层)。The methods in the following embodiments can all be implemented in the electronic device 100 having the hardware structure shown in FIG. 4. FIG. 23A is another software structure block diagram of the electronic device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The layered architecture can divide the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Communication between layers through software interface. In some embodiments, the Android system is divided into three layers, from top to bottom, the application layer (referred to as the application layer), the application framework layer (referred to as the framework layer), and the kernel layer (also referred to as the driver layer).
其中，应用层可以包括一系列应用程序包。如图23A所示，应用层可以包括应用1和应用2等多个应用程序包。例如，应用程序包可以为相机，图库，日历，通话，地图，导航，WLAN，蓝牙，音乐，视频，短信息以及Launcher等应用程序。其中，上述应用1、应用2等应用是指支持双窗口显示的应用。Among them, the application layer can include a series of application packages. As shown in FIG. 23A, the application layer may include multiple application packages such as application 1 and application 2. For example, the application package can be applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, short message, and Launcher. Among them, the aforementioned applications such as application 1 and application 2 refer to applications that support dual-window display.
如图23A所示，应用层还可以包括***(System)用户界面(User Interface，UI)，该***UI(即System UI)负责***界面的显示，是一个***的安装包(Android Package，APK)。其中，***中与用户交互的界面功能也在这个APK中实现。本申请实施例中，用户自定义选择第一应用的相关页面(即related Page)的交互界面和预设手势，也是在这个APK中实现。As shown in Figure 23A, the application layer may also include a system (System) user interface (User Interface, UI). The system UI (ie System UI) is responsible for the display of the system interface and is a system installation package (Android Package, APK) . Among them, the interface function that interacts with the user in the system is also implemented in this APK. In this embodiment of the application, the user-defined interaction interface and preset gestures for selecting the related page of the first application (ie related Page) are also implemented in this APK.
框架层(即Framework层)为应用层的应用程序(即应用)提供API和编程框架。应用程序框架层包括一些预先定义的函数。如图23A所示，框架层可以包括配置模块、Activity管理模块(相当于图6所示的活动管理器AMS)和窗口显示模块(相当于图6所示的窗口管理器WMS)。The framework layer (ie Framework layer) provides API and programming framework for applications (ie applications) in the application layer. The application framework layer includes some predefined functions. As shown in FIG. 23A, the framework layer may include a configuration module, an Activity management module (equivalent to the activity manager AMS shown in FIG. 6), and a window display module (equivalent to the window manager WMS shown in FIG. 6).
配置模块用于管理应用层中应用的预设主页(main Page)和相关页面(related Page)。The configuration module is used to manage the default main page (main Page) and related pages (related Page) of the application in the application layer.
在一种情况下，应用的安装包(APK)中的配置文件中包括上述main Page和related Page。如此，如图23A所示，配置模块便可以解析应用的安装包中的配置文件，得到并保存main Page和related Page。In one case, the configuration file in the installation package (APK) of the application includes the above-mentioned main Page and related Page. In this way, as shown in Figure 23A, the configuration module can parse the configuration file in the application installation package to obtain and save the main Page and the related Page.
在另一种情况下，配置模块可以为应用配置main Page。例如，配置模块可以将第一应用的首页配置为应用的main Page。或者，配置模块还可以根据应用的各个界面的界面特征，从应用的多个界面中确定出第一应用的main Page。例如，配置模块可以将应用的多个界面中满足预设条件的界面确定为该应用的main Page。其中，预设条件为：包括预设界面特征，且预设界面特征的数量大于预设数量阈值。该预设界面特征可以包括预设组件或者小程序。In another case, the configuration module can configure the main page for the application. For example, the configuration module may configure the home page of the first application as the main page of the application. Alternatively, the configuration module may also determine the main page of the first application from multiple interfaces of the application according to the interface characteristics of each interface of the application. For example, the configuration module may determine the interface that meets preset conditions among multiple interfaces of the application as the main page of the application. The preset condition is that the preset interface features are included, and the number of preset interface features is greater than the preset number threshold. The preset interface feature may include a preset component or an applet.
配置模块可以调用接口，接收用户通过***UI提供的交互界面自定义的应用的related Page。配置模块还可以保存用户自定义的related Page。或者，配置模块还可以将上述main Page的下一层级的界面配置或识别为第一应用的related Page。The configuration module can call the interface to receive related pages of the application customized by the user through the interactive interface provided by the system UI. The configuration module can also save user-defined related Pages. Alternatively, the configuration module may also configure or identify the next level interface of the main Page as the related Page of the first application.
其中，配置模块可以响应于应用的安装或更新，解析、配置或识别该应用的main Page和related Page，并保存该应用的main Page和related Page。响应于应用的卸载，配置模块可以删除配置模块中保存的应用的main Page和related Page。Among them, the configuration module can parse, configure or identify the main Page and related Page of the application in response to the installation or update of the application, and save the main Page and related Page of the application. In response to the uninstallation of the application, the configuration module can delete the main Page and related Page of the application saved in the configuration module.
Activity管理模块(如活动管理器AMS)，用于负责管理Activity，负责***中各组件的启动、切换、调度及应用程序的管理和调度等工作。窗口显示模块(窗口管理器WMS)用于管理窗口程序。内核层是硬件和软件之间的层。内核层可以包含显示驱动，输入/输出设备驱动(例如，键盘、触摸屏、耳机、扬声器、麦克风等)，摄像头驱动，音频驱动以及传感器驱动等。折叠屏电子设备的内核层还可以包括折叠驱动。该折叠驱动用于检测折叠屏的展开和 折叠。Activity management module (such as activity manager AMS), used to manage Activity, responsible for the startup, switching, scheduling of various components in the system, and application management and scheduling. The window display module (window manager WMS) is used to manage window programs. The kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software. The kernel layer can include display drivers, input/output device drivers (for example, keyboards, touch screens, headphones, speakers, microphones, etc.), camera drivers, audio drivers, and sensor drivers. The core layer of the folding screen electronic device may also include a folding driver. The folding driver is used to detect the unfolding and folding of the folding screen.
其中，用户对电子设备100进行输入操作(如展开折叠屏的操作)，内核层可以根据输入操作产生相应的输入事件(如折叠屏展开事件)，并向框架层上报该事件。或者，传感器驱动可以驱动传感器检测电子设备的运动状态(如横屏状态和竖屏状态)的切换，内核层可以根据该状态切换的产生相应的输入事件(如竖屏状态转变为横屏状态事件)，并向框架层上报该事件。Where the user performs an input operation on the electronic device 100 (such as an operation to expand the folding screen), the kernel layer can generate a corresponding input event (such as a folding screen expansion event) according to the input operation, and report the event to the framework layer. Alternatively, the sensor driver can drive the sensor to detect the switching of the motion state of the electronic device (such as the horizontal screen state and the vertical screen state), and the kernel layer can generate corresponding input events according to the state switching (such as the vertical screen state changes to the horizontal screen state event ), and report the event to the framework layer.
框架层的Activity管理模块(如)响应于上述时间，可以监听到听场景切换(即判断电子设备是否进入预设场景)和应用启动(即判断电子设备是否启动了应用)。如果电子设备进入预设场景，且启动了应用，则可以从配置模块获取该应用的main Page和related Page。Activity管理模块可以判断该应用的当前界面是否为main Page；如果应用的当前界面是该应用的main Page，则可以确定在显示屏填充related Page。其中，应用(如应用1或应用2)可调用start Activity接口以启动对应的Activity。The Activity management module of the framework layer (for example) responds to the above time and can monitor listening scene switching (that is, judging whether the electronic device enters a preset scene) and application startup (that is, judging whether the electronic device has started the application). If the electronic device enters the preset scene and starts the application, the main Page and related Page of the application can be obtained from the configuration module. The Activity management module can determine whether the current interface of the application is the main Page; if the current interface of the application is the main Page of the application, it can determine to fill the related Page on the display screen. Among them, the application (such as application 1 or application 2) can call the start Activity interface to start the corresponding Activity.
例如，假设A为应用的main Page Activity，B为该应用的related Page Activity。以电子设备进入预设场景为“电子设备处于第一状态(如非折叠屏电子设备处于横屏状态或折叠屏处于展开状态)下显示主界面时，响应于用户对第一应用的图标的点击操作，显示第一应用的界面的场景”为例。如图23B所示，应用(如应用的APK)可以调用框架层(即FWK)的startActivity()接口以启动main Page Activity(即图23B所示的startActivity(A))。此时，如图23B所示，如果FWK(如Activity管理模块)检测到当前启动的Activity是main Page Activity，且该main Page有配套的relatedPage，FWK则可以自动调用startActivity()启动relatedPage Activity(即图23B所示的startActivity(B))。For example, suppose A is the main Page Activity of the application, and B is the related Page Activity of the application. When the electronic device enters the preset scene as "When the electronic device is in the first state (such as the non-folding screen electronic device is in the horizontal screen state or the folding screen is in the expanded state), when the main interface is displayed, respond to the user's click on the icon of the first application Operation, display the scene of the interface of the first application" as an example. As shown in FIG. 23B, the application (such as the APK of the application) can call the startActivity() interface of the framework layer (ie, FWK) to start the main Page Activity (ie, startActivity(A) shown in FIG. 23B). At this time, as shown in Figure 23B, if the FWK (such as the Activity management module) detects that the currently started Activity is the main Page Activity, and the main Page has a related related Page, FWK can automatically call startActivity() to start the related Page Activity (ie StartActivity (B) shown in Fig. 23B).
然后，Activity管理模块可请求窗口显示模块(即窗口管理服务器WMS)绘制main Page Activity和relatedPage Activity对应的窗口，并调用显示驱动实现界面的显示。窗口显示模块可以根据AMS的请求绘制main Page Activity和relatedPage Activity窗口，然后将绘制的窗口数据发送给内核层的显示驱动，由显示驱动在显示屏(如折叠屏)以双窗口显示上述预设主页和相关页面。Then, the activity management module may request the window display module (that is, the window management server WMS) to draw the windows corresponding to the main Page Activity and the related Page Activity, and call the display driver to display the interface. The window display module can draw the main Page Activity and related Page Activity windows according to the request of AMS, and then send the drawn window data to the display driver of the kernel layer, and the display driver will display the above preset homepage in dual windows on the display screen (such as a folding screen) And related pages.
需要说明的是，图23A所示的软件结构中各个层的详细描述，可以参考上述实施例对图6的相关介绍，本申请实施例这里不予赘述。以上述电子设备是手机为例，对本申请实施例提供的技术方案进行具体阐述。It should be noted that for the detailed description of each layer in the software structure shown in FIG. 23A, reference may be made to the related introduction of FIG. 6 in the above-mentioned embodiment, which is not repeated here in the embodiment of the present application. Taking the above-mentioned electronic device as a mobile phone as an example, the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail.
为了便于理解，本申请实施例这里对本申请实施例中所述的横屏状态和竖屏状态进行说明。For ease of understanding, the embodiment of the present application describes the horizontal screen state and the vertical screen state described in the embodiment of the present application here.
其中，用户使用非折叠屏电子设备或者处于折叠状态的折叠屏电子设备时，电子设备可能是横屏状态或竖屏状态。电子设备的显示屏(包括处于折叠状态的折叠屏)可以包括四条边，这四条边中包括相互平行且相等的两条长一点的边，可以称为显示屏的长边；这四条边中还包括相互平行且相等的两条短一点的边，可以称为显示屏的短边。在横屏状态下，电子设备的显示屏的长边与水平面平行(例如，如图24中的(a)所示)，即显示屏的长边与水平面的夹角为0；或者显示屏的长边01与水平面02的夹角03小于或者等于预设值1(例如，如图24中的(b)所示)。其中，该预设值1小于或者等于45°，该预设值1的具体数值可以根据实际应用场景进行设定，例如，该预设值1可以为20°。在横屏状态下，电子设备的显示屏基本呈横条形。Among them, when a user uses a non-folding screen electronic device or a folding screen electronic device in a folded state, the electronic device may be in a horizontal screen state or a vertical screen state. The display screen of the electronic device (including the folding screen in the folded state) may include four sides, and the four sides include two longer sides that are parallel and equal to each other, which may be called the long sides of the display; It includes two shorter sides that are parallel and equal to each other, which can be called the short sides of the display screen. In the landscape state, the long side of the display screen of the electronic device is parallel to the horizontal plane (for example, as shown in (a) in Figure 24), that is, the angle between the long side of the display screen and the horizontal plane is 0; or The angle 03 between the long side 01 and the horizontal plane 02 is less than or equal to the preset value 1 (for example, as shown in (b) in FIG. 24). Wherein, the preset value 1 is less than or equal to 45°, and the specific value of the preset value 1 may be set according to actual application scenarios. For example, the preset value 1 may be 20°. In the landscape state, the display screen of the electronic device is basically a horizontal bar.
在横屏状态下，电子设备的显示屏的高小于宽，显示屏的高宽比(即高和宽的比)小于1。显示屏的高为显示屏与竖平面夹角较小的边的长度，显示屏的宽为显示屏与水平面夹角较 小的边的长度。其中，显示屏的高也可以理解为显示屏的纵向长度，显示屏的宽也可以理解为显示屏的横向长度，显示屏的高宽比也可以理解为显示屏的纵横比(即纵向长度与横向长度的比)。In the landscape state, the height of the display screen of the electronic device is smaller than the width, and the aspect ratio (that is, the ratio of height to width) of the display screen is less than 1. The height of the display is the length of the side with the smaller angle between the display and the vertical plane, and the width of the display is the length of the side with the smaller angle between the display and the horizontal plane. Among them, the height of the display can also be understood as the vertical length of the display, the width of the display can also be understood as the horizontal length of the display, and the aspect ratio of the display can also be understood as the aspect ratio of the display (ie, the vertical length and The ratio of lateral length).
为了区别横屏状态与竖屏状态，本申请实施例这里对竖屏状态也进行介绍。在竖屏状态下，电子设备的显示屏的长边与水平面垂直(例如，如图24中的(c)所示)；或者显示屏的长边01与水平面02的夹角04大于预设值1(例如，如图24中的(d)所示，该预设值1大于或者等于45°)。在竖屏状态下，电子设备的显示屏的高大于宽，显示屏的高宽比大于1，电子设备的显示屏基本呈竖条形。In order to distinguish the horizontal screen state and the vertical screen state, the embodiment of the present application also introduces the vertical screen state here. In the vertical screen state, the long side of the display screen of the electronic device is perpendicular to the horizontal plane (for example, as shown in (c) in Figure 24); or the angle 04 between the long side 01 of the display screen and the horizontal plane 02 is greater than the preset value 1 (for example, as shown in (d) of FIG. 24, the preset value 1 is greater than or equal to 45°). In the vertical screen state, the height of the display screen of the electronic device is greater than the width, and the aspect ratio of the display screen is greater than 1, and the display screen of the electronic device is basically a vertical bar.
在一些实施例中，本申请实施例中的电子设备可以是非折叠屏电子设备或者折叠屏电子设备。非折叠屏电子设备或者折叠屏电子设备是手机为例。上述预设场景为场景1。手机进入场景1是指：非折叠屏手机处于横屏状态下显示主界面时，接收到用户对第一应用的图标的点击操作，显示第一应用的界面的场景。或者，手机进入预设场景是指：手机的折叠屏处于展开状态下显示主界面时，接收到用户对第一应用的图标的点击操作，显示第一应用的界面的场景。如图25所示，该显示应用的方法可以包括S2501-S2505。In some embodiments, the electronic device in the embodiment of the present application may be a non-folding screen electronic device or a folding screen electronic device. For example, a non-folding screen electronic device or a folding screen electronic device is a mobile phone. The above preset scene is scene 1. The mobile phone enters scenario 1 refers to a scenario where the user's click operation on the icon of the first application is received when the non-folding screen mobile phone displays the main interface in the landscape state, and the interface of the first application is displayed. Alternatively, the mobile phone entering the preset scene refers to a scene in which the user's click operation on the icon of the first application is received when the main interface of the mobile phone is displayed in an expanded state and the interface of the first application is displayed. As shown in FIG. 25, the method of displaying the application may include S2501-S2505.
S2501、手机的显示屏处于第一状态下，控制显示屏显示手机的主界面。该主界面包括第一应用的图标。其中，第一状态是横屏状态；或者，显示屏是折叠屏，第一状态是展开状态。S2501. When the display screen of the mobile phone is in the first state, the control display screen displays the main interface of the mobile phone. The main interface includes the icon of the first application. Among them, the first state is a horizontal screen state; or, the display screen is a folding screen, and the first state is an expanded state.
在一种情况下，上述手机是非折叠屏手机，上述第一状态是横屏状态。例如，如图26中的(a)所示，手机2600是非折叠屏手机，手机2600处于横屏状态。如图26中的(a)所示，手机2600显示主界面2601，主界面2601中包括第一应用的图标2602。In one case, the mobile phone is a non-folding screen mobile phone, and the first state is a horizontal screen state. For example, as shown in (a) of FIG. 26, the mobile phone 2600 is a non-folding screen mobile phone, and the mobile phone 2600 is in a horizontal screen state. As shown in (a) of FIG. 26, the mobile phone 2600 displays a main interface 2601, and the main interface 2601 includes an icon 2602 of the first application.
在另一种情况下，上述手机是折叠屏手机，即显示屏是折叠屏。在这种情况下，显示屏处于第一状态具体为：折叠屏处于折叠状态，且处于横屏状态。或者，显示屏处于第一状态具体为：折叠屏处于展开状态。例如，以折叠屏手机处于展开状态为例。如图27中的(a)所示，折叠屏手机2700处于展开状态，折叠屏手机2700显示主界面2701，主界面2701包括第一应用的图标2702。In another case, the aforementioned mobile phone is a folding screen mobile phone, that is, the display screen is a folding screen. In this case, the fact that the display screen is in the first state is specifically: the folding screen is in the folded state and in the horizontal screen state. Or, the fact that the display screen is in the first state is specifically: the folding screen is in the unfolded state. For example, take a folding screen mobile phone in an unfolded state as an example. As shown in (a) of FIG. 27, the folding screen mobile phone 2700 is in an unfolded state, and the folding screen mobile phone 2700 displays a main interface 2701, and the main interface 2701 includes an icon 2702 of the first application.
S2502、手机接收用户对第一应用的图标的第一操作，该第一操作用于触发显示屏显示第一应用的第一界面。S2502. The mobile phone receives a user's first operation on the icon of the first application, where the first operation is used to trigger the display screen to display the first interface of the first application.
例如，上述第一操作可以为单击操作。如果手机接收用户对第一应用的图标的第一操作时，手机未运行(包括后台运行)第一应用；那么，响应于该第一操作，手机则可以启动第一应用。此时，第一操作用于触发手机启动第一应用，显示第一应用的首页，即上述第一界面是第一应用的首页。本申请实施例中，将“手机在未运行第一应用的情况下，响应于上述第一操作启动第一应用”称为：手机从主界面(即桌面)冷启动第一应用。本申请实施例中，如果手机从主界面冷启动第一应用，响应于启动第一应用的操作(即第一操作)手机可以显示第一应用的首页(即预设主页)，即上述第一界面是预设主页。For example, the above-mentioned first operation may be a single-click operation. If the mobile phone is not running (including running in the background) the first application when the mobile phone receives the user's first operation on the icon of the first application; then, in response to the first operation, the mobile phone can start the first application. At this time, the first operation is used to trigger the mobile phone to start the first application and display the homepage of the first application, that is, the first interface mentioned above is the homepage of the first application. In the embodiments of the present application, "the mobile phone starts the first application in response to the above first operation when the first application is not running" is referred to as: the mobile phone cold starts the first application from the main interface (ie desktop). In the embodiment of this application, if the mobile phone cold-starts the first application from the main interface, in response to the operation of starting the first application (ie the first operation), the mobile phone can display the home page of the first application (ie the preset home page), that is, the first The interface is the default homepage.
如果手机接收用户对第一应用的图标的第一操作时，手机在后台运行第一应用；那么，响应于该第一操作，手机则可以显示手机将第一应用由前台运行切换为后台运行时，手机所显示的第一应用的界面。在这种情况下，第一界面可能是第一应用的首页，也可能不是第一应用的首页。If the mobile phone receives the user's first operation on the icon of the first application, the mobile phone runs the first application in the background; then, in response to the first operation, the mobile phone can display when the mobile phone switches the first application from the foreground to the background , The interface of the first application displayed on the phone. In this case, the first interface may be the homepage of the first application, or it may not be the homepage of the first application.
S2503、响应于第一操作，手机判断第一界面是否为第一应用的预设主页。S2503. In response to the first operation, the mobile phone determines whether the first interface is a preset homepage of the first application.
其中，手机可以通过以下实现方式(I)-实现方式(III)中的任一种实现方式，确定第一应用的预设主页(main Page)。Wherein, the mobile phone can determine the default main page of the first application through any one of the following implementation manners (I)-implementation manner (III).
在实现方式(I)中，第一应用的main Page预先配置在第一应用的安装包的配置文件中。 手机安装第一应用时，便可以解析第一应用的安装包的配置文件，得到并保存第一应用的预设主页。一般而言，第一应用的安装包的配置文件中所配置的main Page是第一应用的首页。In implementation (I), the main page of the first application is pre-configured in the configuration file of the installation package of the first application. When the mobile phone installs the first application, the configuration file of the installation package of the first application can be parsed to obtain and save the preset homepage of the first application. Generally speaking, the main page configured in the configuration file of the installation package of the first application is the home page of the first application.
当然，一些应用的安装包的配置文件中可能并不包括第一应用的main Page。在这种情况下，手机可以通过实现方式(II)或实现方式(III)确定第一应用的main Page。Of course, the configuration file of the installation package of some applications may not include the main page of the first application. In this case, the mobile phone can determine the main page of the first application through implementation (II) or implementation (III).
在实现方式(II)中，可以由手机为第一应用配置main Page。例如，手机可以将第一应用的首页配置为第一应用的main Page。即main Page是第一应用的首页。In implementation (II), the mobile phone can configure the main page for the first application. For example, the mobile phone can configure the home page of the first application as the main page of the first application. That is, the main Page is the home page of the first application.
在实现方式(III)中，可以由手机识别第一应用的多个界面，从多个界面中确定出第一应用的main Page。具体的，该预设主页可以是第一应用的多个界面中满足预设条件的界面。该预设条件为：包括预设界面特征，且预设界面特征的数量大于预设数量阈值。例如，该预设界面特征可以包括预设组件或者小程序。In implementation (III), the mobile phone can identify multiple interfaces of the first application, and determine the main page of the first application from the multiple interfaces. Specifically, the preset homepage may be an interface that meets a preset condition among the multiple interfaces of the first application. The preset condition is: the preset interface features are included, and the number of the preset interface features is greater than the preset number threshold. For example, the preset interface features may include preset components or applets.
需要说明的是，本申请实施例中，上述实现方式(I)-实现方式(III)中所述的main Page的优先级不同。具体的，实现方式(I)所述的main Page的优先级高于实现方式(II)所述的main Page的优先级，实现方式(II)所述的main Page的优先级高于实现方式(III)中所述的main Page的优先级。也就是说，如果第一应用的安装包的配置文件中包括main Page，手机则可以优先使用该main Page作为第一应用的预设主页。It should be noted that, in the embodiments of the present application, the priority of the main page described in the foregoing implementation (I)-implementation (III) is different. Specifically, the priority of the main page described in the implementation manner (I) is higher than the priority of the main page described in the implementation manner (II), and the priority of the main page described in the implementation manner (II) is higher than that of the implementation manner ( III) The priority of the main page described in the above. In other words, if the configuration file of the installation package of the first application includes the main page, the mobile phone can preferentially use the main page as the preset homepage of the first application.
示例性的，以上述预设主页是第一应用的首页为例。由上述描述可知：手机响应于用户对第一应用的图标的第一操作，手机所要显示的第一应用的第一界面可能是第一应用的首页(即预设主页)，也可能不是第一应用的首页。Exemplarily, take the above-mentioned preset homepage as the homepage of the first application as an example. From the above description, it can be seen that the mobile phone responds to the user's first operation on the icon of the first application, and the first interface of the first application to be displayed by the mobile phone may be the homepage of the first application (ie, the preset homepage), or it may not be the first interface. The home page of the application.
本申请实施例中，手机可以通过判断第一界面是否为第一应用的预设主页(即main Page)，来决定是否以双窗口的方式，显示第一应用的预设主页和与预设主页成对配置的相关页面。具体的，如果第一界面是第一应用的预设主页，手机则可以执行S2504；如果第一界面不是第一应用的预设主页，手机则可以执行S2505。In this embodiment of the application, the mobile phone can determine whether to display the default homepage and the default homepage of the first application in a dual-window manner by judging whether the first interface is the default homepage of the first application (ie main Page) Related pages configured in pairs. Specifically, if the first interface is the preset homepage of the first application, the mobile phone can execute S2504; if the first interface is not the preset homepage of the first application, the mobile phone can execute S2505.
S2504、手机控制显示屏的第一显示区域显示第一界面，控制显示屏的第二显示区域显示第一应用的第二界面。该第二界面是与预设主页成对配置的相关页面。S2504. The mobile phone controls the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface, and controls the second display area of the display screen to display the second interface of the first application. The second interface is a related page configured in pairs with the preset homepage.
其中，第二显示区域与所述第一显示区域未重叠。需要注意的是，上述相关页面与预设主页是成对配置的。其中，手机可以通过以下实现方式(i)-实现方式(iii)中的任一种实现方式，确定第一应用的相关页面(related Page)。Wherein, the second display area does not overlap with the first display area. It should be noted that the above related pages and the preset homepage are configured in pairs. Wherein, the mobile phone can determine the related page of the first application through any one of the following implementation manners (i) to implementation manner (iii).
在实现方式(i)中，第一应用的related Page预先配置在第一应用的安装包的配置文件中。手机安装第一应用时，便可以解析第一应用的安装包的配置文件，得到并保存第一应用的相关页面。例如，第一应用的安装包的配置文件中所配置的related Page可以是第一应用的首页的任一个下一层级的界面。In implementation (i), the related Page of the first application is pre-configured in the configuration file of the installation package of the first application. When the mobile phone installs the first application, it can parse the configuration file of the installation package of the first application to obtain and save the relevant page of the first application. For example, the related Page configured in the configuration file of the installation package of the first application may be any next-level interface on the homepage of the first application.
在实现方式(ii)中，可以由手机为第一应用配置related Page。例如，手机可以将第一应用的首页的任一个下一层级的界面配置为第一应用的related Page。即第一应用的相关页面是首页的下一层级的界面。又例如，手机可以将一个空白页面设置为第一应用的related Page。再例如，手机可以将一个预设页面(如包括预设标识的界面)设置为第一应用的related Page。In implementation (ii), the mobile phone can configure related pages for the first application. For example, the mobile phone may configure any next-level interface on the homepage of the first application as the related Page of the first application. That is, the relevant page of the first application is the next level interface of the homepage. For another example, the mobile phone can set a blank page as the related page of the first application. For another example, the mobile phone may set a preset page (for example, an interface including a preset logo) as a related page of the first application.
在实现方式(iii)中，可以由用户在手机中设置第一应用的related Page。其中，手机可以接收用户的设置，将第一应用的任一个界面设置为第一应用的related Page。手机接收用户的设置，为第一应用设置related Page的方法，可以参考本申请实施例后续的相关描述，本申请实施例这里不予赘述。In the implementation (iii), the related Page of the first application can be set by the user in the mobile phone. Among them, the mobile phone can receive the user's settings, and set any interface of the first application as the related Page of the first application. For the method for the mobile phone to receive the user's settings and set related Pages for the first application, please refer to the subsequent related descriptions in the embodiments of this application, which will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是，本申请实施例中，上述实现方式(i)-实现方式(iii)中所述的related Page的优先级不同。具体的，实现方式(ii)所述的related Page的优先级高于实现方式(i)所述 的related Page的优先级，实现方式(i)所述的related Page的优先级高于实现方式(ii)中所述的related Page的优先级。也就是说，如果用户在手机中自定义了第一应用的related Page，手机则可以优先使用该related Page作为第一应用的相关页面。It should be noted that, in this embodiment of the present application, the priority of related Pages described in the foregoing implementation (i)-implementation (iii) is different. Specifically, the priority of related Page in implementation (ii) is higher than the priority of related Page in implementation (i), and the priority of related Page in implementation (i) is higher than that in implementation ( ii) Priority of related Pages mentioned in the above. That is to say, if the user customizes the related Page of the first application in the mobile phone, the mobile phone can preferentially use the related Page as the related page of the first application.
S2505、手机控制显示屏以单窗口显示第一应用的第一界面。S2505. The mobile phone controls the display screen to display the first interface of the first application in a single window.
以图26中的(a)所示的，处于横屏状态的非折叠屏手机2600为例。一般而言，响应于用户对图26中的(a)所示的第一应用的图标2602的第一操作，手机2600可以显示图26中的(b)所示的第一界面2603。而本申请实施例中，响应于该第一操作，手机2600不会直接显示第一界面2603；而是执行S2503判断第一界面2603是否为第一应用的main Page。Take the non-folding screen mobile phone 2600 in the landscape state shown in (a) of FIG. 26 as an example. Generally speaking, in response to the user's first operation on the icon 2602 of the first application shown in (a) in FIG. 26, the mobile phone 2600 may display the first interface 2603 shown in (b) in FIG. 26. In this embodiment of the application, in response to the first operation, the mobile phone 2600 does not directly display the first interface 2603; instead, it executes S2503 to determine whether the first interface 2603 is the main page of the first application.
如果第一界面2603是第一应用的main Page(如首页)，手机2600可以执行S2504。例如，如图26中的(c)所示，手机2600可以在显示屏的第一显示区域a显示第一应用的main Page(即第一界面)2604，在显示屏的第二显示区域b显示与main Page成对配置的related Page(即第二界面)2605。如果第一界面2603不是第一应用的main Page(如首页)，手机2600可以执行S2505。如图26中的(b)所示，手机2600可以以单窗口显示第一界面2603。If the first interface 2603 is the main page of the first application (such as the home page), the mobile phone 2600 can execute S2504. For example, as shown in (c) in Figure 26, the mobile phone 2600 can display the main Page (that is, the first interface) 2604 of the first application in the first display area a of the display screen, and display in the second display area b of the display screen. Related Page (that is, the second interface) 2605 configured as a pair with the main Page. If the first interface 2603 is not the main page (such as the home page) of the first application, the mobile phone 2600 may execute S2505. As shown in (b) of FIG. 26, the mobile phone 2600 may display the first interface 2603 in a single window.
以图27中的(a)所示的，处于展开状态的折叠屏手机2700为例。一般而言，响应于用户对图27中的(a)所示的第一应用的图标2702的第一操作，手机2700可以显示图27中的(b)所示的第一界面2703。而本申请实施例中，响应于该第一操作，手机2700不会直接显示第一界面2703；而是执行S2503判断第一界面2703是否为第一应用的main Page。Take the folding screen mobile phone 2700 in the unfolded state shown in (a) of FIG. 27 as an example. Generally speaking, in response to the user's first operation on the icon 2702 of the first application shown in (a) in FIG. 27, the mobile phone 2700 may display the first interface 2703 shown in (b) in FIG. 27. In this embodiment of the application, in response to the first operation, the mobile phone 2700 does not directly display the first interface 2703; instead, it executes S2503 to determine whether the first interface 2703 is the main page of the first application.
如果第一界面2703是第一应用的main Page(如首页)，手机2700可以执行S2504。例如，如图27中的(c)所示，手机2700可以在显示屏的第一显示区域A显示第一应用的main Page(即第一界面)2704，在显示屏的第二显示区域B显示与main Page成对配置的related Page(即第二界面)2705。如果第一界面2703不是第一应用的main Page(如首页)，手机2700可以执行S2505。如图27中的(b)所示，手机2700可以以单窗口显示第一界面2703。If the first interface 2703 is the main Page (such as the home page) of the first application, the mobile phone 2700 can execute S2504. For example, as shown in (c) in Figure 27, the mobile phone 2700 can display the main Page (that is, the first interface) 2704 of the first application in the first display area A of the display screen, and display in the second display area B of the display screen. Related Page (that is, the second interface) 2705 configured as a pair with the main Page. If the first interface 2703 is not the main page of the first application (such as the home page), the mobile phone 2700 can execute S2505. As shown in (b) of FIG. 27, the mobile phone 2700 may display the first interface 2703 in a single window.
本申请实施例提供一种应用的显示方法，手机可以在横屏状态或展开状态下显示主界面时，响应于用户对第一应用的图标的第一操作，可以判断该第一操作触发手机显示的第一界面是否为第一应用的main Page。如果第一界面是第一应用的main Page，手机则可以以双窗口显示第一应用的main Page和与main Page成对配置的related Page。如此，处于横屏状态或展开状态的手机则可以在显示屏同时显示第一应用的两个界面，这样可以使显示屏的显示内容更加丰富，可以提升显示屏的利用率，并提升用户的视觉体验。The embodiment of the application provides an application display method. When the mobile phone can display the main interface in the horizontal screen state or the expanded state, in response to the user's first operation on the icon of the first application, it can be determined that the first operation triggers the display of the mobile phone. Whether the first interface of is the main Page of the first application. If the first interface is the main Page of the first application, the mobile phone can display the main Page of the first application and the related Page configured as a pair with the main Page in dual windows. In this way, the mobile phone in the horizontal screen state or the expanded state can display the two interfaces of the first application on the display screen at the same time, which can enrich the display content of the display screen, improve the utilization rate of the display screen, and improve the user's vision Experience.
在另一些实施例中，本申请实施例中的电子设备可以是非折叠屏电子设备或者折叠屏电子设备。非折叠屏电子设备或者折叠屏电子设备是手机为例。上述预设场景是场景2。手机进入场景2是指：非折叠屏手机由竖屏状态转变为横屏状态。或者，手机进入预设场景是指：手机的折叠屏由折叠状态转变为展开状态。如图28所示，该显示应用的方法可以包括S2801-S2804。In other embodiments, the electronic device in the embodiment of the present application may be a non-folding screen electronic device or a folding screen electronic device. For example, a non-folding screen electronic device or a folding screen electronic device is a mobile phone. The aforementioned preset scene is scene 2. The mobile phone enters scene 2 when the non-folding screen mobile phone changes from the vertical screen state to the horizontal screen state. Or, the mobile phone entering the preset scene means that the folding screen of the mobile phone changes from a folded state to an expanded state. As shown in FIG. 28, the method of displaying the application may include S2801-S2804.
S2801、手机的显示屏处于第一状态下，控制显示屏显示第一应用的第一界面。S2801. When the display screen of the mobile phone is in the first state, control the display screen to display the first interface of the first application.
S2802、响应于显示屏由第一状态转变为第二状态，手机判断第一界面是否为第一应用的预设主页。S2802. In response to the display screen transitioning from the first state to the second state, the mobile phone determines whether the first interface is the preset homepage of the first application.
在一种情况下，上述手机是非折叠屏手机，上述第一状态是竖屏状态，第二状态是横屏状态。例如，如图29中的(a)所示，手机2900是非折叠屏手机，手机2900处于竖屏状态。如图29中的(a)所示，手机2900显示第一应用(如新闻应用)的第一界面2901。如图29中的(b)或图29中的(c)所示，手机2900处于横屏状态。In one case, the mobile phone is a non-folding screen mobile phone, the first state is a vertical screen state, and the second state is a horizontal screen state. For example, as shown in (a) of FIG. 29, the mobile phone 2900 is a non-folding screen mobile phone, and the mobile phone 2900 is in a vertical screen state. As shown in (a) of FIG. 29, the mobile phone 2900 displays a first interface 2901 of a first application (such as a news application). As shown in (b) in FIG. 29 or (c) in FIG. 29, the mobile phone 2900 is in a landscape state.
在另一种情况下，上述手机是折叠屏手机，即显示屏是折叠屏。在这种情况下，显示屏 处于第一状态具体为：折叠屏处于折叠状态，且处于竖屏状态；显示屏处于第二状态具体为：折叠屏处于折叠状态，且处于横屏状态。例如，图29中的(a)所示的手机2900可以是折叠屏手机，手机2900处于折叠状态，且处于竖屏状态。如图29中的(a)所示，手机2900显示第一应用(如新闻应用)的第一界面2901。如图29中的(b)或图29中的(c)所示，手机2900处于折叠状态，且处于横屏状态。In another case, the aforementioned mobile phone is a folding screen mobile phone, that is, the display screen is a folding screen. In this case, the fact that the display screen is in the first state is specifically: the folding screen is in the folded state and is in the portrait state; the display screen is in the second state is specifically: the folding screen is in the folded state and is in the landscape state. For example, the mobile phone 2900 shown in (a) of FIG. 29 may be a folding screen mobile phone, and the mobile phone 2900 is in a folded state and in a vertical screen state. As shown in (a) of FIG. 29, the mobile phone 2900 displays a first interface 2901 of a first application (such as a news application). As shown in (b) in FIG. 29 or (c) in FIG. 29, the mobile phone 2900 is in a folded state and in a landscape state.
在另一种情况下，上述手机是折叠屏手机，即显示屏是折叠屏。在这种情况下，第一状态为折叠状态，第二状态为展开状态。例如，如图30中的(a)所示，手机3000是折叠屏手机，手机3000处于折叠状态。如图30中的(a)所示，手机3000显示第一应用(如新闻应用)的第一界面3001。如图30中的(b)或图30中的(c)所示，手机3000处于展开状态。In another case, the aforementioned mobile phone is a folding screen mobile phone, that is, the display screen is a folding screen. In this case, the first state is the folded state, and the second state is the unfolded state. For example, as shown in (a) of FIG. 30, the mobile phone 3000 is a folding screen mobile phone, and the mobile phone 3000 is in a folded state. As shown in (a) of FIG. 30, the mobile phone 3000 displays a first interface 3001 of a first application (such as a news application). As shown in (b) in FIG. 30 or (c) in FIG. 30, the mobile phone 3000 is in an unfolded state.
具体的，如果第一界面是第一应用的预设主页，手机可以执行S2803；如果第一界面不是第一应用的预设主页，手机可以执行S2804。Specifically, if the first interface is the preset homepage of the first application, the mobile phone can execute S2803; if the first interface is not the preset homepage of the first application, the mobile phone can execute S2804.
S2803、手机控制显示屏的第一显示区域显示第一界面，控制显示屏的第二显示区域显示第一应用的第二界面。该第二界面是与预设主页成对配置的相关页面。S2803. The mobile phone controls the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface, and controls the second display area of the display screen to display the second interface of the first application. The second interface is a related page configured in pairs with the preset homepage.
其中，第二显示区域与第一显示区域未重叠。需要说明的是，第一应用的预设主页和相关页面，以及手机判断第一界面是否为第一应用的预设主页的方法，可以参考场景1的实施例中的相关描述，本申请实施例这里不予赘述。Wherein, the second display area does not overlap with the first display area. It should be noted that, for the preset homepage and related pages of the first application, and the method for the mobile phone to determine whether the first interface is the preset homepage of the first application, reference may be made to the relevant description in the embodiment of Scenario 1. I won’t repeat them here.
S2804、手机控制显示屏以单窗口显示第一应用的第一界面。S2804. The mobile phone controls the display screen to display the first interface of the first application in a single window.
以图29中的(a)所示的，处于竖屏状态的手机2600为例。图29中的(a)所示，处于竖屏状态的手机2600显示第一应用(如新闻应用)的第一界面2901。一般而言，响应于手机2600由图29中的(a)所示的竖屏状态转变为横屏状态，手机2600可显示图29中的(b)所示的第一界面2902。而本申请实施例中，响应于手机2600由图29中的(a)所示的竖屏状态转变为横屏状态，手机2600不会直接显示第一界面2902；而是执行S2802判断第一界面2901是否为第一应用的main Page。Take the mobile phone 2600 in the vertical screen state shown in (a) of FIG. 29 as an example. As shown in (a) of FIG. 29, the mobile phone 2600 in the vertical screen state displays a first interface 2901 of a first application (such as a news application). Generally speaking, in response to the mobile phone 2600 changing from the vertical screen state shown in (a) of FIG. 29 to the horizontal screen state, the mobile phone 2600 can display the first interface 2902 shown in (b) of FIG. 29. In the embodiment of the present application, in response to the mobile phone 2600 changing from the vertical screen state shown in (a) in Figure 29 to the horizontal screen state, the mobile phone 2600 will not directly display the first interface 2902; instead, it will execute S2802 to determine the first interface Whether 2901 is the main page of the first application.
如果第一界面2901是第一应用的main Page(如首页)，手机2600可以执行S2803。例如，如图29中的(c)所示，手机2600可以在显示屏的第一显示区域a显示第一应用的main Page(即第一界面)2903，在显示屏的第二显示区域b显示与main Page成对配置的related Page(即第二界面)2904。如果第一界面2901不是第一应用的main Page(如首页)，手机2600可以执行S2804。如图29中的(b)所示，手机2600可以以单窗口显示第一界面2902。If the first interface 2901 is the main page (such as the home page) of the first application, the mobile phone 2600 can execute S2803. For example, as shown in (c) in Figure 29, the mobile phone 2600 can display the main Page (that is, the first interface) 2903 of the first application in the first display area a of the display screen, and display in the second display area b of the display screen. Related Page (that is, the second interface) 2904 configured as a pair with the main Page. If the first interface 2901 is not the main page of the first application (such as the home page), the mobile phone 2600 may execute S2804. As shown in (b) of FIG. 29, the mobile phone 2600 may display the first interface 2902 in a single window.
以图30中的(a)所示的，处于折叠状态的折叠屏手机2700为例。图30中的(a)所示，处于折叠状态的手机2700显示第一应用(如新闻应用)的第一界面3001。一般而言，响应于手机2700由图30中的(a)所示的折叠状态转变为展开状态，手机3700可显示图30中的(b)所示的第一界面3002。而本申请实施例中，响应于手机2700由图30中的(a)所示的折叠状态转变为展开状态，手机2700不会直接显示第一界面3002；而是执行S2802判断第一界面3001是否为第一应用的main Page。Take the folding screen mobile phone 2700 in the folded state shown in (a) of FIG. 30 as an example. As shown in (a) of FIG. 30, the mobile phone 2700 in the folded state displays a first interface 3001 of a first application (such as a news application). Generally speaking, in response to the mobile phone 2700 changing from the folded state shown in (a) of FIG. 30 to the expanded state, the mobile phone 3700 may display the first interface 3002 shown in (b) of FIG. 30. In the embodiment of this application, in response to the mobile phone 2700 changing from the folded state shown in (a) in FIG. 30 to the expanded state, the mobile phone 2700 does not directly display the first interface 3002; instead, it performs S2802 to determine whether the first interface 3001 is It is the main Page of the first application.
如果第一界面3001是第一应用的main Page(如首页)，手机2700可以执行S2803。例如，如图30中的(c)所示，手机2700可以在显示屏的第一显示区域A显示第一应用的main Page(即第一界面)3003，在显示屏的第二显示区域B显示与main Page成对配置的related Page(即第二界面)3004。如果第一界面3001不是第一应用的main Page(如首页)，手机2700可以执行S2804。如图30中的(b)所示，手机2700可以以单窗口显示第一界面3002。If the first interface 3001 is the main Page (such as the home page) of the first application, the mobile phone 2700 can execute S2803. For example, as shown in (c) in Figure 30, the mobile phone 2700 can display the main Page (that is, the first interface) 3003 of the first application in the first display area A of the display screen, and display in the second display area B of the display screen. Related Page (that is, the second interface) 3004 configured as a pair with the main Page. If the first interface 3001 is not the main Page (such as the home page) of the first application, the mobile phone 2700 can execute S2804. As shown in (b) of FIG. 30, the mobile phone 2700 can display the first interface 3002 in a single window.
本申请实施例提供一种应用的显示方法，手机在第一状态显示第一应用的第一界面，响应于手机由第一状态转变为第二状态，手机可以判断该第一操作触发手机显示的第一界面是 否为第一应用的main Page。如果第一界面是第一应用的main Page，手机则可以以双窗口显示第一应用的main Page和与main Page成对配置的related Page。如此，处于横屏状态或展开状态的手机则可以在显示屏同时显示第一应用的两个界面，这样可以使显示屏的显示内容更加丰富，可以提升显示屏的利用率，并提升用户的视觉体验。The embodiment of the application provides an application display method. The mobile phone displays the first interface of the first application in the first state. In response to the mobile phone changing from the first state to the second state, the mobile phone can determine that the first operation triggers the display of the mobile phone. Whether the first interface is the main page of the first application. If the first interface is the main Page of the first application, the mobile phone can display the main Page of the first application and the related Page configured as a pair with the main Page in dual windows. In this way, the mobile phone in the horizontal or unfolded state can simultaneously display the two interfaces of the first application on the display screen, which can enrich the display content of the display screen, increase the utilization rate of the display screen, and enhance the user's vision Experience.
在另一些实施例中，本申请实施例中的电子设备可以是非折叠屏电子设备或者折叠屏电子设备。非折叠屏电子设备或者折叠屏电子设备是手机为例。上述预设场景是场景3。手机进入场景3是指：非折叠屏手机处于横屏状态下，在第二应用中调用第一应用的场景。或者，手机进入预设场景是指：折叠屏手机的折叠屏处于展开状态，手机在第二应用中调用第一应用的场景。如图31A所示，该显示应用的方法可以包括S3101-S3105。In other embodiments, the electronic device in the embodiment of the present application may be a non-folding screen electronic device or a folding screen electronic device. For example, a non-folding screen electronic device or a folding screen electronic device is a mobile phone. The aforementioned preset scene is scene 3. The mobile phone enters scene 3 refers to the scene where the first application is called in the second application when the non-folding screen mobile phone is in the horizontal screen state. Or, the mobile phone entering the preset scene refers to a scene in which the folding screen of the folding screen mobile phone is in an unfolded state, and the mobile phone calls the first application in the second application. As shown in FIG. 31A, the method of displaying the application may include S3101-S3105.
S3101、手机处于第一状态下，手机控制显示屏显示第二应用的界面。S3101. When the mobile phone is in the first state, the mobile phone controls the display screen to display the interface of the second application.
在一种情况下，上述手机是非折叠屏手机，上述第一状态是横屏状态。In one case, the mobile phone is a non-folding screen mobile phone, and the first state is a horizontal screen state.
在另一种情况下，上述手机是折叠屏手机，即显示屏是折叠屏。在这种情况下，显示屏处于第一状态具体为：折叠屏处于折叠状态，且处于横屏状态。In another case, the aforementioned mobile phone is a folding screen mobile phone, that is, the display screen is a folding screen. In this case, the fact that the display screen is in the first state is specifically: the folding screen is in the folded state and in the horizontal screen state.
在另一种情况下，上述手机是折叠屏手机，即显示屏是折叠屏。在这种情况下，显示屏处于第一状态具体为：折叠屏处于展开状态。In another case, the aforementioned mobile phone is a folding screen mobile phone, that is, the display screen is a folding screen. In this case, the fact that the display screen is in the first state is specifically: the folding screen is in the unfolded state.
S3102、手机接收用户在第二应用的界面的第一操作。该第一操作用于触发手机调用第一应用显示第一应用的第一界面。S3102. The mobile phone receives the user's first operation on the interface of the second application. The first operation is used to trigger the mobile phone to call the first application to display the first interface of the first application.
示例性的，以手机是折叠屏手机，第一状态是展开状态为例。如图31B中的(a)所示，手机显示新闻应用的首页(即第一应用的第一界面)3101。此时，手机的短消息应用(即第二应用)接收到短消息，如图31B中的(a)所示，手机可以在通知栏显示该短消息的提示信息3102。响应于用户对该提示信息3102的点击操作，如图31B中的(b)所示，手机可显示短消息应用(即第二应用)的界面3103，为用户展示该短消息。并且，如图31B中的(b)所示，手机显示该短消息应用的界面的同时，还可以显示返回新闻应用的界面的提示信息3104。上述第一操作可以是用户对该提示信息3104的点击操作。该第一操作用于触发手机调用新闻应用，显示新闻应用的首页。Illustratively, take the mobile phone as a folding screen mobile phone, and the first state is the expanded state. As shown in (a) of FIG. 31B, the mobile phone displays the home page (ie, the first interface of the first application) 3101 of the news application. At this time, the short message application (ie, the second application) of the mobile phone receives the short message, as shown in (a) of FIG. 31B, the mobile phone can display the prompt information 3102 of the short message in the notification bar. In response to the user's click operation on the prompt information 3102, as shown in (b) in FIG. 31B, the mobile phone may display an interface 3103 of the short message application (ie, the second application) to display the short message to the user. In addition, as shown in (b) in FIG. 31B, while the mobile phone displays the interface of the short message application, it can also display prompt information 3104 to return to the interface of the news application. The above-mentioned first operation may be a user's click operation on the prompt information 3104. The first operation is used to trigger the mobile phone to call the news application and display the homepage of the news application.
S3103、响应于第一操作，手机判断第一界面是否为第一应用的预设主页。S3103. In response to the first operation, the mobile phone determines whether the first interface is a preset homepage of the first application.
具体的，如果第一界面是第一应用的预设主页，手机可以执行S3104；如果第一界面不是第一应用的预设主页，手机可以执行S3105。Specifically, if the first interface is the preset homepage of the first application, the mobile phone can execute S3104; if the first interface is not the preset homepage of the first application, the mobile phone can execute S3105.
S3104、手机控制显示屏的第一显示区域显示第一界面，控制显示屏的第二显示区域显示第一应用的第二界面。该第二界面是与预设主页成对配置的相关页面。S3104. The mobile phone controls the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface, and controls the second display area of the display screen to display the second interface of the first application. The second interface is a related page configured in pairs with the preset homepage.
其中，第二显示区域与所述第一显示区域未重叠。需要说明的是，第一应用的预设主页和相关页面，以及手机判断第一界面是否为第一应用的预设主页的方法，可以参考场景1的实施例中的相关描述，本申请实施例这里不予赘述。Wherein, the second display area does not overlap with the first display area. It should be noted that, for the preset homepage and related pages of the first application, and the method for the mobile phone to determine whether the first interface is the preset homepage of the first application, reference may be made to the relevant description in the embodiment of Scenario 1. I won’t repeat them here.
S3105、手机控制显示屏以单窗口显示第一应用的第一界面。S3105. The mobile phone controls the display screen to display the first interface of the first application in a single window.
结合上述实例，如果图31B中的(a)所示的第一界面3101是新闻应用(即第一应用)的main Page，响应于用户对图31B中的(b)所示的提示信息3104的第一操作，如图30中的(c)所示，手机可以在第一显示区域A显示第一界面3003，在第二显示区域B显示第二界面3004。第二界面3004是新闻应用的related Page。如果图31B中的(a)所示的第一界面3101不是新闻应用(即第一应用)的main Page，响应于用户对图31B中的(b)所示的提示信息3104的第一操作，如图30中的(b)所示，手机可以以单窗口显示第一界面3002。In combination with the above example, if the first interface 3101 shown in (a) in FIG. 31B is the main Page of the news application (ie, the first application), in response to the user's response to the prompt message 3104 shown in (b) in FIG. 31B In the first operation, as shown in (c) of FIG. 30, the mobile phone can display the first interface 3003 in the first display area A and the second interface 3004 in the second display area B. The second interface 3004 is a related Page of the news application. If the first interface 3101 shown in (a) in FIG. 31B is not the main page of the news application (that is, the first application), in response to the user's first operation on the prompt message 3104 shown in (b) in FIG. 31B, As shown in (b) of FIG. 30, the mobile phone can display the first interface 3002 in a single window.
本申请实施例提供一种应用的显示方法，手机在第一状态显示第二应用的界面；响应于 用于触发手机调用第一应用显示第一界面的第一操作，手机可以判断该第一操作触发手机显示的第一界面是否为第一应用的main Page。如果第一界面是第一应用的main Page，手机则可以以双窗口显示第一应用的main Page和与main Page成对配置的related Page。如此，处于横屏状态或展开状态的手机则可以在显示屏同时显示第一应用的两个界面，这样可以使显示屏的显示内容更加丰富，可以提升显示屏的利用率，并提升用户的视觉体验。The embodiment of the application provides an application display method. The mobile phone displays the interface of the second application in the first state; in response to the first operation used to trigger the mobile phone to call the first application to display the first interface, the mobile phone can determine the first operation Whether the first interface that triggers the display of the mobile phone is the main Page of the first application. If the first interface is the main Page of the first application, the mobile phone can display the main Page of the first application and the related Page configured as a pair with the main Page in dual windows. In this way, the mobile phone in the horizontal screen state or the expanded state can display the two interfaces of the first application on the display screen at the same time, which can enrich the display content of the display screen, improve the utilization rate of the display screen, and improve the user's vision Experience.
在另一些实施例中，本申请实施例中的电子设备可以是非折叠屏电子设备或者折叠屏电子设备。非折叠屏电子设备或者折叠屏电子设备是手机为例。上述预设场景是场景4。手机进入场景4是指：非折叠屏手机处于横屏状态下，退出双窗口显示多个应用的场景。或者，手机进入预设场景是指：折叠屏手机的折叠屏处于展开状态，退出双窗口显示多个应用的场景。如图32所示，该显示应用的方法可以包括S3201-S3204。In other embodiments, the electronic device in the embodiment of the present application may be a non-folding screen electronic device or a folding screen electronic device. For example, a non-folding screen electronic device or a folding screen electronic device is a mobile phone. The above preset scene is scene 4. The mobile phone enters scenario 4 refers to the scenario where the non-folding screen mobile phone is in the horizontal screen state and exits the dual window to display multiple applications. Or, the mobile phone entering the preset scene refers to: the folding screen of the folding screen mobile phone is in an expanded state, and it exits a scene in which multiple applications are displayed in the dual window. As shown in FIG. 32, the method of displaying an application may include S3201-S3204.
S3201、手机处于第一状态下，控制显示屏的第一显示区域显示第一应用的第一界面，控制显示屏的第二显示区域显示第二应用的界面。S3201. When the mobile phone is in the first state, the first display area of the display screen is controlled to display the first interface of the first application, and the second display area of the display screen is controlled to display the interface of the second application.
在一种情况下，上述手机是非折叠屏手机，上述第一状态是横屏状态。In one case, the mobile phone is a non-folding screen mobile phone, and the first state is a horizontal screen state.
在另一种情况下，上述手机是折叠屏手机，即显示屏是折叠屏。在这种情况下，显示屏处于第一状态具体为：折叠屏处于折叠状态，且处于横屏状态。In another case, the aforementioned mobile phone is a folding screen mobile phone, that is, the display screen is a folding screen. In this case, the fact that the display screen is in the first state is specifically: the folding screen is in the folded state and in the horizontal screen state.
在另一种情况下，上述手机是折叠屏手机，即显示屏是折叠屏。在这种情况下，显示屏处于第一状态具体为：折叠屏处于展开状态。In another case, the aforementioned mobile phone is a folding screen mobile phone, that is, the display screen is a folding screen. In this case, the fact that the display screen is in the first state is specifically: the folding screen is in the unfolded state.
以手机是折叠屏手机，第一状态是展开状态为例。如图33中的(a)所示，折叠屏手机2700处于展开状态，折叠屏手机2700的第一显示区域A显示第一应用(如新闻应用)的第一界面3301，第二显示区域B显示第二应用(如设置应用)的界面3302。Take, for example, that the mobile phone is a folding screen mobile phone, and the first state is the expanded state. As shown in Figure 33(a), the folding screen mobile phone 2700 is in an unfolded state, the first display area A of the folding screen mobile phone 2700 displays the first interface 3301 of the first application (such as news application), and the second display area B displays The interface 3302 of the second application (such as the setting application).
S3202、手机接收用户的第一操作。该第一操作用于触发显示屏退出显示第二应用的界面，仅显示第一界面。S3202. The mobile phone receives the user's first operation. The first operation is used to trigger the display screen to exit the interface displaying the second application, and only display the first interface.
示例性的，第一操作可以是预先设定的手势。该预先设定的手势用于触发手机的显示屏退出显示第二应用的界面，仅显示第一界面。例如，该预先设定的手势可以为S形手势，L形手势，√形手势等。或者，该第一操作可以是用户对第一显示区域和第二显示区域的分界线(如图21所示的分界线2101)的拖动操作。该拖动操作用于触发手机的显示屏退出显示第二应用的界面，仅显示第一界面。Exemplarily, the first operation may be a preset gesture. The preset gesture is used to trigger the display screen of the mobile phone to exit the interface displaying the second application, and only the first interface is displayed. For example, the preset gesture may be an S-shaped gesture, an L-shaped gesture, a √-shaped gesture, etc. Alternatively, the first operation may be a drag operation of the user on the dividing line between the first display area and the second display area (the dividing line 2101 shown in FIG. 21). The drag operation is used to trigger the display screen of the mobile phone to exit the interface displaying the second application, and only the first interface is displayed.
S3203、响应于第一操作，手机判断第一界面是否为第一应用的预设主页。S3203. In response to the first operation, the mobile phone determines whether the first interface is a preset homepage of the first application.
具体的，如果第一界面是第一应用的预设主页，手机可以执行S3204；如果第一界面不是第一应用的预设主页，手机可以执行S3205。Specifically, if the first interface is the preset homepage of the first application, the mobile phone can execute S3204; if the first interface is not the preset homepage of the first application, the mobile phone can execute S3205.
S3204、手机控制显示屏的第一显示区域显示所述第一界面，控制显示屏的第二显示区域显示所述第一应用的第二界面。该第二界面是与预设主页成对配置的相关页面。S3204. The mobile phone controls the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface, and controls the second display area of the display screen to display the second interface of the first application. The second interface is a related page configured in pairs with the preset homepage.
其中，第二显示区域与所述第一显示区域未重叠。需要说明的是，第一应用的预设主页和相关页面，以及手机判断第一界面是否为第一应用的预设主页的方法，可以参考场景1的实施例中的相关描述，本申请实施例这里不予赘述。Wherein, the second display area does not overlap with the first display area. It should be noted that, for the preset homepage and related pages of the first application, and the method for the mobile phone to determine whether the first interface is the preset homepage of the first application, reference may be made to the relevant description in the embodiment of Scenario 1. I won’t repeat them here.
S3205、手机控制显示屏以单窗口显示第一应用的第一界面。S3205. The mobile phone controls the display screen to display the first interface of the first application in a single window.
以图33中的(a)所示的，处于展开状态的折叠屏手机2700为例。图33中的(a)所示，处于展开状态的手机2700的第一显示区域A显示第一应用(如新闻应用)的第一界面3301，第二显示区域B显示第二应用(如设置应用)的界面3302。一般而言，响应于上述第一操作，手机2700可以以单窗口显示第一界面，如手机3700可显示图33中的(b)所示的第一界面3303。而本申请实施例中，响应于上述第一操作，手机2700不会直接以单窗口显示第一界面 3303；而是执行S3203判断第一界面3301是否为第一应用的main Page。Take the folding screen mobile phone 2700 in the unfolded state shown in (a) of FIG. 33 as an example. As shown in (a) in Figure 33, the first display area A of the mobile phone 2700 in the expanded state displays the first interface 3301 of the first application (such as news application), and the second display area B displays the second application (such as the settings application). ) Of the interface 3302. Generally speaking, in response to the above-mentioned first operation, the mobile phone 2700 can display the first interface in a single window. For example, the mobile phone 3700 can display the first interface 3303 shown in (b) of FIG. 33. In this embodiment of the application, in response to the above-mentioned first operation, the mobile phone 2700 does not directly display the first interface 3303 in a single window; instead, it performs S3203 to determine whether the first interface 3301 is the main page of the first application.
如果第一界面3301是第一应用的main Page(如首页)，手机2700可以执行S3204。例如，如图33中的(c)所示，手机2700可以在显示屏的第一显示区域A显示第一应用的main Page(即第一界面)3304，在显示屏的第二显示区域B显示与main Page成对配置的related Page(即第二界面)3305。如果第一界面3301不是第一应用的main Page(如首页)，手机2700可以执行S3205。如图33中的(b)所示，手机2700可以以单窗口显示第一界面3303。If the first interface 3301 is the main Page (such as the home page) of the first application, the mobile phone 2700 can execute S3204. For example, as shown in (c) in Figure 33, the mobile phone 2700 can display the main Page (ie, the first interface) 3304 of the first application in the first display area A of the display screen, and display in the second display area B of the display screen. Related Page (that is, the second interface) 3305 configured as a pair with the main Page. If the first interface 3301 is not the main Page (such as the home page) of the first application, the mobile phone 2700 can execute S3205. As shown in (b) of FIG. 33, the mobile phone 2700 may display the first interface 3303 in a single window.
本申请实施例提供一种应用的显示方法，手机在第一状态以双窗口显示第一应用的第一界面和第二应用的界面；响应于用于触发手机退出显示第二应用的界面，仅显示第一界面的第一操作，手机可以判断该第一操作触发手机显示的第一界面是否为第一应用的main Page。如果第一界面是第一应用的main Page，手机则可以以双窗口显示第一应用的main Page和与main Page成对配置的related Page。如此，处于横屏状态或展开状态的手机则可以在显示屏同时显示第一应用的两个界面，这样可以使显示屏的显示内容更加丰富，可以提升显示屏的利用率，并提升用户的视觉体验。The embodiment of the application provides an application display method. The mobile phone displays the first interface of the first application and the interface of the second application in dual windows in the first state; in response to triggering the mobile phone to exit the interface displaying the second application, only When the first operation of the first interface is displayed, the mobile phone can determine whether the first interface displayed by the mobile phone triggered by the first operation is the main page of the first application. If the first interface is the main Page of the first application, the mobile phone can display the main Page of the first application and the related Page configured as a pair with the main Page in dual windows. In this way, the mobile phone in the horizontal screen state or the expanded state can display the two interfaces of the first application on the display screen at the same time, which can enrich the display content of the display screen, improve the utilization rate of the display screen, and improve the user's vision Experience.
可选的，上述预设场景(如场景1-场景4中的任一种场景)中，在执行上述S2503、S2802、S3103或S3203之前，手机可以判断第一应用是否支持双窗口显示。如果第一应用支持双窗口显示，则可以执行S2503、S2802、S3103或S3203。Optionally, in the aforementioned preset scene (such as any one of scene 1 to scene 4), before executing the aforementioned S2503, S2802, S3103, or S3203, the mobile phone may determine whether the first application supports dual-window display. If the first application supports dual-window display, S2503, S2802, S3103, or S3203 can be executed.
以下结合图34A，说明上述场景1-场景4中所述的方法的原理。如图34A所示，手机进入预设场景(即3410)后，可以判断第一应用是否支持双窗口显示(即执行3420)。如果第一应用支持双窗口显示，手机则可以判断当前窗口(即第一界面对应的窗口)是否为第一应用的main Page(即执行S3430)。如果第一界面是第一应用的main Page，则可以将第一界面的Activity位置设置在第一显示区域(如左侧的显示区域)(即执行3440)。然后，手机可以调用start Activity()接口，自动启动第二界面(即执行3450)。其中，第二界面是第一应用的related Page。最后，手机可以将第二界面的Activity位置设置在第二显示区域(如右侧的显示区域)(即执行3460)。The principle of the method described in the above scenario 1 to scenario 4 will be described below with reference to FIG. 34A. As shown in FIG. 34A, after the mobile phone enters the preset scene (ie 3410), it can be determined whether the first application supports dual window display (ie, execute 3420). If the first application supports dual-window display, the mobile phone can determine whether the current window (ie, the window corresponding to the first interface) is the main page of the first application (ie, execute S3430). If the first interface is the main page of the first application, the Activity position of the first interface can be set in the first display area (such as the display area on the left) (that is, execute 3440). Then, the mobile phone can call the startActivity() interface to automatically start the second interface (that is, execute 3450). Among them, the second interface is the related Page of the first application. Finally, the mobile phone can set the Activity position of the second interface in the second display area (such as the display area on the right) (ie, execute 3460).
对应图34A，图34B示出本申请实施例提供的方法的原理框图。如图34B所示，34a示出本申请实施例提供的预设场景入口。手机执行图34A所示的3410，进入图34B所示的预设场景后，可以执行34b识别第一界面是否为第一应用的预设主页(即main Page)(即图34A所示的3430)。可选的，在图34B所示的34b之前，手机可以判断第一应用是否支持双窗口显示。如果第一应用支持双窗口显示，则可以执行34b。34b中示出第一应用的预设主页(即main Page)的三种来源，即上述实现方式(I)-实现方式(III)所示的三种main Page。如果第一界面是第一应用的main Page，则可以执行图34B所示的34c，启动第一应用的相关页面(即related Page)，即图34A所示的3450。其中，34c中示出第一应用的相关页面(related Page)的三种来源，即上述实现方式(i)-实现方式(iii)所示的三种related Page。最后，手机可以执行图34B所示的34d，在第一显示区域(如左侧显示区域)显示预设主页，在第二显示区域(如右侧显示区域)显示相关页面，即图34A所示的3440和3460。Corresponding to FIG. 34A, FIG. 34B shows a principle block diagram of a method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 34B, 34a shows a preset scene entry provided by an embodiment of the present application. The mobile phone executes 3410 shown in Figure 34A. After entering the preset scene shown in Figure 34B, you can execute 34b to identify whether the first interface is the default homepage of the first application (ie main Page) (ie, 3430 shown in Figure 34A) . Optionally, before 34b shown in FIG. 34B, the mobile phone may determine whether the first application supports dual-window display. If the first application supports dual-window display, 34b can be executed. 34b shows the three sources of the default homepage (ie main page) of the first application, that is, the three main pages shown in the foregoing implementation (I)-implementation (III). If the first interface is the main page of the first application, 34c shown in FIG. 34B can be executed to start the related page of the first application (ie, related Page), that is, 3450 shown in FIG. 34A. Among them, 34c shows the three sources of related pages (related Pages) of the first application, that is, the three related Pages shown in the foregoing implementation (i)-implementation (iii). Finally, the mobile phone can execute 34d shown in Figure 34B, display the preset homepage in the first display area (such as the left display area), and display related pages in the second display area (such as the right display area), as shown in Figure 34A 3440 and 3460.
在上述场景1-场景4中的任一种场景中，手机控制显示屏的第一显示区域显示第一界面，控制显示屏的第二显示区域显示第一应用的第二界面之后，手机可能会接收到用户对手机的导航栏中返回(Back)键的点击操作。手机的焦点界面不同，响应于用户对Back键的点击操作，手机可以执行不同的操作。In any of the above scenes 1 to 4, the mobile phone controls the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface, and after the second display area of the control display screen displays the second interface of the first application, the mobile phone may The user's click operation on the Back button in the navigation bar of the mobile phone is received. The focus interface of the mobile phone is different. In response to the user's click operation on the Back key, the mobile phone can perform different operations.
在一些实施例中，在上述S2504、S2803、S3104或S3204之后，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括S1和S2。S1：响应于用户对第一界面的第二操作，手机控制显示屏显示手机的主 界面。其中，响应于对第一界面的第二操作，手机在后台不运行第一应用。S2：响应于用户对第二界面的第二操作，手机控制显示屏显示手机的主界面。其中，响应于对第二界面的第二操作，手机在后台运行第一应用。In some embodiments, after the foregoing S2504, S2803, S3104, or S3204, the method of the embodiment of the present application may further include S1 and S2. S1: In response to the user's second operation on the first interface, the mobile phone controls the display screen to display the main interface of the mobile phone. Wherein, in response to the second operation on the first interface, the mobile phone does not run the first application in the background. S2: In response to the user's second operation on the second interface, the mobile phone controls the display screen to display the main interface of the mobile phone. Wherein, in response to the second operation on the second interface, the mobile phone runs the first application in the background.
其中，第二操作包括对手机的导航栏中的Back键的点击操作。本申请中的导航栏(Navigation Bar)是手机屏幕底部的快捷按钮栏，一般以虚拟按键的形式出现在手机屏幕最底端，导航栏上默认包含三个按钮Back键、Home键、最近(Recent)键。其中，Back键用于返回上一界面，Home键用于返回桌面，Recent键用于显示最近使用过的应用程序。如图35中的(a)所示，导航栏3500中包括Back键3501、Home键3502和Recent键3503。如图35中的(a)所示，手机的第一显示区域A显示第一应用的第一界面3504，第二显示区域B显示第一应用的第二界面3505。Among them, the second operation includes a click operation on the Back key in the navigation bar of the mobile phone. The navigation bar in this application is the shortcut button bar at the bottom of the mobile phone screen. It usually appears at the bottom of the mobile phone screen in the form of virtual buttons. The navigation bar contains three buttons by default: Back key, Home key, and Recent (Recent) )key. Among them, the Back key is used to return to the previous interface, the Home key is used to return to the desktop, and the Recent key is used to display recently used applications. As shown in (a) of FIG. 35, the navigation bar 3500 includes a Back key 3501, a Home key 3502, and a Recent key 3503. As shown in (a) of FIG. 35, the first display area A of the mobile phone displays the first interface 3504 of the first application, and the second display area B displays the second interface 3505 of the first application.
本申请实施例中，用户对第一界面的第二操作，可以是第一界面是焦点界面(如用户当前操作的界面或者被选中的界面)时，用户对Back键的点击操作(如单击操作)。用户对第二界面的第二操作，可以是第二界面是焦点界面时，用户对Back键的点击操作(如单击操作)。In the embodiment of the present application, the user's second operation on the first interface can be the user's click operation on the Back key (such as clicking when the first interface is the focus interface (such as the interface currently operated by the user or the selected interface)). operating). The second operation of the user on the second interface may be a click operation (such as a single click operation) of the user on the Back key when the second interface is the focus interface.
其中，手机响应于对第一界面或第二界面的第二操作，都可以返回主界面。但是，不同的是：由于第一界面是第一应用的main Page；因此，响应于用户对第一界面的第二操作，手机显示主界面后，不会在后台运行第一应用。Wherein, the mobile phone can return to the main interface in response to the second operation on the first interface or the second interface. However, the difference is: because the first interface is the main page of the first application; therefore, in response to the user's second operation on the first interface, after the mobile phone displays the main interface, the first application will not run in the background.
具体的，响应于用户对第一界面的第二操作，手机可以针对main Page Activity和related Page Activity执行Activity finish流程，以删除main Page Activity和related Page Activity。而响应于用户对第二界面的第二操作，手机可以拦截Activity finish流程，并且可以调用moveToBack函数，在后台保留main Page Activity窗口和related Page Activity窗口，即手机可以在后台运行第一应用。Specifically, in response to the user's second operation on the first interface, the mobile phone may execute the Activity finish process for the main Page Activity and the related Page Activity to delete the main Page Activity and the related Page Activity. In response to the user's second operation on the second interface, the mobile phone can intercept the Activity finish process and can call the moveToBack function to retain the main Page Activity window and the related Page Activity window in the background, that is, the mobile phone can run the first application in the background.
例如，请参考表1，其示出本申请实施例中手机响应于第二操作的控制原理。For example, please refer to Table 1, which shows the control principle of the mobile phone in response to the second operation in the embodiment of the present application.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2020090009-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2020090009-appb-000002
例如，如图35中的(a)所示，第一显示区域A显示的第一界面3504是焦点界面，即黑线框中的界面是焦点界面。手机执行S1：响应于用户对图35中的(a)所示的Back键3501的点击操作(即对第一界面3504的第二操作)，可以显示图27中的(a)所示的主界面3701。For example, as shown in (a) of FIG. 35, the first interface 3504 displayed in the first display area A is the focus interface, that is, the interface in the black line box is the focus interface. The mobile phone executes S1: In response to the user's click operation on the Back key 3501 shown in Figure 35 (a) (that is, the second operation on the first interface 3504), the main screen shown in Figure 27 (a) can be displayed. Interface 3701.
又例如，如图35中的(b)所示，第二显示区域B显示的第二界面3505是焦点界面，即黑线框中的界面是焦点界面。手机执行S2：响应于用户对图35中的(b)所示的Back键3501的点击操作(即对第二界面3505的第二操作)，可以显示图27中的(a)所示的主界面3701。For another example, as shown in (b) of FIG. 35, the second interface 3505 displayed in the second display area B is the focus interface, that is, the interface in the black line box is the focus interface. The mobile phone executes S2: In response to the user's click operation on the Back key 3501 shown in Figure 35 (b) (ie, the second operation on the second interface 3505), the main screen shown in Figure 27 (a) can be displayed. Interface 3701.
但是，不同的是：响应于用户对图35中的(a)所示的Back键3501的点击操作，手机不会在后台运行第一应用；而响应于用户对图35中的(b)所示的Back键3501的点击操作，手机可以继续在后台运行第一应用。However, the difference is: in response to the user's click operation on the Back button 3501 shown in Figure 35 (a), the mobile phone will not run the first application in the background; and in response to the user's response to Figure 35 (b) By clicking the Back button 3501 shown, the phone can continue to run the first application in the background.
需要说明的是，手机可以响应于用户对手机的预设操作(如对Home键3502的双击操作 或者对Recent键的单击操作)，显示手机最近运行过且未关闭的应用的任务窗，以判断手机响应于上述第二操作，是否还在运行第一应用。其中，手机响应于上述预设操作，显示显示手机最近运行过且未关闭的应用的任务窗的具体方法，可以参考上述实施例对图14的相关介绍，本申请实施例这里不予赘述。It should be noted that the mobile phone can respond to the user's preset operations on the mobile phone (such as a double-click operation on the Home button 3502 or a single-click operation on the Recent button), and display the task window of applications that have been recently run and not closed by the mobile phone. It is determined whether the mobile phone is still running the first application in response to the above second operation. Wherein, in response to the foregoing preset operation, the mobile phone displays a specific method for displaying task windows of applications that have been recently run and not closed by the mobile phone. You can refer to the related introduction of FIG. 14 in the foregoing embodiment, which is not repeated here.
在另一些实施例中，在上述S2504、S2803、S3104或S3204之后，本申请实施例的方法还可以包括Sa和Sb。Sa：响应于用户对第一界面的第二操作，手机控制显示屏显示主界面。该第二操作包括对手机的导航栏中的Back键的点击操作。其中，响应于对第二界面的第二操作，手机在后台运行第一应用。Sb：响应于用户对第二界面的第二操作，手机不作任何操作，仍控制显示屏在第一显示区域显示第一界面，在第二显示区域显示第二界面。In other embodiments, after the above S2504, S2803, S3104, or S3204, the method of the embodiment of the present application may further include Sa and Sb. Sa: In response to the user's second operation on the first interface, the mobile phone controls the display screen to display the main interface. The second operation includes a click operation on the Back key in the navigation bar of the mobile phone. Wherein, in response to the second operation on the second interface, the mobile phone runs the first application in the background. Sb: In response to the user's second operation on the second interface, the mobile phone does not perform any operation and still controls the display screen to display the first interface in the first display area and display the second interface in the second display area.
具体的，响应于用户对第一界面的第二操作，手机可以调用moveToBack函数，在后台保留main Page Activity窗口和related Page Activity窗口，即手机可以在后台运行第一应用。响应于用户对第二界面的第二操作，手机可以在后台运行第一应用。Specifically, in response to the user's second operation on the first interface, the mobile phone can call the moveToBack function to retain the main Page Activity window and the related Page Activity window in the background, that is, the mobile phone can run the first application in the background. In response to the user's second operation on the second interface, the mobile phone can run the first application in the background.
例如，请参考表2，其示出本申请实施例中手机响应于第二操作的控制原理。For example, please refer to Table 2, which shows the control principle of the mobile phone in response to the second operation in the embodiment of the present application.
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2020090009-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2020090009-appb-000003
例如，如图35中的(a)所示，第一显示区域A显示的第一界面3504是焦点界面，即黑线框中的界面是焦点界面。手机执行Sa：响应于用户对图35中的(a)所示的Back键3501的点击操作(即对第一界面3504的第二操作)，可以显示图27中的(a)所示的主界面3701。For example, as shown in (a) of FIG. 35, the first interface 3504 displayed in the first display area A is the focus interface, that is, the interface in the black line box is the focus interface. The mobile phone executes Sa: In response to the user's click operation on the Back key 3501 shown in Figure 35 (a) (that is, the second operation on the first interface 3504), the main page shown in Figure 27 (a) can be displayed. Interface 3701.
又例如，如图35中的(b)所示，第二显示区域B显示的第二界面3505是焦点界面，即黑线框中的界面是焦点界面。手机执行Sb：响应于用户对图35中的(b)所示的Back键3501的点击操作(即对第二界面3505的第二操作)，可以显示图27中的(a)所示的主界面3701。或者，手机执行Sb：响应于用户对图35中的(b)所示的Back键3501的点击操作(即对第二界面3505的第二操作)，可以继续显示图35中的(b)所示的界面，即在第一显示区域A显示第一界面3504，在第二显示区域B显示第二界面3505。For another example, as shown in (b) of FIG. 35, the second interface 3505 displayed in the second display area B is the focus interface, that is, the interface in the black line box is the focus interface. The mobile phone executes Sb: In response to the user's click operation on the Back key 3501 shown in (b) in Figure 35 (that is, the second operation on the second interface 3505), the main display shown in (a) in Figure 27 can be displayed. Interface 3701. Alternatively, the mobile phone executes Sb: In response to the user's click operation on the Back key 3501 shown in (b) in Figure 35 (ie, the second operation on the second interface 3505), the display in (b) in Figure 35 can be continued. That is, the first interface 3504 is displayed in the first display area A, and the second interface 3505 is displayed in the second display area B.
需要注意的是，与上述S1不同的是：手机执行Sa：响应于用户对图35中的(a)所示的Back键3501的点击操作，手机可以继续在后台运行第一应用。It should be noted that the difference from the above S1 is that the mobile phone executes Sa: In response to the user's click operation on the Back key 3501 shown in (a) in Figure 35, the mobile phone can continue to run the first application in the background.
本申请实施例这里对上述场景1-场景4中的任一场景中，用户自定义第一应用的相关页面(即related Page)的方法进行说明。示例性的，手机处于上述第一状态或第二状态下，可显示第一应用的第三界面。手机可接收用户在第三界面输入的预设手势，该预设手势用于配置第一应用的相关页面。响应于该预设手势，手机可配置第三界面为第一应用的相关页面(即related Page)。In the embodiment of the present application, in any of the foregoing scenario 1 to scenario 4, a method for a user to customize a related page (ie, related page) of the first application is described. Exemplarily, when the mobile phone is in the above-mentioned first state or second state, the third interface of the first application may be displayed. The mobile phone may receive a preset gesture input by the user on the third interface, and the preset gesture is used to configure a related page of the first application. In response to the preset gesture, the mobile phone can configure the third interface as a related page of the first application (ie, related Page).
示例性的，上述预设手势可以为三指捏合的手势，两指向上滑动的手势，三指向下滑动的手势等。以下实施例中，以预设手势是三指捏合的手势为例。Exemplarily, the aforementioned preset gesture may be a three-finger pinch gesture, a two-finger sliding up gesture, a three-finger sliding down gesture, and the like. In the following embodiment, the preset gesture is a three-finger pinch gesture as an example.
其中，上述第一状态可以是横屏状态，第二状态是竖屏状态；或者，第一状态是展开状态，第二状态是折叠状态。Wherein, the above-mentioned first state may be a horizontal screen state and the second state is a vertical screen state; or, the first state is an expanded state and the second state is a folded state.
需要说明的是，手机处于竖屏状态或者折叠状态时，可以以单窗口显示上述第三界面。例如，如图36中的(a)所示，手机处于竖屏状态，手机显示第三界面3601。响应于用户在 图36中的(a)所示的第三界面3601输入的预设手势，手机可将第三界面3601设置为第一应用的related Page。可选的，响应于用户在图36中的(a)所示的第三界面3601输入的预设手势，手机可显示图36中的(b)所示的提示信息3602，响应于用户对提示信息3602中“是”选项的选择操作，手机可将第三界面3601设置为第一应用的related Page。It should be noted that when the mobile phone is in a vertical screen state or in a folded state, the above third interface can be displayed in a single window. For example, as shown in (a) of FIG. 36, the mobile phone is in the vertical screen state, and the mobile phone displays the third interface 3601. In response to the preset gesture input by the user on the third interface 3601 shown in (a) of FIG. 36, the mobile phone can set the third interface 3601 as a related Page of the first application. Optionally, in response to a preset gesture input by the user on the third interface 3601 shown in (a) in FIG. 36, the mobile phone may display prompt information 3602 shown in (b) in FIG. 36, in response to the user's prompt For the selection operation of the "Yes" option in the message 3602, the mobile phone can set the third interface 3601 as the related Page of the first application.
手机处于横屏状态或展开状态下，可以以单窗口或者双窗口显示上述第三界面。其中，手机以双窗口显示第三界面，具体为：手机以双窗口显示两个界面，该第三界面是这两个界面中的一个界面。When the mobile phone is in a landscape or expanded state, the third interface can be displayed in a single window or a dual window. Among them, the mobile phone displays the third interface in dual windows, specifically: the mobile phone displays two interfaces in dual windows, and the third interface is one of the two interfaces.
例如，如图37中的(a)所示，手机处于展开状态，以单窗口显示第三界面3701。响应于用户在图37中的(a)所示的第三界面3701输入的预设手势，手机可显示图37中的(b)所示的提示信息3702，响应于用户对提示信息3702中“是”选项的选择操作，手机可将第三界面3701设置为第一应用的related Page。For example, as shown in (a) of FIG. 37, the mobile phone is in an expanded state, and the third interface 3701 is displayed in a single window. In response to the user's preset gesture input on the third interface 3701 shown in Figure 37 (a), the mobile phone can display the prompt message 3702 shown in Figure 37 (b), in response to the user's response to the " To select the “Yes” option, the mobile phone can set the third interface 3701 as the related Page of the first application.
又例如，如图38中的(a)所示，手机处于展开状态，以双窗口显示第三界面3505和另一个界面3504。响应于用户在图38中的(a)所示的第三界面3505输入的预设手势，手机可显示图38中的(b)所示的提示信息3801，响应于用户对提示信息3801中“是”选项的选择操作，手机可将第三界面3505设置为第一应用的related Page。For another example, as shown in (a) of FIG. 38, the mobile phone is in an expanded state, and the third interface 3505 and the other interface 3504 are displayed in dual windows. In response to the user's preset gesture input on the third interface 3505 shown in Figure 38 (a), the mobile phone can display the prompt message 3801 shown in Figure 38 (b), in response to the user's response to the prompt message 3801 " To select the “Yes” option, the mobile phone can set the third interface 3505 as the related Page of the first application.
其中，手机可保存用户为第一应用设置(即自定义)的related Page。例如，如图23A所示，手机可在配置模块中保存用户自定义的related Page。Among them, the mobile phone can save the related Page set by the user for the first application (ie, customized). For example, as shown in Figure 23A, the mobile phone can save a user-defined related Page in the configuration module.
本申请另一些实施例还提供了一种电子设备，该电子设备可以包括：上述折叠屏、存储器和一个或多个处理器。该折叠屏、存储器和处理器耦合。该存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，该计算机程序代码包括计算机指令。当处理器执行计算机指令时，电子设备可执行上述方法实施例中手机执行的各个功能或者步骤。该电子设备的结构可以参考图4所示的电子设备100的结构。Other embodiments of the present application also provide an electronic device, which may include the above-mentioned folding screen, a memory, and one or more processors. The folding screen, memory and processor are coupled. The memory is used to store computer program code, and the computer program code includes computer instructions. When the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device can execute various functions or steps executed by the mobile phone in the foregoing method embodiments. The structure of the electronic device can refer to the structure of the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 4.
本申请另一些实施例还提供一种显示应用的装置，其特征在于，该装置可以应用于包括上述折叠屏的电子设备。该装置用于执行上述方法实施例中手机执行的各个功能或者步骤。Other embodiments of the present application further provide a device for displaying applications, which is characterized in that the device can be applied to electronic equipment including the above-mentioned folding screen. The device is used to execute various functions or steps performed by the mobile phone in the above method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供一种芯片***，如图39所示，该芯片***包括至少一个处理器3901和至少一个接口电路3902。处理器3901和接口电路3902可通过线路互联。例如，接口电路3902可用于从其它装置(例如电子设备的存储器)接收信号。又例如，接口电路3902可用于向其它装置(例如处理器3901)发送信号。示例性的，接口电路3902可读取存储器中存储的指令，并将该指令发送给处理器3901。当所述指令被处理器3901执行时，可使得电子设备执行上述实施例中的各个步骤。当然，该芯片***还可以包含其他分立器件，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。An embodiment of the present application also provides a chip system. As shown in FIG. 39, the chip system includes at least one processor 3901 and at least one interface circuit 3902. The processor 3901 and the interface circuit 3902 may be interconnected by wires. For example, the interface circuit 3902 may be used to receive signals from other devices (such as the memory of an electronic device). For another example, the interface circuit 3902 may be used to send signals to other devices (such as the processor 3901). Exemplarily, the interface circuit 3902 may read instructions stored in the memory, and send the instructions to the processor 3901. When the instructions are executed by the processor 3901, the electronic device can execute the steps in the foregoing embodiments. Of course, the chip system may also include other discrete devices, which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机存储介质，该计算机存储介质包括计算机指令，当所述计算机指令在上述电子设备上运行时，使得该电子设备执行上述方法实施例中手机执行的各个功能或者步骤。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer storage medium, the computer storage medium includes computer instructions, when the computer instructions run on the above-mentioned electronic device, the electronic device is caused to execute each function or step performed by the mobile phone in the above-mentioned method embodiment .
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品，当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行上述方法实施例中手机执行的各个功能或者步骤。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, which when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute each function or step performed by the mobile phone in the above method embodiment.
通过以上实施方式的描述，所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明，实际应用中，可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成，即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块，以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and conciseness of the description, only the division of the above-mentioned functional modules is used as an example. In practical applications, the above-mentioned functions can be allocated by Different functional modules are completed, that is, the internal structure of the device is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的装置和方法，可以通过其它的 方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述模块或单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed device and method can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods, for example, multiple units or components may be It can be combined or integrated into another device, or some features can be omitted or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate parts may or may not be physically separate. The parts displayed as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple different places. . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, the functional units in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一个设备(可以是单片机，芯片等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read only memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions can be embodied in the form of software products, which are stored in a storage medium There are several instructions to make a device (which may be a single-chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read only memory (read only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.
以上内容，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above content is only the specific implementation of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this, and any changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application should be covered within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (55)

  1. 一种显示应用的方法，其特征在于，应用于包括折叠屏的电子设备，所述折叠屏可折叠形成至少两个屏，所述至少两个屏包括第一屏和第二屏，所述折叠屏在折叠状态下，所述第一屏和所述第二屏相背对，所述方法包括：A method for displaying applications, characterized in that it is applied to an electronic device including a folding screen, the folding screen can be folded to form at least two screens, the at least two screens including a first screen and a second screen, the folding screen When the screen is in the folded state, the first screen and the second screen are opposite to each other, and the method includes:
    所述折叠屏在所述折叠状态下，控制所述第一屏显示第一界面；In the folded state, the folding screen controls the first screen to display a first interface;
    响应于所述折叠屏由折叠状态转变为展开状态，控制所述折叠屏的第一显示区域显示所述第一界面，控制所述折叠屏的第二显示区域显示第二界面；其中，所述第二显示区域与所述第一显示区域未重叠；所述第二界面与所述第一界面不同；In response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state to the unfolded state, the first display area of the folding screen is controlled to display the first interface, and the second display area of the folding screen is controlled to display the second interface; wherein, the The second display area does not overlap with the first display area; the second interface is different from the first interface;
    其中，所述折叠状态为所述第一屏和所述第二屏的夹角小于预设角度阈值的状态，所述展开状态为所述第一屏和所述第二屏的夹角大于或等于所述预设角度阈值的状态；或者，所述折叠状态为所述第一屏和所述第二屏的夹角小于或等于预设角度阈值的状态，所述展开状态为所述第一屏和所述第二屏的夹角大于所述预设角度阈值的状态。Wherein, the folded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is less than a preset angle threshold, and the unfolded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is greater than or Is equal to the preset angle threshold; or, the folded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is less than or equal to the preset angle threshold, and the unfolded state is the first A state where the angle between the screen and the second screen is greater than the preset angle threshold.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method of claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    响应于所述折叠屏由所述展开状态转变为所述折叠状态，控制所述第一屏显示所述第一界面或所述第二界面。In response to the folding screen transitioning from the unfolded state to the folded state, controlling the first screen to display the first interface or the second interface.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一显示区域是所述第一屏对应的显示区域，所述第二显示区域是所述第二屏对应的显示区域；或者，The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first display area is a display area corresponding to the first screen, and the second display area is a display area corresponding to the second screen; or ,
    所述第一显示区域和所述第二显示区域预先配置在所述电子设备中；或者，The first display area and the second display area are pre-configured in the electronic device; or,
    所述第一显示区域和所述第二显示区域由用户在所述电子设备中设置。The first display area and the second display area are set by the user in the electronic device.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一界面和所述第二界面均为第一应用的界面；The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the first interface and the second interface are both interfaces of a first application;
    所述第二界面是所述第一应用的首页；或者，The second interface is the homepage of the first application; or,
    所述第二界面是所述第一界面的上一层级的界面；或者，The second interface is an interface that is one level above the first interface; or,
    所述第二界面是所述第一界面的下一层级的界面。The second interface is the next level interface of the first interface.
  5. 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一界面是第一应用的界面，所述第二界面是第二应用的界面，所述第二应用与所述第一应用不同；The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the first interface is an interface of a first application, the second interface is an interface of a second application, and the second application is connected to the The first application is different;
    所述第二应用是除所述第一应用外，所述电子设备最近运行过且未关闭的一个或多个应用中的任一应用。The second application is any one of one or more applications that the electronic device has recently run and has not closed except for the first application.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述折叠屏在所述展开状态下，接收用户对所述第一显示区域显示的所述第一界面的第一操作，所述第一操作用于触发所述第一显示区域显示第三界面；In the expanded state, the folding screen receives a user's first operation on the first interface displayed in the first display area, and the first operation is used to trigger the first display area to display a third interface ；
    响应于所述第一操作，控制所述折叠屏的所述第一显示区域显示所述第三界面，所述第二显示区域显示所述第二界面。In response to the first operation, controlling the first display area of the folding screen to display the third interface, and the second display area to display the second interface.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 6, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述折叠屏在所述展开状态下，接收用户对所述第二显示区域显示的所述第二界面的第二操作，所述第二操作用于触发所述第二显示区域显示第四界面；In the expanded state, the folding screen receives a second operation of the user on the second interface displayed in the second display area, and the second operation is used to trigger the second display area to display the fourth interface ；
    响应于所述第二操作，控制所述折叠屏的所述第二显示区域显示所述第四界面，所述第一显示区域显示所述第三界面。In response to the second operation, controlling the second display area of the folding screen to display the fourth interface, and the first display area to display the third interface.
  8. 一种显示应用的方法，其特征在于，应用于包括折叠屏的电子设备，所述折叠屏可折叠形成至少两个屏，所述至少两个屏包括第一屏和第二屏，所述折叠屏在折叠状态下，所述第一屏和所述第二屏相背对，所述方法包括：A method for displaying applications, characterized in that it is applied to an electronic device including a folding screen, the folding screen can be folded to form at least two screens, the at least two screens including a first screen and a second screen, the folding screen When the screen is in the folded state, the first screen and the second screen are opposite to each other, and the method includes:
    所述折叠屏在所述折叠状态下，控制所述第一屏显示第一界面；In the folded state, the folding screen controls the first screen to display a first interface;
    响应于所述折叠屏由所述折叠状态转变为展开状态，控制所述折叠屏的第一显示区域和第二显示区域作为整体，居中显示所述第一界面；其中，所述第二显示区域与所述第一显示区域未重叠；In response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state to the expanded state, the first display area and the second display area of the folding screen are controlled as a whole to display the first interface in the center; wherein, the second display area Does not overlap with the first display area;
    所述折叠屏接收用户对所述第一界面的第一操作，所述第一操作用于触发所述折叠屏显示第二界面；The folding screen receives a user's first operation on the first interface, and the first operation is used to trigger the folding screen to display a second interface;
    响应于所述第一操作，控制所述折叠屏的所述第一显示区域显示所述第一界面，所述第二显示区域显示所述第二界面；In response to the first operation, controlling the first display area of the folding screen to display the first interface, and the second display area to display the second interface;
    其中，所述折叠状态为所述第一屏和所述第二屏的夹角小于预设角度阈值的状态，所述展开状态为所述第一屏和所述第二屏的夹角大于或等于所述预设角度阈值的状态；或者，所述折叠状态为所述第一屏和所述第二屏的夹角小于或等于预设角度阈值的状态，所述展开状态为所述第一屏和所述第二屏的夹角大于所述预设角度阈值的状态。Wherein, the folded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is less than a preset angle threshold, and the unfolded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is greater than or Is equal to the preset angle threshold; or, the folded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is less than or equal to the preset angle threshold, and the unfolded state is the first A state where the angle between the screen and the second screen is greater than the preset angle threshold.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 8, wherein the method further comprises:
    响应于所述折叠屏由所述展开状态转变为所述折叠状态，控制所述第一屏显示所述第一界面或所述第二界面。In response to the folding screen transitioning from the unfolded state to the folded state, controlling the first screen to display the first interface or the second interface.
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一显示区域是所述第一屏对应的显示区域，所述第二显示区域是所述第二屏对应的显示区域；或者，The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the first display area is a display area corresponding to the first screen, and the second display area is a display area corresponding to the second screen; or ,
    所述第一显示区域和所述第二显示区域预先配置在所述电子设备中；或者，The first display area and the second display area are pre-configured in the electronic device; or,
    所述第一显示区域和所述第二显示区域由用户在所述电子设备中设置。The first display area and the second display area are set by the user in the electronic device.
  11. 根据权利要求8-10中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 8-10, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述折叠屏在所述展开状态下，接收用户对所述第一显示区域显示的所述第一界面的第二操作，所述第二操作用于触发所述第一显示区域显示第三界面；In the expanded state, the folding screen receives a second operation of the user on the first interface displayed in the first display area, and the second operation is used to trigger the first display area to display a third interface ；
    响应于所述第一操作，控制所述折叠屏的所述第一显示区域显示所述第三界面，所述第二显示区域显示所述第二界面。In response to the first operation, controlling the first display area of the folding screen to display the third interface, and the second display area to display the second interface.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method of claim 11, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述折叠屏在所述展开状态下，接收用户对所述第二显示区域显示的所述第二界面的第三操作，所述第二操作用于触发所述第二显示区域显示第四界面；In the expanded state, the folding screen receives a user's third operation on the second interface displayed in the second display area, and the second operation is used to trigger the second display area to display the fourth interface ；
    响应于所述第三操作，控制所述折叠屏的所述第二显示区域显示所述第四界面，所述第一显示区域显示所述第三界面。In response to the third operation, controlling the second display area of the folding screen to display the fourth interface, and the first display area to display the third interface.
  13. 一种显示应用的方法，其特征在于，应用于包括折叠屏的电子设备，所述折叠屏可折叠形成至少两个屏，所述至少两个屏包括第一屏和第二屏，所述折叠屏在折叠状态下，所述第一屏和所述第二屏相对，所述第一屏的背面设置有第三屏，所述方法包括：A method for displaying applications, characterized in that it is applied to an electronic device including a folding screen, the folding screen can be folded to form at least two screens, the at least two screens including a first screen and a second screen, the folding screen When the screen is in the folded state, the first screen is opposite to the second screen, and a third screen is provided on the back of the first screen. The method includes:
    所述折叠屏在所述折叠状态下，控制所述第三屏显示第一界面；In the folded state, the folding screen controls the third screen to display the first interface;
    响应于所述折叠屏由所述折叠状态转变为展开状态，控制所述折叠屏的第一显示区域显示所述第一界面，所述折叠屏的第二显示区域显示第二界面；其中，所述第二显示区域与所述第一显示区域未重叠；所述第二界面与所述第一界面不同；In response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state to the unfolded state, the first display area of the folding screen is controlled to display the first interface, and the second display area of the folding screen displays the second interface; wherein The second display area does not overlap with the first display area; the second interface is different from the first interface;
    其中，所述折叠状态为所述第一屏和所述第二屏的夹角小于预设角度阈值的状态，所述展开状态为所述第一屏和所述第二屏的夹角大于或等于所述预设角度阈值的状态；或者，所述折叠状态为所述第一屏和所述第二屏的夹角小于或等于预设角度阈值的状态，所述展开状态为所述第一屏和所述第二屏的夹角大于所述预设角度阈值的状态。Wherein, the folded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is less than a preset angle threshold, and the unfolded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is greater than or Is equal to the preset angle threshold; or, the folded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is less than or equal to the preset angle threshold, and the unfolded state is the first A state where the included angle between the screen and the second screen is greater than the preset angle threshold.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method of claim 13, wherein the method further comprises:
    响应于所述折叠屏由所述展开状态转变为所述折叠状态，控制所述第三屏显示所述第一界面或所述第二界面。In response to the folding screen transitioning from the expanded state to the folded state, controlling the third screen to display the first interface or the second interface.
  15. 根据权利要求13或14所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一显示区域是所述第一屏对应的显示区域，所述第二显示区域是所述第二屏对应的显示区域；或者，The method according to claim 13 or 14, wherein the first display area is a display area corresponding to the first screen, and the second display area is a display area corresponding to the second screen; or ,
    所述第一显示区域和所述第二显示区域预先配置在所述电子设备中；或者，The first display area and the second display area are pre-configured in the electronic device; or,
    所述第一显示区域和所述第二显示区域由用户在所述电子设备中设置。The first display area and the second display area are set by the user in the electronic device.
  16. 根据权利要求13-15中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一界面和所述第二界面均为第一应用的界面；The method according to any one of claims 13-15, wherein the first interface and the second interface are both interfaces of a first application;
    所述第二界面是所述第一应用的首页；或者，The second interface is the homepage of the first application; or,
    所述第二界面是所述第一界面的上一层级的界面；或者，The second interface is an interface that is one level above the first interface; or,
    所述第二界面是所述第一界面的下一层级的界面。The second interface is the next level interface of the first interface.
  17. 根据权利要求13-15中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一界面是第一应用的界面，所述第二界面是第二应用的界面，所述第二应用与所述第一应用不同；The method according to any one of claims 13-15, wherein the first interface is an interface of a first application, the second interface is an interface of a second application, and the second application is connected to the The first application is different;
    所述第二应用是除所述第一应用外，所述电子设备最近运行过且未关闭的一个或多个应用中的任一应用。The second application is any one of one or more applications that the electronic device has recently run and has not closed except for the first application.
  18. 根据权利要求13-17中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 13-17, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述折叠屏在所述展开状态下，接收用户对所述第一显示区域显示的所述第一界面的第一操作，所述第一操作用于触发所述第一显示区域显示第三界面；In the expanded state, the folding screen receives a user's first operation on the first interface displayed in the first display area, and the first operation is used to trigger the first display area to display a third interface ；
    响应于所述第一操作，控制所述折叠屏的所述第一显示区域显示所述第三界面，所述第二显示区域显示所述第二界面。In response to the first operation, controlling the first display area of the folding screen to display the third interface, and the second display area to display the second interface.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method of claim 18, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述折叠屏在所述展开状态下，接收用户对所述第二显示区域显示的所述第二界面的第二操作，所述第二操作用于触发所述第二显示区域显示第四界面；In the expanded state, the folding screen receives a second operation of the user on the second interface displayed in the second display area, and the second operation is used to trigger the second display area to display the fourth interface ；
    响应于所述第二操作，控制所述折叠屏的所述第二显示区域显示所述第四界面，所述第一显示区域显示所述第三界面。In response to the second operation, controlling the second display area of the folding screen to display the fourth interface, and the first display area to display the third interface.
  20. 一种电子设备，其特征在于，所述电子设备包括折叠屏、存储器和一个或多个处理器；所述折叠屏可折叠形成至少两个屏，所述至少两个屏包括第一屏和第二屏，所述折叠屏在折叠状态下，所述第一屏和所述第二屏相背对；所述折叠屏、所述存储器和所述处理器耦合；所述存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令，当所述处理器执行所述计算机指令时，所述电子设备执行：An electronic device, wherein the electronic device includes a folding screen, a memory, and one or more processors; the folding screen can be folded to form at least two screens, and the at least two screens include a first screen and a second screen. Two screens, when the folding screen is in a folded state, the first screen and the second screen are opposite to each other; the folding screen, the memory and the processor are coupled; the memory is used to store computer programs Code, the computer program code includes computer instructions, and when the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device executes:
    所述处理器，用于所述折叠屏在所述折叠状态下，控制所述第一屏显示第一界面；The processor is configured to control the first screen to display a first interface when the folding screen is in the folded state;
    所述处理器，还用于响应于所述折叠屏由所述折叠状态转变为展开状态，控制所述折叠屏的第一显示区域显示所述第一界面，所述折叠屏的第二显示区域显示第二界面；其中，所述第二显示区域与所述第一显示区域未重叠；所述第二界面与所述第一界面不同；The processor is further configured to control the first display area of the folding screen to display the first interface, and the second display area of the folding screen in response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state to the expanded state Displaying a second interface; wherein the second display area does not overlap with the first display area; the second interface is different from the first interface;
    其中，所述折叠状态为所述第一屏和所述第二屏的夹角小于预设角度阈值的状态，所述展开状态为所述第一屏和所述第二屏的夹角大于或等于所述预设角度阈值的状态；或者，所述折叠状态为所述第一屏和所述第二屏的夹角小于或等于预设角度阈值的状态，所述展开状态为所述第一屏和所述第二屏的夹角大于所述预设角度阈值的状态。Wherein, the folded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is less than a preset angle threshold, and the unfolded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is greater than or Is equal to the preset angle threshold; or, the folded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is less than or equal to the preset angle threshold, and the unfolded state is the first A state where the angle between the screen and the second screen is greater than the preset angle threshold.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器，还用于响应于所述折叠屏由所述展开状态转变为所述折叠状态，控制所述第一屏显示所述第一界面或所述第二界面。The electronic device according to claim 20, wherein the processor is further configured to control the first screen to display the first screen in response to the transition of the folding screen from the unfolded state to the folded state. An interface or the second interface.
  22. 根据权利要求20或21所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述第一显示区域是所述第一屏对应的显示区域，所述第二显示区域是所述第二屏对应的显示区域；或者，The electronic device according to claim 20 or 21, wherein the first display area is a display area corresponding to the first screen, and the second display area is a display area corresponding to the second screen; or,
    所述第一显示区域和所述第二显示区域预先配置在所述电子设备中；或者，The first display area and the second display area are pre-configured in the electronic device; or,
    所述第一显示区域和所述第二显示区域由用户在所述电子设备中设置。The first display area and the second display area are set by the user in the electronic device.
  23. 根据权利要求20-22中任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述第一界面和所述第二界面均为第一应用的界面；The electronic device according to any one of claims 20-22, wherein the first interface and the second interface are both interfaces of a first application;
    所述第二界面是所述第一应用的首页；或者，The second interface is the homepage of the first application; or,
    所述第二界面是所述第一界面的上一层级的界面；或者，The second interface is an interface that is one level above the first interface; or,
    所述第二界面是所述第一界面的下一层级的界面。The second interface is the next level interface of the first interface.
  24. 根据权利要求20-23中任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述第一界面是第一应用的界面，所述第二界面是第二应用的界面，所述第二应用与所述第一应用不同；The electronic device according to any one of claims 20-23, wherein the first interface is an interface of a first application, the second interface is an interface of a second application, and the second application and The first application is different;
    所述第二应用是除所述第一应用外，所述电子设备最近运行过且未关闭的一个或多个应用中的任一应用。The second application is any one of one or more applications that the electronic device has recently run and has not closed except for the first application.
  25. 根据权利要求20-24中任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器，还用于所述折叠屏在所述展开状态下，接收用户对所述第一显示区域显示的所述第一界面的第一操作，所述第一操作用于触发所述第一显示区域显示第三界面；The electronic device according to any one of claims 20-24, wherein the processor is further configured to receive the user’s display of the first display area when the folding screen is in the expanded state. A first operation of the first interface, where the first operation is used to trigger the first display area to display a third interface;
    所述处理器，还用于响应于所述第一操作，控制所述折叠屏的所述第一显示区域显示所述第三界面，所述第二显示区域显示所述第二界面。The processor is further configured to, in response to the first operation, control the first display area of the folding screen to display the third interface, and the second display area to display the second interface.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器，还用于所述折叠屏在所述展开状态下，接收用户对所述第二显示区域显示的所述第二界面的第二操作，所述第二操作用于触发所述第二显示区域显示第四界面；The electronic device according to claim 25, wherein the processor is further configured to receive the user’s request for the second interface displayed on the second display area when the folding screen is in the expanded state. A second operation, where the second operation is used to trigger the second display area to display a fourth interface;
    所述处理器，还用于响应于所述第二操作，控制所述折叠屏的所述第二显示区域显示所述第四界面，所述第一显示区域显示所述第三界面。The processor is further configured to control the second display area of the folding screen to display the fourth interface in response to the second operation, and the first display area to display the third interface.
  27. 一种电子设备，其特征在于，所述电子设备包括折叠屏、存储器和一个或多个处理器；所述折叠屏可折叠形成至少两个屏，所述至少两个屏包括第一屏和第二屏，所述折叠屏在折叠状态下，所述第一屏和所述第二屏相背对；所述折叠屏、所述存储器和所述处理器耦合；所述存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令，当所述处理器执行所述计算机指令时，所述电子设备执行：An electronic device, wherein the electronic device includes a folding screen, a memory, and one or more processors; the folding screen can be folded to form at least two screens, and the at least two screens include a first screen and a second screen. Two screens, when the folding screen is in a folded state, the first screen and the second screen are opposite to each other; the folding screen, the memory and the processor are coupled; the memory is used to store computer programs Code, the computer program code includes computer instructions, and when the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device executes:
    所述处理器，用于所述折叠屏在所述折叠状态下，控制所述第一屏显示第一界面；The processor is configured to control the first screen to display a first interface when the folding screen is in the folded state;
    所述处理器，还用于响应于所述折叠屏由所述折叠状态转变为展开状态，控制所述折叠屏的第一显示区域和第二显示区域作为整体，居中显示所述第一界面；其中，所述第二显示区域与所述第一显示区域未重叠；The processor is further configured to control the first display area and the second display area of the folding screen as a whole to display the first interface in the center in response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state to the expanded state; Wherein, the second display area does not overlap with the first display area;
    所述处理器，还用于接收用户对所述第一界面的第一操作，所述第一操作用于触发所述折叠屏显示第二界面；The processor is further configured to receive a user's first operation on the first interface, where the first operation is used to trigger the folding screen to display a second interface;
    所述处理器，还用于响应于所述第一操作，控制所述折叠屏的所述第一显示区域显示所述第一界面，所述第二显示区域显示所述第二界面；The processor is further configured to, in response to the first operation, control the first display area of the folding screen to display the first interface, and the second display area to display the second interface;
    其中，所述折叠状态为所述第一屏和所述第二屏的夹角小于预设角度阈值的状态，所述展开状态为所述第一屏和所述第二屏的夹角大于或等于所述预设角度阈值的状态；或者，所述折叠状态为所述第一屏和所述第二屏的夹角小于或等于预设角度阈值的状态，所述展开状态为所述第一屏和所述第二屏的夹角大于所述预设角度阈值的状态。Wherein, the folded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is less than a preset angle threshold, and the unfolded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is greater than or Is equal to the preset angle threshold; or, the folded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is less than or equal to the preset angle threshold, and the unfolded state is the first A state where the angle between the screen and the second screen is greater than the preset angle threshold.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器，还用于响应于所述折 叠屏由所述展开状态转变为所述折叠状态，控制所述第一屏显示所述第一界面或所述第二界面。The electronic device according to claim 27, wherein the processor is further configured to control the first screen to display the first screen in response to the folding screen transitioning from the unfolded state to the folded state. An interface or the second interface.
  29. 根据权利要求27或28所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述第一显示区域是所述第一屏对应的显示区域，所述第二显示区域是所述第二屏对应的显示区域；或者，The electronic device according to claim 27 or 28, wherein the first display area is a display area corresponding to the first screen, and the second display area is a display area corresponding to the second screen; or,
    所述第一显示区域和所述第二显示区域预先配置在所述电子设备中；或者，The first display area and the second display area are pre-configured in the electronic device; or,
    所述第一显示区域和所述第二显示区域由用户在所述电子设备中设置。The first display area and the second display area are set by the user in the electronic device.
  30. 根据权利要求27-29中任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器，还用于所述折叠屏在所述展开状态下，接收用户对所述第一显示区域显示的所述第一界面的第二操作，所述第二操作用于触发所述第一显示区域显示第三界面；The electronic device according to any one of claims 27-29, wherein the processor is further configured to receive the user’s display of the first display area when the folding screen is in the expanded state. A second operation of the first interface, where the second operation is used to trigger the first display area to display a third interface;
    所述处理器，还用于响应于所述第一操作，控制所述折叠屏的所述第一显示区域显示所述第三界面，所述第二显示区域显示所述第二界面。The processor is further configured to, in response to the first operation, control the first display area of the folding screen to display the third interface, and the second display area to display the second interface.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器，还用于所述折叠屏在所述展开状态下，接收用户对所述第二显示区域显示的所述第二界面的第三操作，所述第二操作用于触发所述第二显示区域显示第四界面；The electronic device according to claim 30, wherein the processor is further configured to receive the user’s response to the second interface displayed on the second display area when the folding screen is in the expanded state. A third operation, the second operation is used to trigger the second display area to display a fourth interface;
    所述处理器，还用于响应于所述第三操作，控制所述折叠屏的所述第二显示区域显示所述第四界面，所述第一显示区域显示所述第三界面。The processor is further configured to control the second display area of the folding screen to display the fourth interface in response to the third operation, and the first display area to display the third interface.
  32. 一种电子设备，其特征在于，所述电子设备包括折叠屏、存储器和一个或多个处理器；所述折叠屏可折叠形成至少两个屏，所述至少两个屏包括第一屏和第二屏，所述折叠屏在折叠状态下，所述第一屏和所述第二屏相对；所述第一屏的背面设置有第三屏；所述折叠屏、所述第三屏、所述存储器和所述处理器耦合；所述存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令，当所述处理器执行所述计算机指令时，所述电子设备执行：An electronic device, wherein the electronic device includes a folding screen, a memory, and one or more processors; the folding screen can be folded to form at least two screens, and the at least two screens include a first screen and a second screen. Two screens, when the folding screen is in the folded state, the first screen and the second screen are opposite; the back of the first screen is provided with a third screen; the folding screen, the third screen, and the The memory is coupled with the processor; the memory is used to store computer program code, the computer program code includes computer instructions, and when the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device executes:
    所述处理器，用于所述折叠屏在所述折叠状态下，控制所述第三屏显示第一界面；The processor is configured to control the third screen to display a first interface when the folding screen is in the folded state;
    所述处理器，还用于响应于所述折叠屏由所述折叠状态转变为展开状态，控制所述折叠屏的第一显示区域显示所述第一界面，所述折叠屏的第二显示区域显示第二界面；其中，所述第二显示区域与所述第一显示区域未重叠；所述第二界面与所述第一界面不同；The processor is further configured to control the first display area of the folding screen to display the first interface, and the second display area of the folding screen in response to the folding screen transitioning from the folded state to the expanded state Displaying a second interface; wherein the second display area does not overlap with the first display area; the second interface is different from the first interface;
    其中，所述折叠状态为所述第一屏和所述第二屏的夹角小于预设角度阈值的状态，所述展开状态为所述第一屏和所述第二屏的夹角大于或等于所述预设角度阈值的状态；或者，所述折叠状态为所述第一屏和所述第二屏的夹角小于或等于预设角度阈值的状态，所述展开状态为所述第一屏和所述第二屏的夹角大于所述预设角度阈值的状态。Wherein, the folded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is less than a preset angle threshold, and the unfolded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is greater than or Is equal to the preset angle threshold; or, the folded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is less than or equal to the preset angle threshold, and the unfolded state is the first A state where the angle between the screen and the second screen is greater than the preset angle threshold.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器，还用于响应于所述折叠屏由所述展开状态转变为所述折叠状态，控制所述第三屏显示所述第一界面或所述第二界面。The electronic device according to claim 32, wherein the processor is further configured to control the third screen to display the first screen in response to the folding screen changing from the unfolded state to the folded state. An interface or the second interface.
  34. 一种显示应用的方法，其特征在于，应用于电子设备，所述方法包括：A method for displaying an application, characterized in that it is applied to an electronic device, and the method includes:
    所述电子设备的显示屏处于第一状态下，控制所述显示屏显示所述电子设备的主界面，所述主界面包括第一应用的图标；其中，所述第一状态是横屏状态；或者，所述显示屏是折叠屏，所述第一状态是展开状态；When the display screen of the electronic device is in the first state, controlling the display screen to display the main interface of the electronic device, the main interface including the icon of the first application; wherein, the first state is a horizontal screen state; Or, the display screen is a folding screen, and the first state is an expanded state;
    接收用户对所述第一应用的图标的第一操作，所述第一操作用于触发所述显示屏显示所述第一应用的第一界面；Receiving a user's first operation on the icon of the first application, where the first operation is used to trigger the display screen to display the first interface of the first application;
    响应于所述第一操作，如果所述第一界面是所述第一应用的预设主页，控制所述显示屏的第一显示区域显示所述第一界面，控制所述显示屏的第二显示区域显示所述第一应用的第 二界面；其中，所述第二界面是与所述预设主页成对配置的相关页面；所述第二显示区域与所述第一显示区域未重叠；In response to the first operation, if the first interface is the preset homepage of the first application, control the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface, and control the second display area of the display screen. The display area displays the second interface of the first application; wherein, the second interface is a related page configured as a pair with the preset homepage; the second display area does not overlap the first display area;
    其中，所述展开状态为所述折叠屏的第一屏和第二屏的夹角大于或等于预设角度阈值的状态；所述横屏状态是所述显示屏的长边与水平面的夹角小于预设值的状态。Wherein, the unfolded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen is greater than or equal to a preset angle threshold; the horizontal screen state is the angle between the long side of the display screen and the horizontal plane The status is less than the preset value.
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的方法，其特征在于，所述预设主页预先配置在所述第一应用的安装包的配置文件中；或者，The method according to claim 34, wherein the preset homepage is pre-configured in a configuration file of the installation package of the first application; or,
    所述预设主页是所述第一应用的首页；或者，The preset homepage is the homepage of the first application; or,
    所述预设主页是所述第一应用的多个界面中满足预设条件的界面，所述预设条件为：包括预设界面特征，且所述预设界面特征的数量大于预设数量阈值，所述预设界面特征包括预设组件或者小程序。The preset homepage is an interface that meets a preset condition among the multiple interfaces of the first application, and the preset condition is: the preset interface features are included, and the number of the preset interface features is greater than a preset number threshold , The preset interface feature includes a preset component or an applet.
  36. 根据权利要求34或35所述的方法，其特征在于，所述相关页面预先配置在所述第一应用的安装包的配置文件中；或者，The method according to claim 34 or 35, wherein the relevant page is pre-configured in a configuration file of the installation package of the first application; or,
    所述相关页面是所述第一应用的首页的下一层级的界面；The related page is the next level interface of the homepage of the first application;
    所述相关页面由用户在所述电子设备中设置。The related page is set by the user in the electronic device.
  37. 根据权利要求34-36中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 34-36, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述显示屏处于所述第一状态或第二状态下，显示所述第一应用的第三界面；其中，所述第一状态是所述横屏状态，所述第二状态是竖屏状态；或者，所述第一状态是所述展开状态，所述第二状态是折叠状态；When the display screen is in the first state or the second state, the third interface of the first application is displayed; wherein, the first state is the horizontal screen state, and the second state is the vertical screen state Or, the first state is the unfolded state, and the second state is the folded state;
    接收用户在所述第三界面输入的预设手势，所述预设手势用于配置所述第一应用的所述相关页面；Receiving a preset gesture input by a user on the third interface, where the preset gesture is used to configure the related page of the first application;
    响应于所述预设手势，配置所述第三界面是所述第一应用的所述相关页面。In response to the preset gesture, the third interface is configured to be the related page of the first application.
  38. 根据权利要求34-37中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述控制所述显示屏的第一显示区域显示所述第一界面，控制所述显示屏的第二显示区域显示所述第一应用的第二界面之后，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 34-37, wherein the first interface is displayed in the first display area of the display screen, and the second display area of the display screen is controlled to display After the second interface of the first application, the method further includes:
    响应于用户对所述第一界面的第二操作，所述第二操作包括对所述电子设备的导航栏中的Back键的点击操作，控制所述显示屏显示所述主界面；其中，响应于对所述第一界面的所述第二操作，所述电子设备在后台不运行所述第一应用；In response to the user's second operation on the first interface, the second operation includes clicking the Back key in the navigation bar of the electronic device to control the display screen to display the main interface; wherein, the response In the second operation on the first interface, the electronic device does not run the first application in the background;
    响应于用户对所述第二界面的所述第二操作，控制所述显示屏显示所述主界面；其中，响应于对所述第二界面的所述第二操作，所述电子设备在后台运行所述第一应用。In response to the second operation of the user on the second interface, control the display screen to display the main interface; wherein, in response to the second operation on the second interface, the electronic device is in the background Run the first application.
  39. 根据权利要求34-37中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述控制所述显示屏的第一显示区域显示所述第一界面，控制所述显示屏的第二显示区域显示所述第一应用的第二界面之后，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 34-37, wherein the first interface is displayed in the first display area of the display screen, and the second display area of the display screen is controlled to display After the second interface of the first application, the method further includes:
    响应于用户对所述第一界面或第二界面的第二操作，所述第二操作包括对所述电子设备的导航栏中的Back键的点击操作，控制所述显示屏显示所述主界面；其中，响应于所述第二操作，所述电子设备在后台运行所述第一应用。In response to a user's second operation on the first interface or the second interface, the second operation includes clicking the Back key in the navigation bar of the electronic device to control the display screen to display the main interface ; Wherein, in response to the second operation, the electronic device runs the first application in the background.
  40. 一种显示应用的方法，其特征在于，应用于电子设备，所述方法包括：A method for displaying an application, characterized in that it is applied to an electronic device, and the method includes:
    所述电子设备的显示屏处于第一状态下，控制所述显示屏显示第一应用的第一界面；When the display screen of the electronic device is in the first state, controlling the display screen to display the first interface of the first application;
    响应于所述显示屏由所述第一状态转变为第二状态，如果所述第一界面是所述第一应用的预设主页，控制所述显示屏的第一显示区域显示所述第一界面，控制所述显示屏的第二显示区域显示所述第一应用的第二界面；其中，所述第二界面是与所述预设主页成对配置的相关页面；所述第二显示区域与所述第一显示区域未重叠；In response to the display screen transitioning from the first state to the second state, if the first interface is the preset homepage of the first application, control the first display area of the display screen to display the first Interface for controlling the second display area of the display screen to display the second interface of the first application; wherein, the second interface is a related page configured as a pair with the preset homepage; the second display area Does not overlap with the first display area;
    其中，所述第一状态是竖屏状态，所述第二状态是横屏状态；所述横屏状态是所述显示屏的长边与水平面的夹角小于预设值的状态，所述竖屏状态是所述显示屏的长边与水平面的夹角大于或等于预设值的状态；Wherein, the first state is a vertical screen state, the second state is a horizontal screen state; the horizontal screen state is a state where the angle between the long side of the display screen and the horizontal plane is less than a preset value, and the vertical screen state The screen state is a state where the angle between the long side of the display screen and the horizontal plane is greater than or equal to a preset value;
    或者，所述显示屏是折叠屏，所述第一状态是折叠状态，所述第二状态是展开状态；所述展开状态为所述折叠屏的第一屏和第二屏的夹角大于或等于预设角度阈值的状态，所述折叠状态为第一屏和所述第二屏的夹角小于所述预设角度阈值的状态。Or, the display screen is a folding screen, the first state is a folded state, and the second state is an expanded state; the expanded state is that the angle between the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen is greater than or A state equal to a preset angle threshold, and the folded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is smaller than the preset angle threshold.
  41. 一种显示应用的方法，其特征在于，应用于电子设备，所述电子设备的显示屏处于横屏状态，所述横屏状态是所述显示屏的长边与水平面的夹角小于预设值的状态；或者，所述电子设备的显示屏是折叠屏，所述显示屏处于展开状态，所述展开状态为所述折叠屏的第一屏和第二屏的夹角大于或等于预设角度阈值的状态；所述方法包括：A display application method, characterized in that it is applied to an electronic device, the display screen of the electronic device is in a horizontal screen state, and the horizontal screen state is that the angle between the long side of the display screen and the horizontal plane is less than a preset value Or, the display screen of the electronic device is a folding screen, the display screen is in an expanded state, and the expanded state is that the angle between the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen is greater than or equal to a preset angle The state of the threshold; the method includes:
    控制所述显示屏显示第二应用的界面；Controlling the display screen to display the interface of the second application;
    接收用户在所述第二应用的界面的第一操作，所述第一操作用于触发所述显示屏显示第一应用的第一界面；Receiving a user's first operation on the interface of the second application, where the first operation is used to trigger the display screen to display the first interface of the first application;
    响应于所述第一操作，如果所述第一界面是所述第一应用的预设主页，控制所述显示屏的第一显示区域显示所述第一界面，控制所述显示屏的第二显示区域显示所述第一应用的第二界面；其中，所述第二界面是与所述预设主页成对配置的相关页面；所述第二显示区域与所述第一显示区域未重叠。In response to the first operation, if the first interface is the preset homepage of the first application, control the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface, and control the second display area of the display screen. The display area displays the second interface of the first application; wherein, the second interface is a related page configured as a pair with the preset homepage; and the second display area does not overlap the first display area.
  42. 一种显示应用的方法，其特征在于，应用于电子设备，所述电子设备的显示屏处于横屏状态，所述横屏状态是所述显示屏的长边与水平面的夹角小于预设值的状态；或者，所述电子设备的显示屏是折叠屏，所述显示屏处于展开状态，所述展开状态为所述折叠屏的第一屏和第二屏的夹角大于或等于预设角度阈值的状态；所述方法包括：A display application method, characterized in that it is applied to an electronic device, the display screen of the electronic device is in a horizontal screen state, and the horizontal screen state is that the angle between the long side of the display screen and the horizontal plane is less than a preset value Or, the display screen of the electronic device is a folding screen, the display screen is in an expanded state, and the expanded state is that the angle between the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen is greater than or equal to a preset angle The state of the threshold; the method includes:
    控制所述显示屏的第一显示区域显示第一应用的第一界面，控制所述显示屏的第二显示区域显示第二应用的界面；Controlling the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface of the first application, and controlling the second display area of the display screen to display the interface of the second application;
    接收用户的第一操作，所述第一操作用于触发所述显示屏退出显示所述第二应用的界面，仅显示所述第一界面；Receiving a user's first operation, the first operation being used to trigger the display screen to exit the interface displaying the second application, and only display the first interface;
    响应于所述第一操作，如果所述第一界面是所述第一应用的预设主页，控制所述显示屏的第一显示区域显示所述第一界面，控制所述显示屏的第二显示区域显示所述第一应用的第二界面；其中，所述第二界面是与所述预设主页成对配置的相关页面；所述第二显示区域与所述第一显示区域未重叠。In response to the first operation, if the first interface is the preset homepage of the first application, control the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface, and control the second display area of the display screen. The display area displays the second interface of the first application; wherein, the second interface is a related page configured as a pair with the preset homepage; and the second display area does not overlap the first display area.
  43. 一种电子设备，其特征在于，所述电子设备包括显示屏、存储器和一个或多个处理器；所述显示屏、所述存储器和所述处理器耦合；所述存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令，当所述处理器执行所述计算机指令时，所述电子设备执行：An electronic device, characterized in that the electronic device includes a display screen, a memory and one or more processors; the display screen, the memory and the processor are coupled; the memory is used to store computer program codes , The computer program code includes computer instructions, and when the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device executes:
    所述处理器，用于所述显示屏处于第一状态下，控制所述显示屏显示所述电子设备的主界面，所述主界面包括第一应用的图标；其中，所述第一状态是横屏状态；或者，所述显示屏是折叠屏，所述第一状态是展开状态；The processor is configured to control the display screen to display a main interface of the electronic device when the display screen is in a first state, the main interface including an icon of a first application; wherein, the first state is Horizontal screen state; or, the display screen is a folding screen, and the first state is an expanded state;
    所述处理器，用于接收用户对所述第一应用的图标的第一操作，所述第一操作用于触发所述显示屏显示所述第一应用的第一界面；The processor is configured to receive a user's first operation on the icon of the first application, where the first operation is used to trigger the display screen to display the first interface of the first application;
    所述处理器，用于响应于所述第一操作，如果所述第一界面是所述第一应用的预设主页，控制所述显示屏的第一显示区域显示所述第一界面，控制所述显示屏的第二显示区域显示所述第一应用的第二界面；其中，所述第二界面是与所述预设主页成对配置的相关页面；所述 第二显示区域与所述第一显示区域未重叠；The processor is configured to, in response to the first operation, if the first interface is the preset homepage of the first application, control the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface, and control The second display area of the display screen displays the second interface of the first application; wherein, the second interface is a related page configured in a pair with the preset homepage; the second display area and the The first display area does not overlap;
    其中，所述展开状态为所述折叠屏的第一屏和第二屏的夹角大于或等于预设角度阈值的状态；所述横屏状态是所述显示屏的长边与水平面的夹角小于预设值的状态。Wherein, the unfolded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen is greater than or equal to a preset angle threshold; the horizontal screen state is the angle between the long side of the display screen and the horizontal plane The status is less than the preset value.
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述预设主页预先配置在所述第一应用的安装包的配置文件中；或者，The electronic device according to claim 43, wherein the preset homepage is pre-configured in a configuration file of the installation package of the first application; or,
    所述预设主页是所述第一应用的首页；或者，The preset homepage is the homepage of the first application; or,
    所述预设主页是所述第一应用的多个界面中满足预设条件的界面，所述预设条件为：包括预设界面特征，且所述预设界面特征的数量大于预设数量阈值，所述预设界面特征包括预设组件或者小程序。The preset homepage is an interface that meets a preset condition among the multiple interfaces of the first application, and the preset condition is: the preset interface features are included, and the number of the preset interface features is greater than a preset number threshold , The preset interface feature includes a preset component or an applet.
  45. 根据权利要求43或44所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述相关页面预先配置在所述第一应用的安装包的配置文件中；或者，The electronic device according to claim 43 or 44, wherein the relevant page is pre-configured in a configuration file of the installation package of the first application; or,
    所述相关页面是所述第一应用的首页的下一层级的界面；The related page is the next level interface of the homepage of the first application;
    所述相关页面由用户在所述电子设备中设置。The related page is set by the user in the electronic device.
  46. 根据权利要求43-45中任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器，还用于所述显示屏处于所述第一状态或第二状态下，控制所述显示屏显示所述第一应用的第三界面；其中，所述第一状态是所述横屏状态，所述第二状态是竖屏状态；或者，所述第一状态是所述展开状态，所述第二状态是折叠状态；The electronic device according to any one of claims 43-45, wherein the processor is further configured to control the display screen to display when the display screen is in the first state or the second state The third interface of the first application; wherein, the first state is the horizontal screen state, and the second state is the vertical screen state; or, the first state is the expanded state, and the first state is the expanded state. The second state is the folded state;
    所述处理器，还用于接收用户在所述第三界面输入的预设手势，所述预设手势用于配置所述第一应用的所述相关页面；The processor is further configured to receive a preset gesture input by a user on the third interface, where the preset gesture is used to configure the related page of the first application;
    所述处理器，还用于响应于所述预设手势，配置所述第三界面是所述第一应用的所述相关页面。The processor is further configured to configure the third interface to be the related page of the first application in response to the preset gesture.
  47. 根据权利要求43-46中任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器，还用于在控制所述显示屏的第一显示区域显示所述第一界面，控制所述显示屏的第二显示区域显示所述第二界面之后，The electronic device according to any one of claims 43-46, wherein the processor is further configured to display the first interface in a first display area that controls the display screen, and control the display After displaying the second interface in the second display area of the screen,
    响应于用户对所述第一界面的第二操作，所述第二操作包括对所述电子设备的导航栏中的返回Back键的点击操作，控制所述显示屏显示所述主界面；其中，响应于对所述第一界面的所述第二操作，所述处理器在后台不运行所述第一应用；In response to the user's second operation on the first interface, the second operation includes clicking the Back button in the navigation bar of the electronic device to control the display screen to display the main interface; wherein, In response to the second operation on the first interface, the processor does not run the first application in the background;
    响应于用户对所述第二界面的所述第二操作，控制所述显示屏显示所述主界面；其中，响应于对所述第二界面的所述第二操作，所述处理器在后台运行所述第一应用。In response to the second operation of the user on the second interface, control the display screen to display the main interface; wherein, in response to the second operation on the second interface, the processor is in the background Run the first application.
  48. 根据权利要求43-47中任一项所述的电子设备，其特征在于，所述处理器，还用于在控制所述显示屏的第一显示区域显示所述第一界面，控制所述显示屏的第二显示区域显示所述第二界面之后，The electronic device according to any one of claims 43-47, wherein the processor is further configured to display the first interface in a first display area that controls the display screen, and control the display After displaying the second interface in the second display area of the screen,
    响应于用户对所述第一界面或第二界面的第二操作，所述第二操作包括对所述电子设备的导航栏中的Back键的点击操作，控制所述显示屏显示所述主界面；其中，响应于所述第二操作，所述处理器在后台运行所述第一应用。In response to a user's second operation on the first interface or the second interface, the second operation includes clicking the Back key in the navigation bar of the electronic device to control the display screen to display the main interface ; Wherein, in response to the second operation, the processor runs the first application in the background.
  49. 一种电子设备，其特征在于，所述电子设备包括显示屏、存储器和一个或多个处理器；所述显示屏、所述存储器和所述处理器耦合；所述存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令，当所述处理器执行所述计算机指令时，所述电子设备执行：An electronic device, characterized in that the electronic device includes a display screen, a memory and one or more processors; the display screen, the memory and the processor are coupled; the memory is used to store computer program codes , The computer program code includes computer instructions, and when the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device executes:
    所述处理器，用于所述显示屏处于第一状态下，控制所述显示屏显示第一应用的第一界面；The processor is configured to control the display screen to display the first interface of the first application when the display screen is in the first state;
    所述处理器，还用于响应于所述显示屏由所述第一状态转变为第二状态，如果所述第一界面是所述第一应用的预设主页，控制所述显示屏的第一显示区域显示所述第一界面，控制所述显示屏的第二显示区域显示所述第一应用的第二界面；其中，所述第二界面是与所述预设主页成对配置的相关页面；所述第二显示区域与所述第一显示区域未重叠；The processor is further configured to respond to the display screen transitioning from the first state to the second state, and if the first interface is the preset homepage of the first application, control the second state of the display screen. A display area displays the first interface, and controls a second display area of the display screen to display a second interface of the first application; wherein, the second interface is related to a pair configuration of the preset homepage Page; the second display area does not overlap the first display area;
    其中，所述第一状态是竖屏状态，所述第二状态是横屏状态；所述横屏状态是所述显示屏的长边与水平面的夹角小于预设值的状态，所述竖屏状态是所述显示屏的长边与水平面的夹角大于或等于预设值的状态；Wherein, the first state is a vertical screen state, the second state is a horizontal screen state; the horizontal screen state is a state where the angle between the long side of the display screen and the horizontal plane is less than a preset value, and the vertical screen state The screen state is a state where the angle between the long side of the display screen and the horizontal plane is greater than or equal to a preset value;
    或者，所述显示屏是折叠屏，所述第一状态是折叠状态，所述第二状态是展开状态；所述展开状态为所述折叠屏的第一屏和第二屏的夹角大于或等于预设角度阈值的状态，所述折叠状态为第一屏和所述第二屏的夹角小于所述预设角度阈值的状态。Or, the display screen is a folding screen, the first state is a folded state, and the second state is an expanded state; the expanded state is that the angle between the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen is greater than or A state equal to a preset angle threshold, and the folded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen is smaller than the preset angle threshold.
  50. 一种电子设备，其特征在于，所述电子设备包括显示屏、存储器和一个或多个处理器；所述显示屏、所述存储器和所述处理器耦合；所述电子设备的显示屏处于横屏状态，所述横屏状态是所述显示屏的长边与水平面的夹角小于预设值的状态；或者，所述电子设备的显示屏是折叠屏，所述显示屏处于展开状态，所述展开状态为所述折叠屏的第一屏和第二屏的夹角大于或等于预设角度阈值的状态；所述存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令，当所述处理器执行所述计算机指令时，所述电子设备执行：An electronic device, characterized in that the electronic device includes a display screen, a memory, and one or more processors; the display screen, the memory and the processor are coupled; the display screen of the electronic device is horizontal Screen state, the horizontal screen state is a state where the angle between the long side of the display screen and the horizontal plane is less than a preset value; or, the display screen of the electronic device is a folding screen, the display screen is in the unfolded state The unfolded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen is greater than or equal to a preset angle threshold; the memory is used to store computer program code, and the computer program code includes computer instructions. When the processor executes the computer instruction, the electronic device executes:
    所述处理器，用于控制所述显示屏显示第二应用的界面；The processor is configured to control the display screen to display the interface of the second application;
    所述处理器，还用于接收用户在所述第二应用的界面的第一操作，所述第一操作用于触发所述显示屏显示第一应用的第一界面；The processor is further configured to receive a user's first operation on the interface of the second application, where the first operation is used to trigger the display screen to display the first interface of the first application;
    所述处理器，还用于响应于所述第一操作，如果所述第一界面是所述第一应用的预设主页，控制所述显示屏的第一显示区域显示所述第一界面，控制所述显示屏的第二显示区域显示所述第一应用的第二界面；其中，所述第二界面是与所述预设主页成对配置的相关页面；所述第二显示区域与所述第一显示区域未重叠。The processor is further configured to, in response to the first operation, if the first interface is the preset homepage of the first application, control the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface, The second display area of the display screen is controlled to display the second interface of the first application; wherein, the second interface is a related page configured in a pair with the preset homepage; the second display area is connected to the The first display area does not overlap.
  51. 一种电子设备，其特征在于，所述电子设备包括显示屏、存储器和一个或多个处理器；所述显示屏、所述存储器和所述处理器耦合；所述电子设备的显示屏处于横屏状态，所述横屏状态是所述显示屏的长边与水平面的夹角小于预设值的状态；或者，所述电子设备的显示屏是折叠屏，所述显示屏处于展开状态，所述展开状态为所述折叠屏的第一屏和第二屏的夹角大于或等于预设角度阈值的状态；所述存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令，当所述处理器执行所述计算机指令时，所述电子设备执行：An electronic device, characterized in that the electronic device includes a display screen, a memory, and one or more processors; the display screen, the memory, and the processor are coupled; the display screen of the electronic device is horizontally Screen state, the horizontal screen state is a state where the angle between the long side of the display screen and the horizontal plane is less than a preset value; or, the display screen of the electronic device is a folding screen, the display screen is in an unfolded state, so The unfolded state is a state where the angle between the first screen and the second screen of the folding screen is greater than or equal to a preset angle threshold; the memory is used to store computer program code, and the computer program code includes computer instructions. When the processor executes the computer instruction, the electronic device executes:
    所述处理器，用于控制所述显示屏的第一显示区域显示第一应用的第一界面，控制所述显示屏的第二显示区域显示第二应用的界面；The processor is configured to control the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface of the first application, and control the second display area of the display screen to display the interface of the second application;
    所述处理器，还用于接收用户的第一操作，所述第一操作用于触发所述显示屏退出显示所述第二应用的界面，仅显示所述第一界面；The processor is further configured to receive a first operation of a user, where the first operation is used to trigger the display screen to exit the interface displaying the second application and only display the first interface;
    所述处理器，还用于响应于所述第一操作，如果所述第一界面是所述第一应用的预设主页，控制所述显示屏的第一显示区域显示所述第一界面，控制所述显示屏的第二显示区域显示所述第一应用的第二界面；其中，所述第二界面是与所述预设主页成对配置的相关页面；所述第二显示区域与所述第一显示区域未重叠。The processor is further configured to, in response to the first operation, if the first interface is the preset homepage of the first application, control the first display area of the display screen to display the first interface, The second display area of the display screen is controlled to display the second interface of the first application; wherein, the second interface is a related page configured in a pair with the preset homepage; the second display area is connected to the The first display area does not overlap.
  52. 一种显示应用的装置，其特征在于，应用于包括显示屏的电子设备，所述装置用于执行如权利要求1-19或34-42中任一项所述的方法。A display application device, characterized in that it is applied to an electronic device including a display screen, and the device is used to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-19 or 34-42.
  53. 一种芯片***，其特征在于，所述芯片***应用于包括显示屏的电子设备；所述芯片***包括一个或多个接口电路和一个或多个处理器；所述接口电路和所述处理器通过线路 互联；所述接口电路用于从所述电子设备的存储器接收信号，并向所述处理器发送所述信号，所述信号包括所述存储器中存储的计算机指令；当所述处理器执行所述计算机指令时，所述电子设备执行如权利要求1-19或34-42中任一项所述的方法。A chip system, characterized in that the chip system is applied to an electronic device including a display screen; the chip system includes one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit and the processor Interconnected by wires; the interface circuit is used to receive a signal from the memory of the electronic device and send the signal to the processor, and the signal includes computer instructions stored in the memory; when the processor executes When the computer instruction is used, the electronic device executes the method according to any one of claims 1-19 or 34-42.
  54. 一种计算机存储介质，其特征在于，包括计算机指令，当所述计算机指令在电子设备上运行时，使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求1-19或34-42中任一项所述的方法。A computer storage medium, characterized by comprising computer instructions, which when the computer instructions run on an electronic device, cause the electronic device to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-19 or 34-42 .
  55. 一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-19或34-42中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that, when the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-19 or 34-42.
PCT/CN2020/090009 2019-05-14 2020-05-13 Method for displaying application, and electronic device WO2020228735A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910398758.8A CN110286972A (en) 2019-05-14 2019-05-14 A kind of method and electronic equipment of Folding screen display application
CN201910398758.8 2019-05-14
CN201910996394.3A CN111949345B (en) 2019-05-14 2019-10-18 Application display method and electronic equipment
CN201910996394.3 2019-10-18

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020228735A1 true WO2020228735A1 (en) 2020-11-19

Family

ID=73289340

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/090009 WO2020228735A1 (en) 2019-05-14 2020-05-13 Method for displaying application, and electronic device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (6) CN116414505A (en)
WO (1) WO2020228735A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115277929A (en) * 2021-04-30 2022-11-01 荣耀终端有限公司 Terminal equipment and method for multi-window display
CN117519864A (en) * 2023-09-19 2024-02-06 荣耀终端有限公司 Interface display method, electronic device and storage medium

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107728901A (en) * 2017-10-24 2018-02-23 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 interface display method, device and terminal
US20180284964A1 (en) * 2015-10-13 2018-10-04 Lg Electronics Inc. Flexible display apparatus
CN109348020A (en) * 2018-11-30 2019-02-15 维沃移动通信（杭州）有限公司 A kind of photographic method and mobile terminal
CN110286972A (en) * 2019-05-14 2019-09-27 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method and electronic equipment of Folding screen display application
CN110324464A (en) * 2019-05-17 2019-10-11 华为技术有限公司 A kind of application display method and electronic equipment

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109582266A (en) * 2018-11-30 2019-04-05 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of display screen operating method and terminal device

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20180284964A1 (en) * 2015-10-13 2018-10-04 Lg Electronics Inc. Flexible display apparatus
CN107728901A (en) * 2017-10-24 2018-02-23 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 interface display method, device and terminal
CN109348020A (en) * 2018-11-30 2019-02-15 维沃移动通信（杭州）有限公司 A kind of photographic method and mobile terminal
CN110286972A (en) * 2019-05-14 2019-09-27 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method and electronic equipment of Folding screen display application
CN110324464A (en) * 2019-05-17 2019-10-11 华为技术有限公司 A kind of application display method and electronic equipment

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115277929A (en) * 2021-04-30 2022-11-01 荣耀终端有限公司 Terminal equipment and method for multi-window display
CN115277929B (en) * 2021-04-30 2023-08-08 荣耀终端有限公司 Terminal equipment and method for multi-window display
CN117519864A (en) * 2023-09-19 2024-02-06 荣耀终端有限公司 Interface display method, electronic device and storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116414506A (en) 2023-07-11
CN116521290A (en) 2023-08-01
CN116400991A (en) 2023-07-07
CN116382530A (en) 2023-07-04
CN116414505A (en) 2023-07-11
CN116795465A (en) 2023-09-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN111949345B (en) Application display method and electronic equipment
WO2021147712A1 (en) Display method for foldable screen, and related apparatus
WO2021129326A1 (en) Screen display method and electronic device
CN114397979B (en) Application display method and electronic equipment
WO2020168965A1 (en) Method for controlling electronic device having folding screen, and electronic device
WO2021213164A1 (en) Application interface interaction method, electronic device, and computer readable storage medium
WO2020134869A1 (en) Electronic device operating method and electronic device
WO2020000448A1 (en) Flexible screen display method and terminal
WO2021052279A1 (en) Foldable screen display method and electronic device
KR102534354B1 (en) System navigation bar display control method, graphical user interface and electronic device
CN110456951B (en) Application display method and electronic equipment
WO2021104008A1 (en) Method for displaying folding screen and related apparatus
WO2021036770A1 (en) Split-screen processing method and terminal device
CN110727382A (en) Split-screen display method and electronic equipment
WO2021036585A1 (en) Flexible screen display method and electronic device
WO2021063237A1 (en) Control method for electronic device, and electronic device
CN115297200A (en) Touch method of equipment with folding screen and folding screen equipment
WO2021063221A1 (en) Display method for electronic device, electronic device and computer readable storage medium
WO2021036830A1 (en) Method for displaying application on folding screen, and electronic device
CN110543287A (en) Screen display method and electronic equipment
WO2021082564A1 (en) Operation prompt method and electronic device
WO2023103951A1 (en) Display method for foldable screen and related apparatus
WO2021238370A1 (en) Display control method, electronic device, and computer-readable storage medium
WO2020228735A1 (en) Method for displaying application, and electronic device
WO2022143180A1 (en) Collaborative display method, terminal device, and computer readable storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20805642

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20805642

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1